Vocabulary follows the HSK 3.0 syllabus (2021)

Chinese Mandarin - HSK LearningMore examples coming soon

Updated HSK vocabulary. Featuring grammar hints, examples, and audio. Learn and review Chinese Mandarin word syllabus for HSK exams.

Flashcard mode Off On Hanzi Writing Conversation mode

HSK 1 HSK 2 HSK 3 HSK 4 HSK 5 HSK 6 7578 examples and 5159 words total

Click on any button above to select — or combine them per your need.

Jump to chapter

1. Pronouns (代词 - dàicí)

✏️ Usage: Pronoun + 的 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Personal, Demonstrative, & Interrogative Pronouns

Plurality Marker: Affix 们 (men) to singular personal pronouns to construct plurals (e.g., 我们 (wǒmen) - we/us). *Crucial Rule:* Never apply 们 (men) to non-human elements unless executing formal poetic personification.

Possessive Linker: Append 的 (de) to pronouns to declare possession (e.g., 我的书 (wǒ de shū) - my book). You must drop 的 (de) when expressing close family relations, trusted associates, or institutional identity (e.g., 我妈妈 (wǒ māma) - my mother; 我们公司 (wǒmen gōngsī) - our company).

Demonstratives & Classifiers: When pointing to items using 这 (zhè/zhèi) or 那 (nà/nèi), you must include a proper classifier before the noun (e.g., 这个人 (zhège rén) - this person, 那本书 (nà běn shū) - that book).

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
10	HSK 2	它	tā	it	那是一只猫，它很可爱。(Nà shì yì zhī māo, tā hěn kě'ài.) — That's a cat, it's very cute.	它在睡觉。(Tā zài shuìjiào.) — It is sleeping. 我每天喂它。(Wǒ měitiān wèi tā.) — I feed it every day. 这本书，它很有意思。(Zhè běn shū, tā hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This book, it's very interesting. 它坏了。(Tā huài le.) — It's broken. 手机在哪儿？它在包里。(Shǒujī zài nǎr? Tā zài bāo lǐ.) — Where's the phone? It's in the bag.
11	HSK 2	它们	tāmen	they; them (inanimate)	那些是苹果，它们很甜。(Nàxiē shì píngguǒ, tāmen hěn tián.) — Those are apples, they're sweet.	它们放在桌子上。(Tāmen fàng zài zhuōzi shàng.) — They're placed on the table. 我喜欢它们的颜色。(Wǒ xǐhuan tāmen de yánsè.) — I like their color. 它们不贵。(Tāmen bú guì.) — They're not expensive. 请把它们收起来。(Qǐng bǎ tāmen shōu qǐlái.) — Please put them away. 这些椅子，它们很旧了。(Zhèxiē yǐzi, tāmen hěn jiù le.) — These chairs, they're quite old.
24	HSK 2	自己	zìjǐ	oneself; own	我自己做饭。(Wǒ zìjǐ zuòfàn.) — I cook by myself.	这是他自己的想法。(Zhè shì tā zìjǐ de xiǎngfǎ.) — This is his own idea. 你要相信自己。(Nǐ yào xiāngxìn zìjǐ.) — You should believe in yourself. 孩子自己穿衣服。(Háizi zìjǐ chuān yīfu.) — The child dresses himself. 我自己一个人去。(Wǒ zìjǐ yí gè rén qù.) — I'm going by myself. 她自己开了一家店。(Tā zìjǐ kāile yì jiā diàn.) — She opened her own shop.
36	HSK 2	什么样	shénmeyàng	what kind of	你想找什么样的工作？(Nǐ xiǎng zhǎo shénmeyàng de gōngzuò?) — What kind of job are you looking for?	他是什么样的人？(Tā shì shénmeyàng de rén?) — What kind of person is he? 你喜欢什么样的音乐？(Nǐ xǐhuan shénmeyàng de yīnyuè?) — What kind of music do you like? 那是什么样的地方？(Nà shì shénmeyàng de dìfang?) — What kind of place is that? 你想要什么样的生活？(Nǐ xiǎngyào shénmeyàng de shēnghuó?) — What kind of life do you want? 这是什么样的问题？(Zhè shì shénmeyàng de wèntí?) — What kind of question is this?
37	HSK 2	为什么	wèishénme	why	你为什么迟到？(Nǐ wèishénme chídào?) — Why are you late?	为什么他不来？(Wèishénme tā bù lái?) — Why isn't he coming? 你知道为什么吗？(Nǐ zhīdào wèishénme ma?) — Do you know why? 为什么天是蓝的？(Wèishénme tiān shì lán de?) — Why is the sky blue? 她为什么哭了？(Tā wèishénme kū le?) — Why did she cry? 为什么你不高兴？(Wèishénme nǐ bù gāoxìng?) — Why aren't you happy?
38	HSK 2	有人	yǒurén	someone; somebody	门口有人。(Ménkǒu yǒurén.) — There's someone at the door.	有人找你。(Yǒurén zhǎo nǐ.) — Someone is looking for you. 教室里有人吗？(Jiàoshì lǐ yǒurén ma?) — Is anyone in the classroom? 有人打电话给你。(Yǒurén dǎ diànhuà gěi nǐ.) — Someone called you. 有人说这不对。(Yǒurén shuō zhè bú duì.) — Someone said this is wrong. 有人住在这儿吗？(Yǒurén zhù zài zhèr ma?) — Does anyone live here?
39	HSK 2	咱	zán	we; us (inclusive)	咱走吧。(Zán zǒu ba.) — Let's go.	咱一起吃饭吧。(Zán yìqǐ chīfàn ba.) — Let's eat together. 咱商量一下。(Zán shāngliang yíxià.) — Let's discuss it. 咱别生气了。(Zán bié shēngqì le.) — Let's not be angry. 咱先回家吧。(Zán xiān huíjiā ba.) — Let's go home first. 咱明天再说。(Zán míngtiān zài shuō.) — Let's talk about it tomorrow.
40	HSK 2	咱们	zánmen	we; us (inclusive)	咱们是一家人。(Zánmen shì yì jiā rén.) — We're family.	咱们去看电影吧。(Zánmen qù kàn diànyǐng ba.) — Let's go watch a movie. 咱们的计划改变了。(Zánmen de jìhuà gǎibiàn le.) — Our plan has changed. 咱们一起努力。(Zánmen yìqǐ nǔlì.) — Let's work hard together. 咱们几点见面？(Zánmen jǐ diǎn jiànmiàn?) — What time shall we meet? 咱们的假期开始了。(Zánmen de jiàqī kāishǐ le.) — Our vacation has started.
41	HSK 2	怎么办	zěnme bàn	what to do	这可怎么办？(Zhè kě zěnme bàn?) — What should we do about this?	如果下雨怎么办？(Rúguǒ xiàyǔ zěnme bàn?) — What if it rains? 手机丢了怎么办？(Shǒujī diūle zěnme bàn?) — What do I do if I lose my phone? 我不知道怎么办。(Wǒ bù zhīdào zěnme bàn.) — I don't know what to do. 没钱了怎么办？(Méi qián le zěnme bàn?) — What to do if we run out of money? 你说怎么办吧。(Nǐ shuō zěnme bàn ba.) — You decide what to do.
42	HSK 2	怎么样	zěnmeyàng	how; how about	今天天气怎么样？(Jīntiān tiānqì zěnmeyàng?) — How's the weather today?	你最近怎么样？(Nǐ zuìjìn zěnmeyàng?) — How have you been recently? 这个主意怎么样？(Zhège zhǔyi zěnmeyàng?) — How about this idea? 你觉得这部电影怎么样？(Nǐ juéde zhè bù diànyǐng zěnmeyàng?) — What did you think of this movie? 我们明天去，怎么样？(Wǒmen míngtiān qù, zěnmeyàng?) — How about we go tomorrow? 这家餐馆怎么样？(Zhè jiā cānguǎn zěnmeyàng?) — How's this restaurant?
43	HSK 2	怎样	zěnyàng	how; in what way	你打算怎样解决？(Nǐ dǎsuàn zěnyàng jiějué?) — How do you plan to solve it?	应该怎样做？(Yīnggāi zěnyàng zuò?) — How should it be done? 他是怎样成功的？(Tā shì zěnyàng chénggōng de?) — How did he succeed? 这件事怎样才能解决？(Zhè jiàn shì zěnyàng cáinéng jiějué?) — How can this matter be resolved? 你想怎样安排时间？(Nǐ xiǎng zěnyàng ānpái shíjiān?) — How do you want to arrange the time? 事情怎样发展了？(Shìqing zěnyàng fāzhǎn le?) — How did things develop?

2. Numerals (数词 - shùcí)

✏️ Usage: Number + 零 + Number

💡 Grammar Tip: Sequential Values, Big Figures & Mathematical Nuance

Compound Numbers: Numbers above 10 combine elements cleanly (e.g., 25 is written as 二十五 (èrshíwǔ)). For segments spanning internal empty digits, you must place the character 零 (líng) as a placeholder (e.g., 105 is written 一百零五 (yìbǎi líng wǔ)).

Distinguishing 二 (èr) and 两 (liǎng): Utilize 二 (èr) for direct mathematics, listing figures, sequential ranks, or saying decimals/fractions. Adopt 两 (liǎng) exclusively before active classifiers representing spatial quantities (e.g., 两个碗 (liǎng gè wǎn) - two bowls; 两百 (liǎng bǎi) - two hundred).

Ordinals: Introduce ordinal sequences by preposing 第 (dì) directly to your base numerical sequence (e.g., 第一名 (dì yī míng) - first place).

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
58	HSK 2	千	qiān	thousand	这本书一千块。(Zhè běn shū yìqiān kuài.) — This book is 1000 yuan.	我有一千块。(Wǒ yǒu yìqiān kuài.) — I have 1000 yuan. 学校有两千人。(Xuéxiào yǒu liǎngqiān rén.) — The school has 2000 people. 一千是大数。(Yìqiān shì dà shù.) — A thousand is a big number. 他跑了三千米。(Tā pǎole sānqiān mǐ.) — He ran 3000 metres. 这里有一千本书。(Zhèlǐ yǒu yìqiān běn shū.) — There are 1000 books here.
59	HSK 2	万	wàn	ten thousand	这个车十万块。(Zhège chē shí wàn kuài.) — This car is 100,000 yuan.	北京有很多万人。(Běijīng yǒu hěn duō wàn rén.) — Beijing has many tens of thousands. 一万是很多。(Yíwàn shì hěn duō.) — Ten thousand is a lot. 他有五万块。(Tā yǒu wǔ wàn kuài.) — He has 50,000 yuan. 这个房子百万。(Zhège fángzi bǎiwàn.) — This house is a million. 我看了一万个字。(Wǒ kànle yíwàn gè zì.) — I read 10,000 characters.
67	HSK 2	数	shù	number	这个数很大。(Zhège shù hěn dà.) — This number is big.	请数一数。(Qǐng shǔ yi shǔ.) — Please count them. 我会数数。(Wǒ huì shǔ shù.) — I can count. 学生数很多。(Xuésheng shù hěn duō.) — The student count is high. 他数了三遍。(Tā shǔle sān biàn.) — He counted three times. 这个数不对。(Zhège shù bú duì.) — This number is wrong.
68	HSK 2	数字	shùzì	digit; number	我学数字。(Wǒ xué shùzì.) — I study numbers.	这个数字很大。(Zhège shùzì hěn dà.) — This number is big. 请写数字。(Qǐng xiě shùzì.) — Please write the number. 他记得数字。(Tā jìde shùzì.) — He remembers the number. 数字很重要。(Shùzì hěn zhòngyào.) — Numbers are important. 中文数字不难。(Zhōngwén shùzì bù nán.) — Chinese numbers are not hard.
69	HSK 2	亿	yì	hundred million	中国有十四亿人。(Zhōngguó yǒu shísì yì rén.) — China has 1.4 billion people.	一亿很多。(Yíyì hěn duō.) — A hundred million is a lot. 他有一亿块。(Tā yǒu yíyì kuài.) — He has 100 million yuan. 这个数是一亿。(Zhège shù shì yíyì.) — This number is 100 million. 世界有几十亿人。(Shìjiè yǒu jǐshí yì rén.) — The world has billions of people. 一亿是大数字。(Yíyì shì dà shùzì.) — A hundred million is a big number.

3. Measure Words (量词 - liàngcí)

✏️ Usage: Number + Measure Word + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Classifiers as Structural Anchors

Mandatory Construction: Unlike Western languages, you cannot pair a numeric figure directly to a substantive noun. You must follow the precise blueprint: Number + Measure Word (Classifier) + Noun (e.g., "three books" is structured as 三 (sān) + 本 (běn) + 书 (shū)).

Specific vs. Generic Classifiers: While 个 (gè) represents a useful, general-purpose catchall classifier, utilizing the specific shape-dependent measure word denotes higher lexical precision (e.g., use 张 (zhāng) for flat tables, 口 (kǒu) for family members, and 只 (zhī) for delicate animals).

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
79	HSK 2	只	zhī	measure word for certain animals, limbs	我有一只猫。(Wǒ yǒu yì zhī māo.) — I have one cat.	那只狗很大。(Nà zhī gǒu hěn dà.) — That dog is big. 她买了两只鸟。(Tā mǎile liǎng zhī niǎo.) — She bought two birds. 这只手很疼。(Zhè zhī shǒu hěn téng.) — This hand hurts. 家里有三只猫。(Jiā lǐ yǒu sān zhī māo.) — There are three cats at home. 那只鸡很小。(Nà zhī jī hěn xiǎo.) — That chicken is small.
82	HSK 2	件	jiàn	measure word for clothing, events	我买了一件衣服。(Wǒ mǎile yí jiàn yīfu.) — I bought one piece of clothing.	这件事很难。(Zhè jiàn shì hěn nán.) — This matter is difficult. 他有三件衣服。(Tā yǒu sān jiàn yīfu.) — He has three items of clothing. 那件事我知道。(Nà jiàn shì wǒ zhīdào.) — I know about that matter. 这件很漂亮。(Zhè jiàn hěn piàoliang.) — This one is beautiful. 请给我一件。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yí jiàn.) — Please give me one.
84	HSK 2	条	tiáo	measure word for long, thin objects	我买了一条鱼。(Wǒ mǎile yì tiáo yú.) — I bought one fish.	这条路很长。(Zhè tiáo lù hěn cháng.) — This road is long. 她有一条裤子。(Tā yǒu yì tiáo kùzi.) — She has one pair of trousers. 那条河很大。(Nà tiáo hé hěn dà.) — That river is big. 这条鱼很新鲜。(Zhè tiáo yú hěn xīnxiān.) — This fish is fresh. 请看这条新闻。(Qǐng kàn zhè tiáo xīnwén.) — Please read this news item.
85	HSK 2	位	wèi	polite measure word for people	这位是老师。(Zhè wèi shì lǎoshī.) — This is the teacher.	来了三位客人。(Láile sān wèi kèren.) — Three guests came. 那位先生很好。(Nà wèi xiānsheng hěn hǎo.) — That gentleman is nice. 请问您是哪位？(Qǐngwèn nín shì nǎ wèi?) — May I ask who you are? 这位医生很忙。(Zhè wèi yīshēng hěn máng.) — This doctor is busy. 两位请坐。(Liǎng wèi qǐng zuò.) — Please sit, both of you.
87	HSK 2	公斤	gōngjīn	kilogram	这个五公斤。(Zhège wǔ gōngjīn.) — This is five kilograms.	我买了两公斤。(Wǒ mǎile liǎng gōngjīn.) — I bought two kilograms. 这条鱼三公斤。(Zhè tiáo yú sān gōngjīn.) — This fish is three kilos. 他重八十公斤。(Tā zhòng bāshí gōngjīn.) — He weighs 80 kilos. 一公斤苹果。(Yì gōngjīn píngguǒ.) — One kilo of apples. 请给我一公斤。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì gōngjīn.) — Please give me one kilo.
92	HSK 2	遍	biàn	measure word for times/repetitions	请再说一遍。(Qǐng zài shuō yí biàn.) — Please say it again.	我看了三遍。(Wǒ kànle sān biàn.) — I read it three times. 他写了两遍。(Tā xiěle liǎng biàn.) — He wrote it twice. 再听一遍。(Zài tīng yí biàn.) — Listen once more. 这本书我看了一遍。(Zhè běn shū wǒ kànle yí biàn.) — I read this book once. 请念一遍。(Qǐng niàn yí biàn.) — Please read it aloud once.
93	HSK 2	层	céng	measure word for floors/layers	我住三层。(Wǒ zhù sān céng.) — I live on the third floor.	这个楼有十层。(Zhège lóu yǒu shí céng.) — This building has ten floors. 他在二层。(Tā zài èr céng.) — He is on the second floor. 上一层是我家。(Shàng yì céng shì wǒ jiā.) — My home is one floor up. 这层很安静。(Zhè céng hěn ānjìng.) — This floor is quiet. 请去五层。(Qǐng qù wǔ céng.) — Please go to the fifth floor.
94	HSK 2	场	chǎng	measure word for events/performances	我看了一场电影。(Wǒ kànle yì chǎng diànyǐng.) — I watched a film.	这场雨很大。(Zhè chǎng yǔ hěn dà.) — This rain is heavy. 昨天有一场球。(Zuótiān yǒu yì chǎng qiú.) — There was a match yesterday. 下午有一场课。(Xiàwǔ yǒu yì chǎng kè.) — There is a class this afternoon. 那场雪很大。(Nà chǎng xuě hěn dà.) — That snow was heavy. 这场比赛很好看。(Zhè chǎng bǐsài hěn hǎokàn.) — This match is great.
95	HSK 2	道	dào	measure word for questions/dishes; way	这道题很难。(Zhè dào tí hěn nán.) — This question is hard.	我做了五道题。(Wǒ zuòle wǔ dào tí.) — I did five questions. 这道菜很好吃。(Zhè dào cài hěn hǎochī.) — This dish is tasty. 妈妈做了三道菜。(Māma zuòle sān dào cài.) — Mum made three dishes. 那道门很大。(Nà dào mén hěn dà.) — That door is big. 这道题我会。(Zhè dào tí wǒ huì.) — I can do this question.
96	HSK 2	段	duàn	measure word for sections/paragraphs	这段路很长。(Zhè duàn lù hěn cháng.) — This stretch of road is long.	我读了一段。(Wǒ dúle yí duàn.) — I read one paragraph. 这段时间很忙。(Zhè duàn shíjiān hěn máng.) — This period is busy. 请写一段话。(Qǐng xiě yí duàn huà.) — Please write a paragraph. 那段音乐很好听。(Nà duàn yīnyuè hěn hǎotīng.) — That piece of music is lovely. 这段我不懂。(Zhè duàn wǒ bù dǒng.) — I don't understand this part.
97	HSK 2	份	fèn	measure word for portions/copies	我要一份饭。(Wǒ yào yí fèn fàn.) — I want one portion of rice.	请给我一份。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yí fèn.) — Please give me one. 他买了两份报纸。(Tā mǎile liǎng fèn bàozhǐ.) — He bought two newspapers. 这份工作很好。(Zhè fèn gōngzuò hěn hǎo.) — This job is good. 一份菜多少钱？(Yí fèn cài duōshǎo qián?) — How much is one portion? 这份礼物给你。(Zhè fèn lǐwù gěi nǐ.) — This gift is for you.
98	HSK 2	封	fēng	measure word for letters	我写了一封信。(Wǒ xiěle yì fēng xìn.) — I wrote a letter.	他收到两封信。(Tā shōudào liǎng fēng xìn.) — He received two letters. 这封信很长。(Zhè fēng xìn hěn cháng.) — This letter is long. 请看这封信。(Qǐng kàn zhè fēng xìn.) — Please read this letter. 那封信是给我的。(Nà fēng xìn shì gěi wǒ de.) — That letter is for me. 我要寄一封信。(Wǒ yào jì yì fēng xìn.) — I want to post a letter.
99	HSK 2	公里	gōnglǐ	kilometer	学校有三公里。(Xuéxiào yǒu sān gōnglǐ.) — The school is three kilometres away.	我走了五公里。(Wǒ zǒule wǔ gōnglǐ.) — I walked five kilometres. 这条路十公里。(Zhè tiáo lù shí gōnglǐ.) — This road is ten kilometres. 他跑了两公里。(Tā pǎole liǎng gōnglǐ.) — He ran two kilometres. 一公里不远。(Yì gōnglǐ bù yuǎn.) — One kilometre is not far. 从这里到那里八公里。(Cóng zhèlǐ dào nàlǐ bā gōnglǐ.) — It is eight kilometres from here to there.
100	HSK 2	节	jié	measure word for lessons/segments; festival	今天有四节课。(Jīntiān yǒu sì jié kè.) — There are four classes today.	第一节课很难。(Dì yī jié kè hěn nán.) — The first class is hard. 上午有三节课。(Shàngwǔ yǒu sān jié kè.) — There are three classes this morning. 这节课很有意思。(Zhè jié kè hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This class is interesting. 下一节是汉语。(Xià yì jié shì Hànyǔ.) — The next class is Chinese. 我们有五节课。(Wǒmen yǒu wǔ jié kè.) — We have five classes.
101	HSK 2	斤	jīn	jin (unit of weight, 500g)	我买了两斤苹果。(Wǒ mǎile liǎng jīn píngguǒ.) — I bought two jin of apples.	一斤鱼多少钱？(Yì jīn yú duōshǎo qián?) — How much is a jin of fish? 这个三斤。(Zhège sān jīn.) — This is three jin. 请给我一斤。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì jīn.) — Please give me one jin. 这条鱼两斤。(Zhè tiáo yú liǎng jīn.) — This fish is two jin. 他买了五斤菜。(Tā mǎile wǔ jīn cài.) — He bought five jin of vegetables.
102	HSK 2	句	jù	measure word for sentences	请说一句话。(Qǐng shuō yí jù huà.) — Please say a sentence.	这句话很难。(Zhè jù huà hěn nán.) — This sentence is hard. 他说了三句。(Tā shuōle sān jù.) — He said three sentences. 这句我不懂。(Zhè jù wǒ bù dǒng.) — I don't understand this sentence. 请写一句中文。(Qǐng xiě yí jù Zhōngwén.) — Please write a Chinese sentence. 那句话很有意思。(Nà jù huà hěn yǒu yìsi.) — That sentence is interesting.
103	HSK 2	克	kè	gram	这个五百克。(Zhège wǔbǎi kè.) — This is 500 grams.	我要一百克。(Wǒ yào yìbǎi kè.) — I want 100 grams. 一千克是一公斤。(Yìqiān kè shì yì gōngjīn.) — A thousand grams is one kilo. 请给我两百克。(Qǐng gěi wǒ liǎngbǎi kè.) — Please give me 200 grams. 这条鱼六百克。(Zhè tiáo yú liùbǎi kè.) — This fish is 600 grams. 五十克不多。(Wǔshí kè bù duō.) — Fifty grams is not much.
104	HSK 2	辆	liàng	measure word for vehicles	我有一辆车。(Wǒ yǒu yí liàng chē.) — I have one car.	那辆车很新。(Nà liàng chē hěn xīn.) — That car is new. 他买了两辆车。(Tā mǎile liǎng liàng chē.) — He bought two cars. 这辆车很快。(Zhè liàng chē hěn kuài.) — This car is fast. 外面有三辆车。(Wàimiàn yǒu sān liàng chē.) — There are three cars outside. 这辆是我的。(Zhè liàng shì wǒ de.) — This one is mine.
105	HSK 2	米	mǐ	meter; rice	他有一米八。(Tā yǒu yì mǐ bā.) — He is 1.8 metres tall.	这条路一百米。(Zhè tiáo lù yìbǎi mǐ.) — This road is 100 metres. 我跑了五百米。(Wǒ pǎole wǔbǎi mǐ.) — I ran 500 metres. 这个房间五米长。(Zhège fángjiān wǔ mǐ cháng.) — This room is five metres long. 她有一米六。(Tā yǒu yì mǐ liù.) — She is 1.6 metres tall. 两米不高。(Liǎng mǐ bù gāo.) — Two metres is not tall.
106	HSK 2	名	míng	name; measure word for people	班里有二十名学生。(Bān lǐ yǒu èrshí míng xuésheng.) — There are 20 students in the class.	他是第一名。(Tā shì dì yī míng.) — He is first place. 这里有三名医生。(Zhèlǐ yǒu sān míng yīshēng.) — There are three doctors here. 她得了第二名。(Tā déle dì èr míng.) — She got second place. 公司有十名工人。(Gōngsī yǒu shí míng gōngrén.) — The company has ten workers. 我是第三名。(Wǒ shì dì sān míng.) — I am third place.
107	HSK 2	篇	piān	measure word for articles/essays	我写了一篇文章。(Wǒ xiěle yì piān wénzhāng.) — I wrote an article.	这篇很长。(Zhè piān hěn cháng.) — This one is long. 他读了两篇。(Tā dúle liǎng piān.) — He read two of them. 这篇文章很好。(Zhè piān wénzhāng hěn hǎo.) — This article is good. 请写一篇日记。(Qǐng xiě yì piān rìjì.) — Please write a diary entry. 那篇我看过。(Nà piān wǒ kànguo.) — I have read that one.
108	HSK 2	片	piàn	slice; measure word for flat pieces	我吃了一片面包。(Wǒ chīle yí piàn miànbāo.) — I ate a slice of bread.	请给我两片。(Qǐng gěi wǒ liǎng piàn.) — Please give me two slices. 这片叶子很绿。(Zhè piàn yèzi hěn lǜ.) — This leaf is green. 他吃了三片药。(Tā chīle sān piàn yào.) — He took three tablets. 一片肉不够。(Yí piàn ròu bú gòu.) — One slice of meat is not enough. 这片面包很新鲜。(Zhè piàn miànbāo hěn xīnxiān.) — This slice of bread is fresh.
109	HSK 2	瓶	píng	bottle (measure word)	我要一瓶水。(Wǒ yào yì píng shuǐ.) — I want a bottle of water.	这瓶很大。(Zhè píng hěn dà.) — This bottle is big. 他买了两瓶。(Tā mǎile liǎng píng.) — He bought two bottles. 桌子上有一瓶。(Zhuōzi shàng yǒu yì píng.) — There is a bottle on the table. 请给我一瓶茶。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì píng chá.) — Please give me a bottle of tea. 这瓶水多少钱？(Zhè píng shuǐ duōshǎo qián?) — How much is this bottle of water?
110	HSK 2	千克	qiānkè	kilogram	这个两千克。(Zhège liǎng qiānkè.) — This is two kilograms.	我买了一千克。(Wǒ mǎile yì qiānkè.) — I bought one kilogram. 一千克是一公斤。(Yì qiānkè shì yì gōngjīn.) — One kilogram is one gongjin. 这条鱼三千克。(Zhè tiáo yú sān qiānkè.) — This fish is three kilograms. 请给我五千克。(Qǐng gěi wǒ wǔ qiānkè.) — Please give me five kilograms. 十千克很重。(Shí qiānkè hěn zhòng.) — Ten kilograms is heavy.
111	HSK 2	套	tào	measure word for sets	我买了一套衣服。(Wǒ mǎile yí tào yīfu.) — I bought a set of clothes.	这套房子很大。(Zhè tào fángzi hěn dà.) — This flat is big. 他有两套书。(Tā yǒu liǎng tào shū.) — He has two sets of books. 这套很贵。(Zhè tào hěn guì.) — This set is expensive. 请给我一套。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yí tào.) — Please give me one set. 那套衣服很漂亮。(Nà tào yīfu hěn piàoliang.) — That outfit is beautiful.
112	HSK 2	座	zuò	measure word for large solid things (buildings, mountains)	那座山很高。(Nà zuò shān hěn gāo.) — That mountain is high.	这座楼很新。(Zhè zuò lóu hěn xīn.) — This building is new. 北京有很多座桥。(Běijīng yǒu hěn duō zuò qiáo.) — Beijing has many bridges. 这座城市很大。(Zhè zuò chéngshì hěn dà.) — This city is big. 那座桥很长。(Nà zuò qiáo hěn cháng.) — That bridge is long. 我看见一座山。(Wǒ kànjiàn yí zuò shān.) — I see a mountain.

4. Nouns: Time & Calendar (时间, 日期 - shíjiān, rìqī)

✏️ Usage: Year + Month + Day + Time

💡 Grammar Tip: Time Order & Placement

Time units are structured from largest to smallest: Year + Month + Day + Time (e.g., 2026年7月). Unlike English, time words must be placed *before* the main verb. Use the pattern Subject + Time + Verb or Time + Subject + Verb.

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
167	HSK 2	周	zhōu	week (alternative)	这周你忙吗？(Zhè zhōu nǐ máng ma?) — Are you busy this week?	下周我有考试。(Xià zhōu wǒ yǒu kǎoshì.) — I have an exam next week. 这周过得真快。(Zhè zhōu guò de zhēn kuài.) — This week went by fast. 一周有七天。(Yì zhōu yǒu qī tiān.) — There are seven days in a week. 我们每周见面。(Wǒmen měi zhōu jiànmiàn.) — We meet every week. 上周我去了北京。(Shàng zhōu wǒ qùle Běijīng.) — I went to Beijing last week.
168	HSK 2	周末	zhōumò	weekend	周末你做什么？(Zhōumò nǐ zuò shénme?) — What are you doing this weekend?	我周末想休息。(Wǒ zhōumò xiǎng xiūxi.) — I want to rest at the weekend. 周末一起吃饭吧。(Zhōumò yìqǐ chīfàn ba.) — Let's eat together at the weekend. 这个周末有空吗？(Zhège zhōumò yǒu kòng ma?) — Are you free this weekend? 周末过得怎么样？(Zhōumò guò de zěnmeyàng?) — How was your weekend? 我周末不上班。(Wǒ zhōumò bú shàngbān.) — I don't work at weekends.
171	HSK 2	分钟	fēnzhōng	minute	等我五分钟。(Děng wǒ wǔ fēnzhōng.) — Give me five minutes.	还有十分钟。(Hái yǒu shí fēnzhōng.) — There are ten minutes left. 走路要二十分钟。(Zǒulù yào èrshí fēnzhōng.) — It's a twenty-minute walk. 你早到了几分钟。(Nǐ zǎo dàole jǐ fēnzhōng.) — You're a few minutes early. 再给我一分钟。(Zài gěi wǒ yì fēnzhōng.) — Give me one more minute. 我们迟到了三分钟。(Wǒmen chídàole sān fēnzhōng.) — We're three minutes late.
179	HSK 2	以前	yǐqián	before; ago	我以前住这里。(Wǒ yǐqián zhù zhèlǐ.) — I used to live here.	以前我不会做饭。(Yǐqián wǒ bú huì zuòfàn.) — I couldn't cook before. 你以前学过吗？(Nǐ yǐqián xuéguo ma?) — Have you studied it before? 睡觉以前我看书。(Shuìjiào yǐqián wǒ kànshū.) — I read before going to sleep. 以前这里没有楼。(Yǐqián zhèlǐ méiyǒu lóu.) — There were no buildings here before. 他以前很瘦。(Tā yǐqián hěn shòu.) — He used to be thin.
180	HSK 2	以后	yǐhòu	after; later	以后我想去中国。(Yǐhòu wǒ xiǎng qù Zhōngguó.) — I want to go to China later on.	下课以后见。(Xiàkè yǐhòu jiàn.) — See you after class. 以后再说吧。(Yǐhòu zài shuō ba.) — Let's talk about it later. 吃饭以后喝茶。(Chīfàn yǐhòu hē chá.) — We drink tea after eating. 以后别迟到了。(Yǐhòu bié chídào le.) — Don't be late again. 三年以后我毕业。(Sān nián yǐhòu wǒ bìyè.) — I graduate in three years.
181	HSK 2	平时	píngshí	normally; ordinarily	我平时很忙。(Wǒ píngshí hěn máng.) — I'm usually busy.	你平时几点起？(Nǐ píngshí jǐ diǎn qǐ?) — What time do you usually get up? 平时我坐公共汽车。(Píngshí wǒ zuò gōnggòng qìchē.) — I usually take the bus. 他平时不喝酒。(Tā píngshí bù hē jiǔ.) — He doesn't normally drink. 平时这里人不多。(Píngshí zhèlǐ rén bù duō.) — There aren't many people here normally. 我平时六点下班。(Wǒ píngshí liù diǎn xiàbān.) — I usually finish work at six.
182	HSK 2	过去	guòqù	the past; to pass by	过去的事别想了。(Guòqù de shì bié xiǎng le.) — Don't dwell on the past.	过去他住在南方。(Guòqù tā zhù zài nánfāng.) — He used to live in the south. 过去几年变化很大。(Guòqù jǐ nián biànhuà hěn dà.) — A lot has changed in recent years. 那都过去了。(Nà dōu guòqù le.) — That's all in the past. 过去我不喜欢茶。(Guòqù wǒ bù xǐhuan chá.) — I didn't like tea before. 时间过去得很快。(Shíjiān guòqù de hěn kuài.) — Time passes quickly.
184	HSK 2	最近	zuìjìn	recently; lately	你最近怎么样？(Nǐ zuìjìn zěnmeyàng?) — How have you been lately?	最近我很忙。(Zuìjìn wǒ hěn máng.) — I've been busy recently. 最近天气不错。(Zuìjìn tiānqì búcuò.) — The weather's been nice lately. 他最近搬家了。(Tā zuìjìn bānjiā le.) — He moved house recently. 最近我在学汉语。(Zuìjìn wǒ zài xué Hànyǔ.) — I've been learning Chinese lately. 最近看了什么书？(Zuìjìn kànle shénme shū?) — What have you been reading lately?
187	HSK 2	过去	guòqù	the past; to pass	过去的事别想了。(Guòqù de shì bié xiǎng le.) — Don't dwell on the past.	过去他住在南方。(Guòqù tā zhù zài nánfāng.) — He used to live in the south. 过去几年变化很大。(Guòqù jǐ nián biànhuà hěn dà.) — A lot has changed in recent years. 那都过去了。(Nà dōu guòqù le.) — That's all in the past. 过去我不喜欢茶。(Guòqù wǒ bù xǐhuan chá.) — I didn't like tea before. 时间过去得很快。(Shíjiān guòqù de hěn kuài.) — Time passes quickly.
188	HSK 2	学期	xuéqī	term; semester	这学期我很忙。(Zhè xuéqī wǒ hěn máng.) — I'm busy this term.	下学期我要考试。(Xià xuéqī wǒ yào kǎoshì.) — I have exams next term. 一年有两个学期。(Yì nián yǒu liǎng gè xuéqī.) — There are two terms a year. 这学期学了很多。(Zhè xuéqī xuéle hěn duō.) — I've learned a lot this term. 学期快结束了。(Xuéqī kuài jiéshù le.) — The term is almost over. 上学期我不在。(Shàng xuéqī wǒ bú zài.) — I wasn't here last term.
191	HSK 2	刚才	gāngcái	just now; a moment ago	刚才谁来了？(Gāngcái shéi lái le?) — Who came just now?	我刚才打电话了。(Wǒ gāngcái dǎ diànhuà le.) — I made a call a moment ago. 刚才你说什么？(Gāngcái nǐ shuō shénme?) — What did you say just now? 他刚才还在这儿。(Tā gāngcái hái zài zhèr.) — He was here just a moment ago. 刚才下雨了。(Gāngcái xiàyǔ le.) — It rained a moment ago. 刚才我没听见。(Gāngcái wǒ méi tīngjiàn.) — I didn't hear you just now.
192	HSK 2	经常	jīngcháng	frequently; often	我经常来这里。(Wǒ jīngcháng lái zhèlǐ.) — I come here often.	他经常迟到。(Tā jīngcháng chídào.) — He's often late. 你经常运动吗？(Nǐ jīngcháng yùndòng ma?) — Do you exercise often? 我们经常见面。(Wǒmen jīngcháng jiànmiàn.) — We see each other often. 她经常去旅游。(Tā jīngcháng qù lǚyóu.) — She travels often. 我不经常喝酒。(Wǒ bù jīngcháng hē jiǔ.) — I don't drink often.
206	HSK 2	半夜	bànyè	midnight	他半夜才回家。(Tā bànyè cái huíjiā.) — He didn't get home until midnight.	半夜我醒了。(Bànyè wǒ xǐng le.) — I woke up in the middle of the night. 别半夜打电话。(Bié bànyè dǎ diànhuà.) — Don't call in the middle of the night. 半夜外面很安静。(Bànyè wàimiàn hěn ānjìng.) — It's quiet outside at night. 我半夜有点饿。(Wǒ bànyè yǒudiǎn è.) — I get a bit hungry at night. 半夜下起雨来。(Bànyè xià qǐ yǔ lái.) — It started raining in the night.
207	HSK 2	当时	dāngshí	at that time	当时我不在家。(Dāngshí wǒ bú zài jiā.) — I wasn't home at the time.	当时天还没黑。(Dāngshí tiān hái méi hēi.) — It wasn't dark yet at the time. 我当时很累。(Wǒ dāngshí hěn lèi.) — I was very tired then. 当时你在做什么？(Dāngshí nǐ zài zuò shénme?) — What were you doing at the time? 当时大家都笑了。(Dāngshí dàjiā dōu xiào le.) — Everyone laughed at the time. 当时我没想到。(Dāngshí wǒ méi xiǎngdào.) — I didn't expect it then.
208	HSK 2	多久	duōjiǔ	how long (time)	你等了多久？(Nǐ děngle duō jiǔ?) — How long did you wait?	还要多久？(Hái yào duō jiǔ?) — How much longer? 你学汉语多久了？(Nǐ xué Hànyǔ duō jiǔ le?) — How long have you studied Chinese? 到那里要多久？(Dào nàlǐ yào duō jiǔ?) — How long does it take to get there? 你住这里多久了？(Nǐ zhù zhèlǐ duō jiǔ le?) — How long have you lived here? 不知道要多久。(Bù zhīdào yào duō jiǔ.) — I don't know how long it'll take.
209	HSK 2	好久	hǎojiǔ	a long time	好久不见！(Hǎojiǔ bú jiàn!) — Long time no see!	我等了好久。(Wǒ děngle hǎojiǔ.) — I waited a long time. 好久没吃了。(Hǎojiǔ méi chī le.) — I haven't had this in ages. 他好久没来了。(Tā hǎojiǔ méi lái le.) — He hasn't come for a long time. 好久以前的事了。(Hǎojiǔ yǐqián de shì le.) — That was a long time ago. 我们好久没见面。(Wǒmen hǎojiǔ méi jiànmiàn.) — We haven't met in a long time.
210	HSK 2	后来	hòulái	afterwards; later	后来他就走了。(Hòulái tā jiù zǒu le.) — He left afterwards.	后来怎么样了？(Hòulái zěnmeyàng le?) — What happened after that? 后来我才知道。(Hòulái wǒ cái zhīdào.) — I only found out later. 后来我们成了朋友。(Hòulái wǒmen chéngle péngyou.) — We became friends later on. 后来下雨了。(Hòulái xiàyǔ le.) — It rained later. 后来他搬走了。(Hòulái tā bānzǒu le.) — He moved away afterwards.
211	HSK 2	假	jià	vacation; holiday	明天我请假。(Míngtiān wǒ qǐngjià.) — I'm taking tomorrow off.	你放几天假？(Nǐ fàng jǐ tiān jià?) — How many days off do you get? 下周我休假。(Xià zhōu wǒ xiūjià.) — I'm on leave next week. 他生病请假了。(Tā shēngbìng qǐngjià le.) — He took leave because he's ill. 放假你打算做什么？(Fàngjià nǐ dǎsuàn zuò shénme?) — What are you planning for the holiday? 学生们放假了。(Xuéshengmen fàngjià le.) — The students are on holiday.
212	HSK 2	假期	jiàqī	vacation period	假期你去哪儿了？(Jiàqī nǐ qù nǎr le?) — Where did you go on holiday?	假期过得怎么样？(Jiàqī guò de zěnmeyàng?) — How was your holiday? 假期我想休息。(Jiàqī wǒ xiǎng xiūxi.) — I want to rest over the holiday. 假期还有几天。(Jiàqī hái yǒu jǐ tiān.) — There are a few days of holiday left. 今年假期很短。(Jīnnián jiàqī hěn duǎn.) — The holiday is short this year. 假期我在家看书。(Jiàqī wǒ zài jiā kànshū.) — I read at home over the holiday.
213	HSK 2	节日	jiérì	festival; holiday	今天是什么节日？(Jīntiān shì shénme jiérì?) — What festival is today?	节日快乐！(Jiérì kuàilè!) — Happy holidays! 过节日大家都回家。(Guò jiérì dàjiā dōu huíjiā.) — Everyone goes home for the festival. 我喜欢中国的节日。(Wǒ xǐhuan Zhōngguó de jiérì.) — I like Chinese festivals. 节日的时候很热闹。(Jiérì de shíhou hěn rènao.) — It's lively during festivals. 下个月有个节日。(Xià gè yuè yǒu gè jiérì.) — There's a festival next month.
214	HSK 2	今后	jīnhòu	from now on	今后我会努力。(Jīnhòu wǒ huì nǔlì.) — I'll work hard from now on.	今后请多关照。(Jīnhòu qǐng duō guānzhào.) — I look forward to working with you. 今后别再迟到了。(Jīnhòu bié zài chídào le.) — Don't be late again from now on. 今后我想学开车。(Jīnhòu wǒ xiǎng xué kāichē.) — I want to learn to drive in future. 今后会更好。(Jīnhòu huì gèng hǎo.) — Things will get better from now on. 今后我们常联系。(Jīnhòu wǒmen cháng liánxì.) — Let's keep in touch from now on.
215	HSK 2	刻	kè	quarter (of an hour)	现在三点一刻。(Xiànzài sān diǎn yí kè.) — It's quarter past three.	我等了一刻钟。(Wǒ děngle yí kèzhōng.) — I waited fifteen minutes. 差一刻五点。(Chà yí kè wǔ diǎn.) — It's quarter to five. 再等一刻钟吧。(Zài děng yí kèzhōng ba.) — Let's wait another quarter of an hour. 两点一刻见。(Liǎng diǎn yí kè jiàn.) — See you at quarter past two. 他八点三刻到。(Tā bā diǎn sān kè dào.) — He arrives at quarter to nine.
216	HSK 2	老年	lǎonián	old age	爷爷已经老年了。(Yéye yǐjīng lǎonián le.) — Grandpa is elderly now.	老年人要多运动。(Lǎonián rén yào duō yùndòng.) — Older people should exercise more. 这里有很多老年人。(Zhèlǐ yǒu hěn duō lǎonián rén.) — There are many older people here. 老年生活很安静。(Lǎonián shēnghuó hěn ānjìng.) — Life in old age is quiet. 他喜欢帮助老年人。(Tā xǐhuan bāngzhù lǎonián rén.) — He likes helping the elderly. 老年也可以学习。(Lǎonián yě kěyǐ xuéxí.) — You can still learn when you're old.
217	HSK 2	那会儿	nàhuìr	at that time	那会儿我还小。(Nà huìr wǒ hái xiǎo.) — I was still little back then.	那会儿没有手机。(Nà huìr méiyǒu shǒujī.) — There were no mobile phones back then. 那会儿你在哪儿？(Nà huìr nǐ zài nǎr?) — Where were you at the time? 那会儿天气很热。(Nà huìr tiānqì hěn rè.) — The weather was hot then. 那会儿我们常见面。(Nà huìr wǒmen cháng jiànmiàn.) — We saw each other often back then. 那会儿他还在上学。(Nà huìr tā hái zài shàngxué.) — He was still at school then.
218	HSK 2	那时候	nàshíhou	at that time	那时候我住在南方。(Nà shíhou wǒ zhù zài nánfāng.) — I lived in the south at that time.	那时候大家都很穷。(Nà shíhou dàjiā dōu hěn qióng.) — Everyone was poor back then. 那时候我不会说汉语。(Nà shíhou wǒ bú huì shuō Hànyǔ.) — I couldn't speak Chinese then. 那时候路上车很少。(Nà shíhou lùshang chē hěn shǎo.) — There were few cars on the road then. 那时候你多大？(Nà shíhou nǐ duō dà?) — How old were you then? 那时候日子很简单。(Nà shíhou rìzi hěn jiǎndān.) — Life was simple back then.
219	HSK 2	前年	qiánnián	the year before last	前年我去过日本。(Qiánnián wǒ qùguo Rìběn.) — I went to Japan the year before last.	前年他还在这里。(Qiánnián tā hái zài zhèlǐ.) — He was still here the year before last. 前年冬天很冷。(Qiánnián dōngtiān hěn lěng.) — The winter before last was cold. 我前年开始学汉语。(Wǒ qiánnián kāishǐ xué Hànyǔ.) — I started learning Chinese two years ago. 前年这里还没有楼。(Qiánnián zhèlǐ hái méiyǒu lóu.) — There were no buildings here two years ago. 前年我们认识的。(Qiánnián wǒmen rènshi de.) — We met the year before last.
220	HSK 2	全年	quánnián	the whole year	这里全年都很热。(Zhèlǐ quánnián dōu hěn rè.) — It's hot here all year round.	商店全年开门。(Shāngdiàn quánnián kāimén.) — The shop is open all year. 全年他只休息几天。(Quánnián tā zhǐ xiūxi jǐ tiān.) — He only rests a few days all year. 全年的天气都不错。(Quánnián de tiānqì dōu búcuò.) — The weather is good all year. 我们全年都工作。(Wǒmen quánnián dōu gōngzuò.) — We work all year round. 全年只有一次机会。(Quánnián zhǐ yǒu yí cì jīhuì.) — There's only one chance all year.
221	HSK 2	日子	rìzi	day; date; life	日子过得真快。(Rìzi guò de zhēn kuài.) — Time really flies.	最近日子怎么样？(Zuìjìn rìzi zěnmeyàng?) — How have things been lately? 那是个好日子。(Nà shì gè hǎo rìzi.) — That was a good day. 以后日子会更好。(Yǐhòu rìzi huì gèng hǎo.) — Life will get better. 他们的日子很简单。(Tāmen de rìzi hěn jiǎndān.) — Their life is simple. 你记得那个日子吗？(Nǐ jìde nàge rìzi ma?) — Do you remember that date?
222	HSK 2	上周	shàngzhōu	last week	上周我很忙。(Shàng zhōu wǒ hěn máng.) — I was busy last week.	上周你去哪儿了？(Shàng zhōu nǐ qù nǎr le?) — Where did you go last week? 上周下了三天雨。(Shàng zhōu xiàle sān tiān yǔ.) — It rained for three days last week. 我上周见过他。(Wǒ shàng zhōu jiànguo tā.) — I saw him last week. 上周的考试很难。(Shàng zhōu de kǎoshì hěn nán.) — Last week's exam was hard. 上周他还没回来。(Shàng zhōu tā hái méi huílái.) — He hadn't come back by last week.
223	HSK 2	下周	xiàzhōu	next week	下周见！(Xià zhōu jiàn!) — See you next week!	下周你有空吗？(Xià zhōu nǐ yǒu kòng ma?) — Are you free next week? 下周我要出差。(Xià zhōu wǒ yào chūchāi.) — I'm travelling for work next week. 下周开始上课。(Xià zhōu kāishǐ shàngkè.) — Classes start next week. 下周天气会变冷。(Xià zhōu tiānqì huì biàn lěng.) — It'll get cold next week. 我们下周再谈。(Wǒmen xià zhōu zài tán.) — Let's talk again next week.
224	HSK 2	小时候	xiǎoshíhou	in one's childhood	我小时候住在这里。(Wǒ xiǎoshíhou zhù zài zhèlǐ.) — I lived here as a child.	小时候我很瘦。(Xiǎoshíhou wǒ hěn shòu.) — I was thin as a child. 你小时候喜欢什么？(Nǐ xiǎoshíhou xǐhuan shénme?) — What did you like as a child? 小时候常和爸爸玩。(Xiǎoshíhou cháng hé bàba wán.) — I often played with my dad as a child. 小时候的事忘了。(Xiǎoshíhou de shì wàng le.) — I've forgotten my childhood. 他小时候很淘气。(Tā xiǎoshíhou hěn táoqì.) — He was naughty as a child.
225	HSK 2	夜	yè	night	夜里很安静。(Yè lǐ hěn ānjìng.) — It's quiet at night.	昨夜下雨了。(Zuóyè xiàyǔ le.) — It rained last night. 他一夜没睡。(Tā yí yè méi shuì.) — He didn't sleep all night. 夜深了，早点休息。(Yè shēn le, zǎodiǎn xiūxi.) — It's late, get some rest. 这个城市的夜很美。(Zhège chéngshì de yè hěn měi.) — This city is beautiful at night. 今夜有月亮。(Jīnyè yǒu yuèliang.) — There's a moon tonight.
226	HSK 2	夜里	yèlǐ	at night	夜里我常常醒。(Yè lǐ wǒ chángcháng xǐng.) — I often wake up at night.	夜里外面很黑。(Yè lǐ wàimiàn hěn hēi.) — It's dark outside at night. 他夜里才回来。(Tā yè lǐ cái huílái.) — He didn't come back until night. 夜里别开车。(Yè lǐ bié kāichē.) — Don't drive at night. 夜里下了大雨。(Yè lǐ xiàle dà yǔ.) — It rained heavily during the night. 夜里的风很凉。(Yè lǐ de fēng hěn liáng.) — The night wind is cool.
227	HSK 2	一生	yìshēng	one's whole life	他一生都在工作。(Tā yìshēng dōu zài gōngzuò.) — He worked all his life.	这是一生一次的机会。(Zhè shì yìshēng yí cì de jīhuì.) — This is a once-in-a-lifetime chance. 我一生没见过这个。(Wǒ yìshēng méi jiànguo zhège.) — I've never seen this in my life. 她一生住在这里。(Tā yìshēng zhù zài zhèlǐ.) — She lived here all her life. 一生很短，要开心。(Yìshēng hěn duǎn, yào kāixīn.) — Life is short, be happy. 他们一生是好朋友。(Tāmen yìshēng shì hǎo péngyou.) — They were friends for life.
228	HSK 2	月份	yuèfèn	month	你哪个月份出生？(Nǐ nǎge yuèfèn chūshēng?) — Which month were you born?	这个月份很忙。(Zhège yuèfèn hěn máng.) — This month is busy. 七月份天气很热。(Qī yuèfèn tiānqì hěn rè.) — July is hot. 下个月份我要搬家。(Xià gè yuèfèn wǒ yào bānjiā.) — I'm moving house next month. 每个月份都不一样。(Měi gè yuèfèn dōu bù yíyàng.) — Every month is different. 一年有十二个月份。(Yì nián yǒu shí'èr gè yuèfèn.) — There are twelve months in a year.
229	HSK 2	早晨	zǎochén	early morning	早晨好！(Zǎochén hǎo!) — Good morning!	我早晨六点起床。(Wǒ zǎochén liù diǎn qǐchuáng.) — I get up at six in the morning. 早晨的空气很好。(Zǎochén de kōngqì hěn hǎo.) — The morning air is nice. 他早晨跑步。(Tā zǎochén pǎobù.) — He runs in the morning. 早晨路上人不多。(Zǎochén lùshang rén bù duō.) — There aren't many people out in the morning. 早晨我喝一杯茶。(Zǎochén wǒ hē yì bēi chá.) — I have a cup of tea in the morning.
230	HSK 2	这时候	zhè shíhou	at this time	这时候他还没来。(Zhè shíhou tā hái méi lái.) — He still hasn't come by now.	这时候路上很堵。(Zhè shíhou lùshang hěn dǔ.) — The roads are jammed at this hour. 这时候商店关门了。(Zhè shíhou shāngdiàn guānmén le.) — The shops are closed at this hour. 这时候打电话不好。(Zhè shíhou dǎ diànhuà bù hǎo.) — It's not a good time to call. 这时候大家都在吃饭。(Zhè shíhou dàjiā dōu zài chīfàn.) — Everyone's eating at this time. 这时候外面很冷。(Zhè shíhou wàimiàn hěn lěng.) — It's cold outside at this time.
231	HSK 2	中年	zhōngnián	middle age	他已经中年了。(Tā yǐjīng zhōngnián le.) — He's middle-aged now.	中年人工作很忙。(Zhōngnián rén gōngzuò hěn máng.) — Middle-aged people are busy with work. 这位中年男人是老师。(Zhè wèi zhōngnián nánrén shì lǎoshī.) — This middle-aged man is a teacher. 中年以后要注意身体。(Zhōngnián yǐhòu yào zhùyì shēntǐ.) — Look after your health after middle age. 她是中年人。(Tā shì zhōngnián rén.) — She's middle-aged. 中年的时候他搬家了。(Zhōngnián de shíhou tā bānjiā le.) — He moved house in middle age.
232	HSK 2	周年	zhōunián	anniversary	今天是我们的周年。(Jīntiān shì wǒmen de zhōunián.) — Today is our anniversary.	明天是十周年。(Míngtiān shì shí zhōunián.) — Tomorrow is the tenth anniversary. 学校过五十周年。(Xuéxiào guò wǔshí zhōunián.) — The school is celebrating fifty years. 周年快乐！(Zhōunián kuàilè!) — Happy anniversary! 他们结婚三周年了。(Tāmen jiéhūn sān zhōunián le.) — They've been married three years. 公司二十周年了。(Gōngsī èrshí zhōunián le.) — The company is twenty years old.

5. Nouns: People, Family & Occupations (人物, 家庭, 职业 - rénwù, jiātíng, zhíyè)

✏️ Usage: Pronoun + Noun (的 dropped)

💡 Grammar Tip: Close Relationships & Possessives

Typically, the particle 的 (de) is placed between a possessor and the possessed noun. However, for close interpersonal connections, such as family members (e.g., 我爸爸 (wǒ bàba) instead of 我的爸爸 (wǒ de bàba)) or schools/workplaces, 的 (de) is regularly dropped.

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
315	HSK 2	大家	dàjiā	everyone; everybody	大家好！(Dàjiā hǎo!) — Hello everyone!	大家都来了吗？(Dàjiā dōu lái le ma?) — Has everyone arrived? 大家一起走吧。(Dàjiā yìqǐ zǒu ba.) — Let's all go together. 谢谢大家的帮助。(Xièxie dàjiā de bāngzhù.) — Thank you all for your help. 大家都很努力。(Dàjiā dōu hěn nǔlì.) — Everyone works hard. 请大家安静一下。(Qǐng dàjiā ānjìng yíxià.) — Everyone please be quiet.
340	HSK 2	服务员	fúwùyuán	waiter; attendant	服务员，买单！(Fúwùyuán, mǎidān!) — Waiter, the bill please!	这个服务员很热情。(Zhège fúwùyuán hěn rèqíng.) — This waiter is very friendly. 请问服务员在哪儿？(Qǐngwèn fúwùyuán zài nǎr?) — Excuse me, where's the waiter? 她是这里的服务员。(Tā shì zhèlǐ de fúwùyuán.) — She's a waitress here. 服务员给我们茶。(Fúwùyuán gěi wǒmen chá.) — The waiter brought us tea. 我叫了服务员。(Wǒ jiàole fúwùyuán.) — I called the waiter.
341	HSK 2	司机	sījī	driver; chauffeur	司机开得很快。(Sījī kāi de hěn kuài.) — The driver drives fast.	我爸爸是司机。(Wǒ bàba shì sījī.) — My dad is a driver. 请问司机在吗？(Qǐngwèn sījī zài ma?) — Excuse me, is the driver here? 这位司机很客气。(Zhè wèi sījī hěn kèqi.) — This driver is very polite. 司机说要一个小时。(Sījī shuō yào yí gè xiǎoshí.) — The driver said it takes an hour. 出租车司机很忙。(Chūzūchē sījī hěn máng.) — Taxi drivers are busy.
342	HSK 2	校长	xiàozhǎng	headmaster; principal	校长很忙。(Xiàozhǎng hěn máng.) — The principal is busy.	校长在办公室。(Xiàozhǎng zài bàngōngshì.) — The principal is in the office. 我们的校长很好。(Wǒmen de xiàozhǎng hěn hǎo.) — Our principal is nice. 校长要跟我们说话。(Xiàozhǎng yào gēn wǒmen shuōhuà.) — The principal wants to talk to us. 他是新来的校长。(Tā shì xīn lái de xiàozhǎng.) — He's the new principal. 校长今天不在。(Xiàozhǎng jīntiān bú zài.) — The principal isn't in today.
343	HSK 2	同事	tóngshì	colleague; co-worker	他是我的同事。(Tā shì wǒ de tóngshì.) — He's my colleague.	我和同事一起吃饭。(Wǒ hé tóngshì yìqǐ chīfàn.) — I eat with my colleagues. 我的同事都很好。(Wǒ de tóngshì dōu hěn hǎo.) — My colleagues are all nice. 新同事今天来了。(Xīn tóngshì jīntiān lái le.) — The new colleague started today. 同事们下班了。(Tóngshìmen xiàbān le.) — My colleagues have finished work. 我跟同事关系很好。(Wǒ gēn tóngshì guānxì hěn hǎo.) — I get on well with my colleagues.
345	HSK 2	顾客	gùkè	customer; client	今天顾客很多。(Jīntiān gùkè hěn duō.) — There are a lot of customers today.	顾客在等你。(Gùkè zài děng nǐ.) — A customer is waiting for you. 这位顾客要买茶。(Zhè wèi gùkè yào mǎi chá.) — This customer wants to buy tea. 顾客说这个太贵。(Gùkè shuō zhège tài guì.) — The customer said this is too expensive. 我们的顾客很满意。(Wǒmen de gùkè hěn mǎnyì.) — Our customers are satisfied. 下午顾客不多。(Xiàwǔ gùkè bù duō.) — There aren't many customers in the afternoon.
360	HSK 2	爱人	àiren	spouse; husband/wife	这是我爱人。(Zhè shì wǒ àiren.) — This is my spouse.	我爱人是老师。(Wǒ àiren shì lǎoshī.) — My wife is a teacher. 他和爱人一起来的。(Tā hé àiren yìqǐ lái de.) — He came with his wife. 我爱人今天加班。(Wǒ àiren jīntiān jiābān.) — My spouse is working late today. 你爱人做什么工作？(Nǐ àiren zuò shénme gōngzuò?) — What does your spouse do? 我爱人很会做饭。(Wǒ àiren hěn huì zuòfàn.) — My spouse cooks very well.
361	HSK 2	班长	bānzhǎng	class monitor	他是我们的班长。(Tā shì wǒmen de bānzhǎng.) — He's our class monitor.	班长很负责。(Bānzhǎng hěn fùzé.) — The class monitor is responsible. 班长在收作业。(Bānzhǎng zài shōu zuòyè.) — The monitor is collecting homework. 请问班长是谁？(Qǐngwèn bānzhǎng shì shéi?) — Who's the class monitor? 班长帮老师做事。(Bānzhǎng bāng lǎoshī zuòshì.) — The monitor helps the teacher. 她当了三年班长。(Tā dāngle sān nián bānzhǎng.) — She was monitor for three years.
362	HSK 2	大人	dàrén	adult	大人和孩子都来了。(Dàrén hé háizi dōu lái le.) — Both adults and children came.	这个电影大人看的。(Zhège diànyǐng dàrén kàn de.) — This film is for adults. 大人说话孩子别听。(Dàrén shuōhuà háizi bié tīng.) — Children shouldn't listen to adults talking. 一个大人两个孩子。(Yí gè dàrén liǎng gè háizi.) — One adult and two children. 大人要照顾孩子。(Dàrén yào zhàogù háizi.) — Adults have to look after children. 他现在是大人了。(Tā xiànzài shì dàrén le.) — He's an adult now.
363	HSK 2	好人	hǎorén	good person	他是个好人。(Tā shì gè hǎorén.) — He's a good person.	世界上好人很多。(Shìjiè shàng hǎorén hěn duō.) — There are many good people in the world. 谢谢你，你真是好人。(Xièxie nǐ, nǐ zhēnshi hǎorén.) — Thank you, you're really kind. 我的邻居都是好人。(Wǒ de línjū dōu shì hǎorén.) — My neighbours are all good people. 做个好人不容易。(Zuò gè hǎorén bù róngyì.) — It isn't easy being a good person. 她帮了我，是好人。(Tā bāngle wǒ, shì hǎorén.) — She helped me, she's a good person.
364	HSK 2	画家	huàjiā	painter; artist	他是一位画家。(Tā shì yí wèi huàjiā.) — He's a painter.	这个画家很有名。(Zhège huàjiā hěn yǒumíng.) — This painter is famous. 我想当画家。(Wǒ xiǎng dāng huàjiā.) — I want to be a painter. 画家在画山。(Huàjiā zài huà shān.) — The painter is painting mountains. 这是画家的画。(Zhè shì huàjiā de huà.) — This is the painter's work. 她认识很多画家。(Tā rènshi hěn duō huàjiā.) — She knows many painters.
365	HSK 2	坏人	huàirén	bad person	他不是坏人。(Tā bú shì huàirén.) — He isn't a bad person.	电影里有坏人。(Diànyǐng lǐ yǒu huàirén.) — There are villains in the film. 小心，那是坏人。(Xiǎoxīn, nà shì huàirén.) — Careful, that's a bad person. 警察抓了坏人。(Jǐngchá zhuāle huàirén.) — The police caught the bad guy. 坏人也会变好。(Huàirén yě huì biàn hǎo.) — Even bad people can change. 别跟坏人玩。(Bié gēn huàirén wán.) — Don't play with bad people.
366	HSK 2	家庭	jiātíng	family; household	我有一个大家庭。(Wǒ yǒu yí gè dà jiātíng.) — I have a big family.	家庭很重要。(Jiātíng hěn zhòngyào.) — Family is important. 他的家庭很幸福。(Tā de jiātíng hěn xìngfú.) — His family is happy. 家庭和工作都重要。(Jiātíng hé gōngzuò dōu zhòngyào.) — Both family and work matter. 这个家庭有四口人。(Zhège jiātíng yǒu sì kǒu rén.) — This family has four people. 周末我陪家庭。(Zhōumò wǒ péi jiātíng.) — I spend weekends with my family.
367	HSK 2	家长	jiāzhǎng	parent (of a student)	家长明天来学校。(Jiāzhǎng míngtiān lái xuéxiào.) — Parents are coming to school tomorrow.	请家长签名。(Qǐng jiāzhǎng qiānmíng.) — Please have a parent sign it. 他的家长很关心他。(Tā de jiāzhǎng hěn guānxīn tā.) — His parents care about him a lot. 家长和老师谈话。(Jiāzhǎng hé lǎoshī tánhuà.) — The parents talked with the teacher. 家长都很忙。(Jiāzhǎng dōu hěn máng.) — Parents are all busy. 我是他的家长。(Wǒ shì tā de jiāzhǎng.) — I'm his parent.
368	HSK 2	教师	jiàoshī	teacher (formal)	她是一位教师。(Tā shì yí wèi jiàoshī.) — She's a teacher.	教师节快乐！(Jiàoshī jié kuàilè!) — Happy Teachers' Day! 我们学校有很多教师。(Wǒmen xuéxiào yǒu hěn duō jiàoshī.) — Our school has many teachers. 当教师很辛苦。(Dāng jiàoshī hěn xīnkǔ.) — Being a teacher is hard work. 他做了二十年教师。(Tā zuòle èrshí nián jiàoshī.) — He's been a teacher for twenty years. 教师要有耐心。(Jiàoshī yào yǒu nàixīn.) — Teachers need patience.
369	HSK 2	客人	kèrén	guest	今天家里有客人。(Jīntiān jiā lǐ yǒu kèren.) — We have guests at home today.	客人已经到了。(Kèren yǐjīng dào le.) — The guests have arrived. 请客人先坐。(Qǐng kèren xiān zuò.) — Please let the guests sit first. 我们请了几位客人。(Wǒmen qǐngle jǐ wèi kèren.) — We invited a few guests. 客人喜欢这个菜。(Kèren xǐhuan zhège cài.) — The guests like this dish. 送客人到门口。(Sòng kèren dào ménkǒu.) — See the guests to the door.
370	HSK 2	老朋友	lǎopéngyou	old friend	他是我的老朋友。(Tā shì wǒ de lǎo péngyou.) — He's an old friend of mine.	好久不见，老朋友！(Hǎojiǔ bú jiàn, lǎo péngyou!) — Long time no see, old friend! 我们是二十年的老朋友。(Wǒmen shì èrshí nián de lǎo péngyou.) — We've been friends for twenty years. 老朋友见面很开心。(Lǎo péngyou jiànmiàn hěn kāixīn.) — It's lovely to see an old friend. 昨天我见了个老朋友。(Zuótiān wǒ jiànle gè lǎo péngyou.) — I met an old friend yesterday. 老朋友最了解我。(Lǎo péngyou zuì liǎojiě wǒ.) — Old friends know me best.
371	HSK 2	明星	míngxīng	(celebrity) star	她是有名的明星。(Tā shì yǒumíng de míngxīng.) — She's a famous star.	我喜欢那个明星。(Wǒ xǐhuan nàge míngxīng.) — I like that celebrity. 明星来我们城市了。(Míngxīng lái wǒmen chéngshì le.) — A celebrity came to our city. 很多人想当明星。(Hěn duō rén xiǎng dāng míngxīng.) — Many people want to be stars. 这个明星很年轻。(Zhège míngxīng hěn niánqīng.) — This star is very young. 明星的生活很忙。(Míngxīng de shēnghuó hěn máng.) — A celebrity's life is busy.
372	HSK 2	青年	qīngnián	youth; young person	他还是个青年。(Tā háishi gè qīngnián.) — He's still a young man.	青年要多学习。(Qīngnián yào duō xuéxí.) — Young people should study more. 这里有很多青年。(Zhèlǐ yǒu hěn duō qīngnián.) — There are many young people here. 青年人喜欢运动。(Qīngnián rén xǐhuan yùndòng.) — Young people like sport. 他是个努力的青年。(Tā shì gè nǔlì de qīngnián.) — He's a hard-working young man. 青年时代很难忘。(Qīngnián shídài hěn nánwàng.) — Youth is unforgettable.
373	HSK 2	青少年	qīngshàonián	teenagers; young people	青少年要早睡。(Qīngshàonián yào zǎo shuì.) — Teenagers should sleep early.	这本书给青少年看。(Zhè běn shū gěi qīngshàonián kàn.) — This book is for teenagers. 青少年喜欢玩手机。(Qīngshàonián xǐhuan wán shǒujī.) — Teenagers like playing on their phones. 学校有很多青少年。(Xuéxiào yǒu hěn duō qīngshàonián.) — There are many teenagers at school. 青少年的身体在长。(Qīngshàonián de shēntǐ zài zhǎng.) — Teenagers' bodies are growing. 帮助青少年很重要。(Bāngzhù qīngshàonián hěn zhòngyào.) — Helping teenagers matters.
374	HSK 2	全家	quánjiā	the whole family	我们全家去旅游。(Wǒmen quánjiā qù lǚyóu.) — Our whole family is travelling.	全家一起吃饭。(Quánjiā yìqǐ chīfàn.) — The whole family eats together. 全家都很好，谢谢。(Quánjiā dōu hěn hǎo, xièxie.) — The whole family is well, thanks. 这是我们的全家照。(Zhè shì wǒmen de quánjiā zhào.) — This is our family photo. 过节全家都回来。(Guòjié quánjiā dōu huílái.) — The whole family comes back for the holiday. 全家人都很想你。(Quánjiā rén dōu hěn xiǎng nǐ.) — The whole family misses you.
375	HSK 2	人们	rénmen	people	人们都很忙。(Rénmen dōu hěn máng.) — People are all busy.	人们喜欢在这里散步。(Rénmen xǐhuan zài zhèlǐ sànbù.) — People like to walk here. 早上人们去上班。(Zǎoshang rénmen qù shàngbān.) — People go to work in the morning. 人们的生活变好了。(Rénmen de shēnghuó biàn hǎo le.) — People's lives have improved. 下雨天人们不出门。(Xiàyǔ tiān rénmen bù chūmén.) — People stay in on rainy days. 人们都想过好日子。(Rénmen dōu xiǎng guò hǎo rìzi.) — Everyone wants a good life.
376	HSK 2	少年	shàonián	juvenile; young person	他还是个少年。(Tā háishi gè shàonián.) — He's still a boy.	少年的时候我很瘦。(Shàonián de shíhou wǒ hěn shòu.) — I was thin as a boy. 这个少年很聪明。(Zhège shàonián hěn cōngming.) — This boy is clever. 少年们在踢足球。(Shàoniánmen zài tī zúqiú.) — The boys are playing football. 少年要好好学习。(Shàonián yào hǎohǎo xuéxí.) — Young people should study hard. 那是我的少年时代。(Nà shì wǒ de shàonián shídài.) — That was my boyhood.
377	HSK 2	太太	tàitai	wife; Mrs.	这是我太太。(Zhè shì wǒ tàitai.) — This is my wife.	王太太你好！(Wáng tàitai nǐ hǎo!) — Hello, Mrs Wang! 我太太在做饭。(Wǒ tàitai zài zuòfàn.) — My wife is cooking. 他太太是医生。(Tā tàitai shì yīshēng.) — His wife is a doctor. 太太，请问买什么？(Tàitai, qǐngwèn mǎi shénme?) — Madam, what would you like? 我和太太一起去。(Wǒ hé tàitai yìqǐ qù.) — My wife and I are going together.
378	HSK 2	行人	xíngrén	pedestrian	路上行人很多。(Lùshang xíngrén hěn duō.) — There are many pedestrians on the road.	请注意行人。(Qǐng zhùyì xíngrén.) — Please watch out for pedestrians. 行人走这边。(Xíngrén zǒu zhèbiān.) — Pedestrians go this way. 下雨天行人很少。(Xiàyǔ tiān xíngrén hěn shǎo.) — There are few pedestrians when it rains. 行人在等红灯。(Xíngrén zài děng hóngdēng.) — The pedestrians are waiting at the light. 开车要小心行人。(Kāichē yào xiǎoxīn xíngrén.) — Watch out for pedestrians when driving.
379	HSK 2	姓	xìng	surname; to be surnamed	您贵姓？(Nín guìxìng?) — May I ask your surname?	我姓王。(Wǒ xìng Wáng.) — My surname is Wang. 他姓什么？(Tā xìng shénme?) — What's his surname? 这个姓很少见。(Zhège xìng hěn shǎojiàn.) — This surname is rare. 我们姓一样。(Wǒmen xìng yíyàng.) — We have the same surname. 请问您姓李吗？(Qǐngwèn nín xìng Lǐ ma?) — Excuse me, is your surname Li?
380	HSK 2	姓名	xìngmíng	full name	请写下姓名。(Qǐng xiě xià xìngmíng.) — Please write down your name.	你的姓名是什么？(Nǐ de xìngmíng shì shénme?) — What is your full name? 姓名写在这里。(Xìngmíng xiě zài zhèlǐ.) — Write your name here. 他的姓名我忘了。(Tā de xìngmíng wǒ wàng le.) — I've forgotten his name. 请说一下您的姓名。(Qǐng shuō yíxià nín de xìngmíng.) — Please state your full name. 姓名不能写错。(Xìngmíng bù néng xiě cuò.) — Your name mustn't be written wrong.
381	HSK 2	游客	yóukè	tourist	这里游客很多。(Zhèlǐ yóukè hěn duō.) — There are many tourists here.	游客在照相。(Yóukè zài zhàoxiàng.) — The tourists are taking photos. 夏天游客最多。(Xiàtiān yóukè zuì duō.) — There are most tourists in summer. 游客喜欢这个地方。(Yóukè xǐhuan zhège dìfang.) — Tourists like this place. 他给游客带路。(Tā gěi yóukè dàilù.) — He shows tourists the way. 游客们都很开心。(Yóukèmen dōu hěn kāixīn.) — The tourists are all happy.
382	HSK 2	主人	zhǔrén	host; owner	房子的主人不在。(Fángzi de zhǔrén bú zài.) — The owner of the house isn't in.	狗在等主人。(Gǒu zài děng zhǔrén.) — The dog is waiting for its owner. 主人很热情。(Zhǔrén hěn rèqíng.) — The host is very welcoming. 我是这里的主人。(Wǒ shì zhèlǐ de zhǔrén.) — I'm the owner here. 主人请客人吃饭。(Zhǔrén qǐng kèren chīfàn.) — The host invited the guests to eat. 这只猫没有主人。(Zhè zhī māo méiyǒu zhǔrén.) — This cat has no owner.
383	HSK 2	作家	zuòjiā	writer; author	他是有名的作家。(Tā shì yǒumíng de zuòjiā.) — He's a well-known writer.	我想当作家。(Wǒ xiǎng dāng zuòjiā.) — I want to be a writer. 这个作家写得很好。(Zhège zuòjiā xiě de hěn hǎo.) — This writer writes well. 作家在写新书。(Zuòjiā zài xiě xīn shū.) — The writer is working on a new book. 我读过这个作家的书。(Wǒ dúguo zhège zuòjiā de shū.) — I've read this writer's books. 她是一位年轻作家。(Tā shì yí wèi niánqīng zuòjiā.) — She's a young writer.

6. Nouns: Places & Directions (地点, 方位 - dìdiǎn, fāngwèi)

✏️ Usage: Noun + 在 + Location

💡 Grammar Tip: Location Phrases with 在

To express where something is, use the structure: Noun + 在 (zài) + Location Word (e.g., 书在桌子上 (shū zài zhuōzi shàng)). Simple location boundaries like 上 (shàng), 下 (xià), and 里 (lǐ) are attached directly to the noun without 的 (de).

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
514	HSK 2	教室	jiàoshì	classroom	教室里没有人。(Jiàoshì lǐ méiyǒu rén.) — There's nobody in the classroom.	我们的教室很大。(Wǒmen de jiàoshì hěn dà.) — Our classroom is big. 请去三号教室。(Qǐng qù sān hào jiàoshì.) — Please go to classroom three. 教室在二层。(Jiàoshì zài èr céng.) — The classroom is on the second floor. 下课后教室很安静。(Xiàkè hòu jiàoshì hěn ānjìng.) — The classroom is quiet after class. 别在教室里吃东西。(Bié zài jiàoshì lǐ chī dōngxi.) — Don't eat in the classroom.
516	HSK 2	办公室	bàngōngshì	office	老师在办公室。(Lǎoshī zài bàngōngshì.) — The teacher is in the office.	我的办公室在五层。(Wǒ de bàngōngshì zài wǔ céng.) — My office is on the fifth floor. 请到办公室来一下。(Qǐng dào bàngōngshì lái yíxià.) — Please come to the office for a moment. 办公室里很热。(Bàngōngshì lǐ hěn rè.) — It's hot in the office. 他不在办公室。(Tā bú zài bàngōngshì.) — He's not in the office. 我们办公室有十个人。(Wǒmen bàngōngshì yǒu shí gè rén.) — There are ten of us in the office.
517	HSK 2	公司	gōngsī	company; firm	我在一家公司工作。(Wǒ zài yì jiā gōngsī gōngzuò.) — I work at a company.	公司离我家很近。(Gōngsī lí wǒ jiā hěn jìn.) — The company is close to my home. 这家公司很大。(Zhè jiā gōngsī hěn dà.) — This company is big. 公司下午开会。(Gōngsī xiàwǔ kāihuì.) — The company has a meeting this afternoon. 他刚进这家公司。(Tā gāng jìn zhè jiā gōngsī.) — He just joined this company. 公司在市中心。(Gōngsī zài shì zhōngxīn.) — The company is in the city centre.
519	HSK 2	超市	chāoshì	supermarket	我去超市买东西。(Wǒ qù chāoshì mǎi dōngxi.) — I'm going to the supermarket to shop.	超市几点关门？(Chāoshì jǐ diǎn guānmén?) — What time does the supermarket close? 超市里人很多。(Chāoshì lǐ rén hěn duō.) — The supermarket is crowded. 附近有超市吗？(Fùjìn yǒu chāoshì ma?) — Is there a supermarket nearby? 超市的水果很新鲜。(Chāoshì de shuǐguǒ hěn xīnxiān.) — The supermarket's fruit is fresh. 周末超市很忙。(Zhōumò chāoshì hěn máng.) — The supermarket is busy at weekends.
522	HSK 2	酒店	jiǔdiàn	hotel	我们住这家酒店。(Wǒmen zhù zhè jiā jiǔdiàn.) — We're staying at this hotel.	酒店在火车站旁边。(Jiǔdiàn zài huǒchēzhàn pángbiān.) — The hotel is next to the station. 这家酒店很干净。(Zhè jiā jiǔdiàn hěn gānjìng.) — This hotel is clean. 请问酒店怎么走？(Qǐngwèn jiǔdiàn zěnme zǒu?) — Excuse me, how do I get to the hotel? 酒店的早饭很好。(Jiǔdiàn de zǎofàn hěn hǎo.) — The hotel breakfast is good. 我订了一家酒店。(Wǒ dìngle yì jiā jiǔdiàn.) — I booked a hotel.
524	HSK 2	药店	yàodiàn	pharmacy; drugstore	药店在哪儿？(Yàodiàn zài nǎr?) — Where's the pharmacy?	我去药店买药。(Wǒ qù yàodiàn mǎi yào.) — I'm going to the pharmacy for medicine. 药店晚上也开门。(Yàodiàn wǎnshang yě kāimén.) — The pharmacy is open in the evening too. 医院旁边有药店。(Yīyuàn pángbiān yǒu yàodiàn.) — There's a pharmacy next to the hospital. 这个药店很小。(Zhège yàodiàn hěn xiǎo.) — This pharmacy is small. 药店的人很热情。(Yàodiàn de rén hěn rèqíng.) — The pharmacy staff are helpful.
527	HSK 2	银行	yínháng	bank	银行几点开门？(Yínháng jǐ diǎn kāimén?) — What time does the bank open?	我去银行取钱。(Wǒ qù yínháng qǔ qián.) — I'm going to the bank to withdraw money. 银行就在对面。(Yínháng jiù zài duìmiàn.) — The bank is right opposite. 银行周末不开。(Yínháng zhōumò bù kāi.) — The bank isn't open at weekends. 他在银行工作。(Tā zài yínháng gōngzuò.) — He works at a bank. 银行里人很多。(Yínháng lǐ rén hěn duō.) — There are a lot of people in the bank.
529	HSK 2	公园	gōngyuán	park	我们去公园走走。(Wǒmen qù gōngyuán zǒuzou.) — Let's go for a walk in the park.	公园里有很多花。(Gōngyuán lǐ yǒu hěn duō huā.) — There are many flowers in the park. 早上公园人很多。(Zǎoshang gōngyuán rén hěn duō.) — The park is busy in the morning. 公园离这里不远。(Gōngyuán lí zhèlǐ bù yuǎn.) — The park isn't far from here. 孩子们在公园玩。(Háizimen zài gōngyuán wán.) — The children are playing in the park. 这个公园很安静。(Zhège gōngyuán hěn ānjìng.) — This park is peaceful.
542	HSK 2	体育馆	tǐyùguǎn	gymnasium; stadium	体育馆在学校里。(Tǐyùguǎn zài xuéxiào lǐ.) — The gym is inside the school.	我们去体育馆打球。(Wǒmen qù tǐyùguǎn dǎqiú.) — We're going to the gym to play ball. 体育馆今天不开。(Tǐyùguǎn jīntiān bù kāi.) — The sports hall is closed today. 新的体育馆很大。(Xīn de tǐyùguǎn hěn dà.) — The new sports hall is big. 比赛在体育馆举行。(Bǐsài zài tǐyùguǎn jǔxíng.) — The match is held at the sports hall. 他每天去体育馆。(Tā měitiān qù tǐyùguǎn.) — He goes to the gym every day.
544	HSK 2	火车站	huǒchēzhàn	railway station	火车站怎么走？(Huǒchēzhàn zěnme zǒu?) — How do I get to the train station?	我在火车站等你。(Wǒ zài huǒchēzhàn děng nǐ.) — I'll wait for you at the station. 火车站离这儿很近。(Huǒchēzhàn lí zhèr hěn jìn.) — The station is close to here. 火车站里人很多。(Huǒchēzhàn lǐ rén hěn duō.) — The station is crowded. 他去火车站接朋友。(Tā qù huǒchēzhàn jiē péngyou.) — He's going to meet a friend at the station. 火车站旁边有酒店。(Huǒchēzhàn pángbiān yǒu jiǔdiàn.) — There's a hotel next to the station.
545	HSK 2	地铁站	dìtiězhàn	subway station	地铁站就在前面。(Dìtiězhàn jiù zài qiánmiàn.) — The metro station is just ahead.	我们在地铁站见。(Wǒmen zài dìtiězhàn jiàn.) — Let's meet at the metro station. 地铁站离家两分钟。(Dìtiězhàn lí jiā liǎng fēnzhōng.) — The station is two minutes from home. 这个地铁站很新。(Zhège dìtiězhàn hěn xīn.) — This metro station is new. 地铁站里有超市。(Dìtiězhàn lǐ yǒu chāoshì.) — There's a supermarket in the metro station. 早上地铁站很挤。(Zǎoshang dìtiězhàn hěn jǐ.) — The metro station is packed in the morning.
564	HSK 2	北方	běifāng	the north (region)	他是北方人。(Tā shì běifāng rén.) — He's from the north.	北方的冬天很冷。(Běifāng de dōngtiān hěn lěng.) — Winters in the north are cold. 我没去过北方。(Wǒ méi qùguo běifāng.) — I've never been to the north. 北方人爱吃面。(Běifāng rén ài chī miàn.) — Northerners like noodles. 北方下雪了。(Běifāng xiàxuě le.) — It's snowing in the north. 我想去北方看看。(Wǒ xiǎng qù běifāng kànkan.) — I'd like to visit the north.
565	HSK 2	出口	chūkǒu	exit	出口在那边。(Chūkǒu zài nàbiān.) — The exit is over there.	请问出口在哪儿？(Qǐngwèn chūkǒu zài nǎr?) — Excuse me, where's the exit? 我们从这个出口走。(Wǒmen cóng zhège chūkǒu zǒu.) — Let's leave by this exit. 地铁有四个出口。(Dìtiě yǒu sì gè chūkǒu.) — The metro has four exits. 出口旁边有商店。(Chūkǒu pángbiān yǒu shāngdiàn.) — There's a shop by the exit. 出口的人很多。(Chūkǒu de rén hěn duō.) — There are many people at the exit.
566	HSK 2	大门	dàmén	main entrance; gate	大门开着。(Dàmén kāizhe.) — The main gate is open.	学校的大门很大。(Xuéxiào de dàmén hěn dà.) — The school's main gate is big. 我在大门口等你。(Wǒ zài dàménkǒu děng nǐ.) — I'll wait for you at the main gate. 晚上大门关了。(Wǎnshang dàmén guān le.) — The gate is closed at night. 请从大门进来。(Qǐng cóng dàmén jìnlái.) — Please come in through the main gate. 大门前面有花。(Dàmén qiánmiàn yǒu huā.) — There are flowers in front of the gate.
567	HSK 2	道路	dàolù	road; path	这条道路很宽。(Zhè tiáo dàolù hěn kuān.) — This road is wide.	道路上车很多。(Dàolù shàng chē hěn duō.) — There's a lot of traffic on the road. 下雨天道路很滑。(Xiàyǔ tiān dàolù hěn huá.) — The road is slippery when it rains. 新的道路很好走。(Xīn de dàolù hěn hǎo zǒu.) — The new road is easy to travel on. 道路两边有树。(Dàolù liǎngbiān yǒu shù.) — There are trees on both sides of the road. 这条道路通到市里。(Zhè tiáo dàolù tōngdào shì lǐ.) — This road leads into the city.
568	HSK 2	店	diàn	shop; store	这家店很有名。(Zhè jiā diàn hěn yǒumíng.) — This shop is well known.	店几点开门？(Diàn jǐ diǎn kāimén?) — What time does the shop open? 街上有很多店。(Jiē shàng yǒu hěn duō diàn.) — There are many shops on the street. 这家店的东西不贵。(Zhè jiā diàn de dōngxi bú guì.) — Things aren't expensive in this shop. 那家店今天关门。(Nà jiā diàn jīntiān guānmén.) — That shop is closed today. 我常去那家店。(Wǒ cháng qù nà jiā diàn.) — I often go to that shop.
569	HSK 2	东北	dōngběi	northeast	他是东北人。(Tā shì dōngběi rén.) — He's from the northeast.	东北的冬天很冷。(Dōngběi de dōngtiān hěn lěng.) — Winters in the northeast are cold. 我想去东北看雪。(Wǒ xiǎng qù dōngběi kàn xuě.) — I want to see the snow in the northeast. 东北菜很好吃。(Dōngběi cài hěn hǎochī.) — Northeastern food is delicious. 学校在城市东北。(Xuéxiào zài chéngshì dōngběi.) — The school is northeast of the city. 东北人很热情。(Dōngběi rén hěn rèqíng.) — Northeasterners are warm-hearted.
570	HSK 2	东方	dōngfāng	the East; Orient	太阳从东方出来。(Tàiyáng cóng dōngfāng chūlái.) — The sun rises in the east.	东方的天亮了。(Dōngfāng de tiān liàng le.) — The sky is bright in the east. 他喜欢东方文化。(Tā xǐhuan dōngfāng wénhuà.) — He likes Eastern culture. 中国在东方。(Zhōngguó zài dōngfāng.) — China is in the East. 东方和西方不一样。(Dōngfāng hé xīfāng bù yíyàng.) — East and West are different. 我在学东方语言。(Wǒ zài xué dōngfāng yǔyán.) — I'm studying Eastern languages.
571	HSK 2	东南	dōngnán	southeast	上海在中国东南。(Shànghǎi zài Zhōngguó dōngnán.) — Shanghai is in southeastern China.	东南的天气很热。(Dōngnán de tiānqì hěn rè.) — The weather is hot in the southeast. 往东南走十分钟。(Wǎng dōngnán zǒu shí fēnzhōng.) — Walk southeast for ten minutes. 东南方有座山。(Dōngnán fāng yǒu zuò shān.) — There's a mountain to the southeast. 他家在城市东南。(Tā jiā zài chéngshì dōngnán.) — His home is southeast of the city. 东南下雨很多。(Dōngnán xiàyǔ hěn duō.) — It rains a lot in the southeast.
572	HSK 2	动物园	dòngwùyuán	zoo	我们去动物园吧。(Wǒmen qù dòngwùyuán ba.) — Let's go to the zoo.	动物园里有大象。(Dòngwùyuán lǐ yǒu dàxiàng.) — There are elephants at the zoo. 孩子们喜欢动物园。(Háizimen xǐhuan dòngwùyuán.) — Children love the zoo. 动物园几点关门？(Dòngwùyuán jǐ diǎn guānmén?) — What time does the zoo close? 周末动物园人很多。(Zhōumò dòngwùyuán rén hěn duō.) — The zoo is busy at weekends. 动物园离这儿很远。(Dòngwùyuán lí zhèr hěn yuǎn.) — The zoo is far from here.
573	HSK 2	饭馆	fànguǎn	restaurant	我们去饭馆吃吧。(Wǒmen qù fànguǎn chī ba.) — Let's eat at a restaurant.	这家饭馆很好吃。(Zhè jiā fànguǎn hěn hǎochī.) — The food at this restaurant is great. 饭馆里人很多。(Fànguǎn lǐ rén hěn duō.) — The restaurant is busy. 学校旁边有个饭馆。(Xuéxiào pángbiān yǒu gè fànguǎn.) — There's a restaurant next to the school. 这个饭馆不太贵。(Zhège fànguǎn bú tài guì.) — This restaurant isn't too expensive. 饭馆几点开门？(Fànguǎn jǐ diǎn kāimén?) — What time does the restaurant open?
574	HSK 2	公路	gōnglù	highway	公路上车很多。(Gōnglù shàng chē hěn duō.) — There's a lot of traffic on the highway.	这条公路很长。(Zhè tiáo gōnglù hěn cháng.) — This highway is long. 公路旁边有树。(Gōnglù pángbiān yǒu shù.) — There are trees beside the road. 走公路快一点。(Zǒu gōnglù kuài yìdiǎn.) — Taking the highway is faster. 新公路修好了。(Xīn gōnglù xiūhǎo le.) — The new highway is finished. 下雨天公路很滑。(Xiàyǔ tiān gōnglù hěn huá.) — The highway is slippery in the rain.
575	HSK 2	广场	guǎngchǎng	(public) square	广场上人很多。(Guǎngchǎng shàng rén hěn duō.) — The square is crowded.	我们在广场见面。(Wǒmen zài guǎngchǎng jiànmiàn.) — Let's meet at the square. 晚上广场很热闹。(Wǎnshang guǎngchǎng hěn rènao.) — The square is lively in the evening. 广场很大很干净。(Guǎngchǎng hěn dà hěn gānjìng.) — The square is big and clean. 孩子在广场上玩。(Háizi zài guǎngchǎng shàng wán.) — Children play in the square. 广场旁边有地铁站。(Guǎngchǎng pángbiān yǒu dìtiězhàn.) — There's a metro station by the square.
576	HSK 2	海边	hǎibiān	seaside	我们去海边玩吧。(Wǒmen qù hǎibiān wán ba.) — Let's go to the seaside.	海边的风很大。(Hǎibiān de fēng hěn dà.) — The wind is strong by the sea. 夏天海边人很多。(Xiàtiān hǎibiān rén hěn duō.) — The seaside is busy in summer. 他家在海边。(Tā jiā zài hǎibiān.) — His home is by the sea. 海边的日落很美。(Hǎibiān de rìluò hěn měi.) — Sunsets by the sea are beautiful. 我想住在海边。(Wǒ xiǎng zhù zài hǎibiān.) — I'd like to live by the sea.
577	HSK 2	花园	huāyuán	garden	花园里有很多花。(Huāyuán lǐ yǒu hěn duō huā.) — There are many flowers in the garden.	我们家有个小花园。(Wǒmen jiā yǒu gè xiǎo huāyuán.) — Our house has a small garden. 她在花园里看书。(Tā zài huāyuán lǐ kànshū.) — She's reading in the garden. 春天花园最美。(Chūntiān huāyuán zuì měi.) — The garden is loveliest in spring. 爷爷每天照顾花园。(Yéye měitiān zhàogù huāyuán.) — Grandpa tends the garden every day. 花园后面有棵树。(Huāyuán hòumiàn yǒu kē shù.) — There's a tree behind the garden.
578	HSK 2	街	jiē	street	街上人很多。(Jiē shàng rén hěn duō.) — The street is busy.	我们去街上走走。(Wǒmen qù jiē shàng zǒuzou.) — Let's take a walk down the street. 这条街很有名。(Zhè tiáo jiē hěn yǒumíng.) — This street is famous. 街两边都是商店。(Jiē liǎngbiān dōu shì shāngdiàn.) — There are shops on both sides of the street. 晚上街上很安静。(Wǎnshang jiē shàng hěn ānjìng.) — The street is quiet at night. 他住在这条街上。(Tā zhù zài zhè tiáo jiē shàng.) — He lives on this street.
579	HSK 2	路边	lùbiān	roadside	车停在路边。(Chē tíng zài lùbiān.) — The car is parked by the roadside.	路边有很多树。(Lùbiān yǒu hěn duō shù.) — There are many trees along the road. 我们在路边等车。(Wǒmen zài lùbiān děng chē.) — We're waiting for the bus by the road. 路边有个小店。(Lùbiān yǒu gè xiǎo diàn.) — There's a little shop by the road. 别在路边玩。(Bié zài lùbiān wán.) — Don't play by the roadside. 路边的花很漂亮。(Lùbiān de huā hěn piàoliang.) — The roadside flowers are pretty.
580	HSK 2	南方	nánfāng	the south (region)	我是南方人。(Wǒ shì nánfāng rén.) — I'm from the south.	南方的冬天不冷。(Nánfāng de dōngtiān bù lěng.) — Winters in the south aren't cold. 南方雨水很多。(Nánfāng yǔshuǐ hěn duō.) — There's a lot of rain in the south. 他搬到南方去了。(Tā bāndào nánfāng qù le.) — He moved to the south. 南方人爱吃米饭。(Nánfāng rén ài chī mǐfàn.) — Southerners like rice. 南方的夏天很热。(Nánfāng de xiàtiān hěn rè.) — Summers in the south are hot.
581	HSK 2	全国	quánguó	the whole country	全国都下雪了。(Quánguó dōu xiàxuě le.) — It's snowing across the whole country.	这个牌子全国有名。(Zhège páizi quánguó yǒumíng.) — This brand is known nationwide. 全国有很多大学。(Quánguó yǒu hěn duō dàxué.) — There are many universities nationwide. 全国的人都知道。(Quánguó de rén dōu zhīdào.) — Everyone in the country knows. 比赛在全国举行。(Bǐsài zài quánguó jǔxíng.) — The competition is held nationwide. 全国放假三天。(Quánguó fàngjià sān tiān.) — The whole country has three days off.
582	HSK 2	入口	rùkǒu	entrance	入口在那边。(Rùkǒu zài nàbiān.) — The entrance is over there.	请问入口在哪儿？(Qǐngwèn rùkǒu zài nǎr?) — Excuse me, where's the entrance? 我们在入口等你。(Wǒmen zài rùkǒu děng nǐ.) — We'll wait for you at the entrance. 入口和出口不一样。(Rùkǒu hé chūkǒu bù yíyàng.) — The entrance and exit are different. 入口的人很多。(Rùkǒu de rén hěn duō.) — There are many people at the entrance. 从这个入口进去。(Cóng zhège rùkǒu jìnqù.) — Go in through this entrance.
583	HSK 2	省	shěng	province; to save (money/time)	他住在哪个省？(Tā zhù zài nǎge shěng?) — Which province does he live in?	中国有很多省。(Zhōngguó yǒu hěn duō shěng.) — China has many provinces. 这个省很大。(Zhège shěng hěn dà.) — This province is big. 我们省的天气很好。(Wǒmen shěng de tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather in our province is good. 他从别的省来的。(Tā cóng biéde shěng lái de.) — He came from another province. 这个省有海。(Zhège shěng yǒu hǎi.) — This province has a coastline.
584	HSK 2	市	shì	city; municipality	我住在这个市。(Wǒ zhù zài zhège shì.) — I live in this city.	这个市有三百万人。(Zhège shì yǒu sānbǎi wàn rén.) — This city has three million people. 市里有很多公园。(Shì lǐ yǒu hěn duō gōngyuán.) — There are many parks in the city. 我们去市中心吧。(Wǒmen qù shì zhōngxīn ba.) — Let's go to the city centre. 这个市变化很大。(Zhège shì biànhuà hěn dà.) — This city has changed a lot. 他在市里工作。(Tā zài shì lǐ gōngzuò.) — He works in the city.
585	HSK 2	停车场	tíngchēchǎng	parking lot	停车场在楼下。(Tíngchēchǎng zài lóu xià.) — The car park is downstairs.	请问停车场在哪儿？(Qǐngwèn tíngchēchǎng zài nǎr?) — Excuse me, where's the car park? 停车场没有位子了。(Tíngchēchǎng méiyǒu wèizi le.) — The car park is full. 超市有免费停车场。(Chāoshì yǒu miǎnfèi tíngchēchǎng.) — The supermarket has free parking. 我把车停在停车场。(Wǒ bǎ chē tíng zài tíngchēchǎng.) — I parked in the car park. 这个停车场很大。(Zhège tíngchēchǎng hěn dà.) — This car park is big.
586	HSK 2	外地	wàidì	other places (not local)	他是外地来的。(Tā shì wàidì lái de.) — He's from out of town.	我在外地工作。(Wǒ zài wàidì gōngzuò.) — I work in another city. 外地人不认识路。(Wàidì rén bú rènshi lù.) — Out-of-towners don't know the roads. 他去外地出差了。(Tā qù wàidì chūchāi le.) — He's away on a business trip. 外地的朋友来看我。(Wàidì de péngyou lái kàn wǒ.) — A friend from out of town came to see me. 我很少去外地。(Wǒ hěn shǎo qù wàidì.) — I rarely go out of town.
587	HSK 2	西北	xīběi	northwest	西北的天气很干。(Xīběi de tiānqì hěn gān.) — The northwest is very dry.	他老家在西北。(Tā lǎojiā zài xīběi.) — His hometown is in the northwest. 西北有很多山。(Xīběi yǒu hěn duō shān.) — There are many mountains in the northwest. 往西北走五公里。(Wǎng xīběi zǒu wǔ gōnglǐ.) — Go five kilometres northwest. 西北的风很大。(Xīběi de fēng hěn dà.) — The wind is strong in the northwest. 我想去西北旅游。(Wǒ xiǎng qù xīběi lǚyóu.) — I'd like to travel to the northwest.
588	HSK 2	西方	xīfāng	the West; Western	太阳在西方落下。(Tàiyáng zài xīfāng luòxià.) — The sun sets in the west.	他喜欢西方音乐。(Tā xǐhuan xīfāng yīnyuè.) — He likes Western music. 西方人爱喝咖啡。(Xīfāng rén ài hē kāfēi.) — Westerners like coffee. 这是西方的节日。(Zhè shì xīfāng de jiérì.) — This is a Western holiday. 西方和东方都很好。(Xīfāng hé dōngfāng dōu hěn hǎo.) — Both West and East are good. 他在西方住过几年。(Tā zài xīfāng zhùguo jǐ nián.) — He lived in the West for a few years.
589	HSK 2	西南	xīnán	southwest	四川在中国西南。(Sìchuān zài Zhōngguó xīnán.) — Sichuan is in southwestern China.	西南有很多高山。(Xīnán yǒu hěn duō gāo shān.) — There are many high mountains in the southwest. 西南的菜很辣。(Xīnán de cài hěn là.) — Southwestern food is spicy. 往西南走就到了。(Wǎng xīnán zǒu jiù dào le.) — Go southwest and you'll be there. 他家在城市西南。(Tā jiā zài chéngshì xīnán.) — His home is southwest of the city. 西南的风景很美。(Xīnán de fēngjǐng hěn měi.) — The southwest has beautiful scenery.
590	HSK 2	院	yuàn	courtyard; institution	医院的院很大。(Yīyuàn de yuàn hěn dà.) — The hospital grounds are large.	孩子们在院里玩。(Háizimen zài yuàn lǐ wán.) — The children are playing in the yard. 我们学院有三个楼。(Wǒmen xuéyuàn yǒu sān gè lóu.) — Our college has three buildings. 他住在院的后面。(Tā zhù zài yuàn de hòumiàn.) — He lives at the back of the courtyard. 院里种了很多花。(Yuàn lǐ zhòngle hěn duō huā.) — Many flowers are planted in the yard. 请从院门进来。(Qǐng cóng yuànmén jìnlái.) — Please come in through the courtyard gate.
591	HSK 2	院子	yuànzi	courtyard; yard	院子里有一棵树。(Yuànzi lǐ yǒu yì kē shù.) — There's a tree in the yard.	我们家的院子很小。(Wǒmen jiā de yuànzi hěn xiǎo.) — Our yard is small. 夏天我们在院子吃饭。(Xiàtiān wǒmen zài yuànzi chīfàn.) — We eat in the yard in summer. 院子后面是花园。(Yuànzi hòumiàn shì huāyuán.) — Behind the yard is the garden. 猫在院子里睡觉。(Māo zài yuànzi lǐ shuìjiào.) — The cat is sleeping in the yard. 院子每天要打扫。(Yuànzi měitiān yào dǎsǎo.) — The yard needs sweeping every day.
592	HSK 2	住房	zhùfáng	housing	这里的住房很贵。(Zhèlǐ de zhùfáng hěn guì.) — Housing here is expensive.	他在找住房。(Tā zài zhǎo zhùfáng.) — He's looking for somewhere to live. 公司给我们住房。(Gōngsī gěi wǒmen zhùfáng.) — The company provides us with housing. 住房问题很难解决。(Zhùfáng wèntí hěn nán jiějué.) — The housing problem is hard to solve. 新住房离公司很近。(Xīn zhùfáng lí gōngsī hěn jìn.) — The new place is close to the office. 这个住房有两个房间。(Zhège zhùfáng yǒu liǎng gè fángjiān.) — This place has two rooms.

7. Nouns: More Directions & Locations (方位, 位置 - fāngwèi, wèizhi)

✏️ Usage: Reference + (的) + Direction

💡 Grammar Tip: Modifying Directions

Directional terms function as nouns in Chinese. Phrases like 我的左边 (wǒ de zuǒbian) ("my left side") position the reference object first, followed optionally by 的 (de), and finally the directional word.

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
711	HSK 2	对面	duìmiàn	opposite side; across	银行就在对面。(Yínháng jiù zài duìmiàn.) — The bank is right opposite.	他坐在我对面。(Tā zuò zài wǒ duìmiàn.) — He's sitting opposite me. 对面有家饭馆。(Duìmiàn yǒu jiā fànguǎn.) — There's a restaurant opposite. 学校在马路对面。(Xuéxiào zài mǎlù duìmiàn.) — The school is across the road. 对面的房子很旧。(Duìmiàn de fángzi hěn jiù.) — The house opposite is old. 我住在他家对面。(Wǒ zhù zài tā jiā duìmiàn.) — I live opposite his house.
735	HSK 2	边	biān	side; edge	请坐在这边。(Qǐng zuò zài zhèbiān.) — Please sit on this side.	桌子边有把椅子。(Zhuōzi biān yǒu bǎ yǐzi.) — There's a chair by the table. 你走那边，我走这边。(Nǐ zǒu nàbiān, wǒ zǒu zhèbiān.) — You go that way, I'll go this way. 他站在门边。(Tā zhàn zài mén biān.) — He's standing by the door. 路两边都是树。(Lù liǎngbiān dōu shì shù.) — There are trees on both sides of the road. 我在窗边看书。(Wǒ zài chuāng biān kànshū.) — I read by the window.
736	HSK 2	到处	dàochù	everywhere	到处都是人。(Dàochù dōu shì rén.) — There are people everywhere.	春天到处都是花。(Chūntiān dàochù dōu shì huā.) — In spring there are flowers everywhere. 我到处找你。(Wǒ dàochù zhǎo nǐ.) — I looked for you everywhere. 这里到处都很干净。(Zhèlǐ dàochù dōu hěn gānjìng.) — It's clean everywhere here. 他到处旅游。(Tā dàochù lǚyóu.) — He travels all over. 到处都能买到。(Dàochù dōu néng mǎidào.) — You can buy it anywhere.
737	HSK 2	方向	fāngxiàng	direction	你走错方向了。(Nǐ zǒu cuò fāngxiàng le.) — You've gone the wrong way.	请问是哪个方向？(Qǐngwèn shì nǎge fāngxiàng?) — Excuse me, which direction is it? 我们的方向一样。(Wǒmen de fāngxiàng yíyàng.) — We're going the same way. 风的方向变了。(Fēng de fāngxiàng biàn le.) — The wind has changed direction. 往这个方向走。(Wǎng zhège fāngxiàng zǒu.) — Go in this direction. 他没有方向感。(Tā méiyǒu fāngxiànggǎn.) — He has no sense of direction.
738	HSK 2	角	jiǎo	corner; 10-cent unit	桌子的角很尖。(Zhuōzi de jiǎo hěn jiān.) — The corner of the table is sharp.	他坐在角上。(Tā zuò zài jiǎo shàng.) — He's sitting in the corner. 房间的角里有书。(Fángjiān de jiǎo lǐ yǒu shū.) — There are books in the corner of the room. 请看右上角。(Qǐng kàn yòushàngjiǎo.) — Please look at the top right corner. 街角有个小店。(Jiējiǎo yǒu gè xiǎo diàn.) — There's a shop on the street corner. 猫喜欢睡在角里。(Māo xǐhuan shuì zài jiǎo lǐ.) — Cats like sleeping in corners.
739	HSK 2	里头	lǐtou	inside	里头有人吗？(Lǐtou yǒu rén ma?) — Is anyone inside?	包里头有什么？(Bāo lǐtou yǒu shénme?) — What's in the bag? 里头比外头暖和。(Lǐtou bǐ wàitou nuǎnhuo.) — It's warmer inside than outside. 请到里头坐。(Qǐng dào lǐtou zuò.) — Please come inside and sit. 里头的东西很多。(Lǐtou de dōngxi hěn duō.) — There's a lot of stuff inside. 他在屋子里头。(Tā zài wūzi lǐtou.) — He's inside the room.
740	HSK 2	面	miàn	side; face; noodles	这面墙很白。(Zhè miàn qiáng hěn bái.) — This wall is white.	桌面上有杯子。(Zhuōmiàn shàng yǒu bēizi.) — There's a cup on the tabletop. 水面很平静。(Shuǐmiàn hěn píngjìng.) — The surface of the water is calm. 请看这一面。(Qǐng kàn zhè yí miàn.) — Please look at this side. 纸的两面都写了。(Zhǐ de liǎng miàn dōu xiě le.) — Both sides of the paper are written on. 地面很干净。(Dìmiàn hěn gānjìng.) — The floor is clean.
741	HSK 2	面前	miànqián	in front of	他站在我面前。(Tā zhàn zài wǒ miànqián.) — He's standing in front of me.	面前有一条河。(Miànqián yǒu yì tiáo hé.) — There's a river in front of us. 请在大家面前说。(Qǐng zài dàjiā miànqián shuō.) — Please say it in front of everyone. 问题就在面前。(Wèntí jiù zài miànqián.) — The problem is right in front of us. 她把书放在我面前。(Tā bǎ shū fàng zài wǒ miànqián.) — She put the book in front of me. 别在孩子面前说。(Bié zài háizi miànqián shuō.) — Don't say it in front of the children.
742	HSK 2	身边	shēnbiān	by one's side	我身边有很多朋友。(Wǒ shēnbiān yǒu hěn duō péngyou.) — I have many friends around me.	他一直在我身边。(Tā yìzhí zài wǒ shēnbiān.) — He's always been by my side. 身边没带钱。(Shēnbiān méi dài qián.) — I don't have any money on me. 请坐在我身边。(Qǐng zuò zài wǒ shēnbiān.) — Please sit beside me. 身边的人都很好。(Shēnbiān de rén dōu hěn hǎo.) — The people around me are all nice. 把手机放在身边。(Bǎ shǒujī fàng zài shēnbiān.) — Keep your phone with you.
743	HSK 2	天上	tiānshàng	in the sky	天上有很多星星。(Tiān shàng yǒu hěn duō xīngxing.) — There are many stars in the sky.	天上没有云。(Tiān shàng méiyǒu yún.) — There are no clouds in the sky. 鸟在天上飞。(Niǎo zài tiān shàng fēi.) — Birds are flying in the sky. 天上的月亮很圆。(Tiān shàng de yuèliang hěn yuán.) — The moon in the sky is round. 今天天上很蓝。(Jīntiān tiān shàng hěn lán.) — The sky is very blue today. 飞机在天上。(Fēijī zài tiān shàng.) — The plane is up in the sky.
744	HSK 2	以上	yǐshàng	above; more than	十岁以上可以进。(Shí suì yǐshàng kěyǐ jìn.) — Those aged ten and above may enter.	以上就是我的话。(Yǐshàng jiù shì wǒ de huà.) — That's all I have to say. 一百人以上来了。(Yìbǎi rén yǐshàng lái le.) — Over a hundred people came. 三十度以上很热。(Sānshí dù yǐshàng hěn rè.) — Above thirty degrees is hot. 以上的问题都很难。(Yǐshàng de wèntí dōu hěn nán.) — All the above questions are hard. 他学了五年以上。(Tā xuéle wǔ nián yǐshàng.) — He's studied for over five years.
745	HSK 2	以外	yǐwài	apart from; besides	以外的事我不知道。(Yǐwài de shì wǒ bù zhīdào.) — I don't know about anything beyond that.	除了他以外都来了。(Chúle tā yǐwài dōu lái le.) — Everyone came except him. 学校以外不能去。(Xuéxiào yǐwài bù néng qù.) — You can't go outside the school. 除了汉语以外我还学日语。(Chúle Hànyǔ yǐwài wǒ hái xué Rìyǔ.) — Besides Chinese I also study Japanese. 三点以外的时间都行。(Sān diǎn yǐwài de shíjiān dōu xíng.) — Any time other than three works. 以外的地方没去过。(Yǐwài de dìfang méi qùguo.) — I haven't been anywhere beyond here.
746	HSK 2	以下	yǐxià	below; less than	以下是我的问题。(Yǐxià shì wǒ de wèntí.) — The following are my questions.	十岁以下不要钱。(Shí suì yǐxià bú yào qián.) — Under ten is free. 零度以下会下雪。(Líng dù yǐxià huì xiàxuě.) — Below zero it snows. 以下的话请记住。(Yǐxià de huà qǐng jìzhù.) — Please remember the following. 一百块以下都可以。(Yìbǎi kuài yǐxià dōu kěyǐ.) — Anything under a hundred yuan is fine. 以下三个人请留下。(Yǐxià sān gè rén qǐng liúxià.) — The following three people please stay.
747	HSK 2	中心	zhōngxīn	center; core	我们去市中心吧。(Wǒmen qù shì zhōngxīn ba.) — Let's go to the city centre.	中心有个大广场。(Zhōngxīn yǒu gè dà guǎngchǎng.) — There's a big square in the centre. 这是学习中心。(Zhè shì xuéxí zhōngxīn.) — This is the study centre. 中心的房子很贵。(Zhōngxīn de fángzi hěn guì.) — Housing in the centre is expensive. 他住在城市中心。(Tā zhù zài chéngshì zhōngxīn.) — He lives in the city centre. 中心离这儿不远。(Zhōngxīn lí zhèr bù yuǎn.) — The centre isn't far from here.

8. Nouns: Daily Objects, Clothes, Food & Nature (日常用品, 衣服, 食物, 自然 - rìcháng yòngpǐn, yīfu, shíwù, zìrán)

✏️ Usage: Adjective + 的 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Modifying Nouns

When specifying attributes of an object (such as color, origin, or material), modifiers are placed *before* the head noun. Example: 红色的苹果 (hóngsè de píngguǒ) ("red apple").

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
802	HSK 2	饺子	jiǎozi	dumpling	我最爱吃饺子。(Wǒ zuì ài chī jiǎozi.) — I love dumplings most of all.	妈妈在包饺子。(Māma zài bāo jiǎozi.) — Mum is making dumplings. 过年要吃饺子。(Guònián yào chī jiǎozi.) — You eat dumplings at New Year. 这家的饺子很好吃。(Zhè jiā de jiǎozi hěn hǎochī.) — The dumplings here are delicious. 你会包饺子吗？(Nǐ huì bāo jiǎozi ma?) — Can you make dumplings? 我们一起吃饺子吧。(Wǒmen yìqǐ chī jiǎozi ba.) — Let's have dumplings together.
806	HSK 2	鱼	yú	fish	这条鱼很新鲜。(Zhè tiáo yú hěn xīnxiān.) — This fish is fresh.	我不太喜欢吃鱼。(Wǒ bú tài xǐhuan chī yú.) — I don't much like fish. 妈妈做的鱼很好吃。(Māma zuò de yú hěn hǎochī.) — The fish Mum makes is delicious. 河里有很多鱼。(Hé lǐ yǒu hěn duō yú.) — There are many fish in the river. 他去河边钓鱼。(Tā qù hébiān diàoyú.) — He's gone fishing by the river. 今天的鱼多少钱？(Jīntiān de yú duōshǎo qián?) — How much is the fish today?
813	HSK 2	药	yào	medicine; drug	记得吃药。(Jìde chī yào.) — Remember to take your medicine.	这个药很苦。(Zhège yào hěn kǔ.) — This medicine is bitter. 我去买点药。(Wǒ qù mǎi diǎn yào.) — I'm going to buy some medicine. 吃了药就好了。(Chīle yào jiù hǎo le.) — I felt better after taking the medicine. 医生给我开了药。(Yīshēng gěi wǒ kāile yào.) — The doctor prescribed me medicine. 药要饭后吃。(Yào yào fàn hòu chī.) — Take the medicine after meals.
815	HSK 2	鞋	xié	shoes	这双鞋很舒服。(Zhè shuāng xié hěn shūfu.) — These shoes are comfortable.	我想买双新鞋。(Wǒ xiǎng mǎi shuāng xīn xié.) — I want to buy new shoes. 你的鞋很好看。(Nǐ de xié hěn hǎokàn.) — Your shoes look nice. 进门要换鞋。(Jìnmén yào huàn xié.) — Change your shoes when you come in. 这双鞋太小了。(Zhè shuāng xié tài xiǎo le.) — These shoes are too small. 下雨天穿这双鞋。(Xiàyǔ tiān chuān zhè shuāng xié.) — Wear these shoes on rainy days.
820	HSK 2	手表	shǒubiǎo	wristwatch	我的手表停了。(Wǒ de shǒubiǎo tíng le.) — My watch has stopped.	这块手表很贵。(Zhè kuài shǒubiǎo hěn guì.) — This watch is expensive. 他送我一块手表。(Tā sòng wǒ yí kuài shǒubiǎo.) — He gave me a watch. 看看手表几点了。(Kànkan shǒubiǎo jǐ diǎn le.) — Check your watch for the time. 我忘了戴手表。(Wǒ wàngle dài shǒubiǎo.) — I forgot to wear my watch. 新手表很好看。(Xīn shǒubiǎo hěn hǎokàn.) — The new watch looks nice.
823	HSK 2	椅子	yǐzi	chair	请坐这把椅子。(Qǐng zuò zhè bǎ yǐzi.) — Please sit in this chair.	房间里有四把椅子。(Fángjiān lǐ yǒu sì bǎ yǐzi.) — There are four chairs in the room. 这把椅子很舒服。(Zhè bǎ yǐzi hěn shūfu.) — This chair is comfortable. 椅子坏了。(Yǐzi huài le.) — The chair is broken. 把椅子搬过来。(Bǎ yǐzi bān guòlái.) — Bring the chair over. 桌子旁边有椅子。(Zhuōzi pángbiān yǒu yǐzi.) — There's a chair by the table.
833	HSK 2	礼物	lǐwù	gift; present	这是给你的礼物。(Zhè shì gěi nǐ de lǐwù.) — This is a present for you.	谢谢你的礼物！(Xièxie nǐ de lǐwù!) — Thank you for the gift! 我想买个生日礼物。(Wǒ xiǎng mǎi gè shēngrì lǐwù.) — I want to buy a birthday present. 她收到很多礼物。(Tā shōudào hěn duō lǐwù.) — She received many presents. 这个礼物很特别。(Zhège lǐwù hěn tèbié.) — This gift is special. 过节大家送礼物。(Guòjié dàjiā sòng lǐwù.) — People give gifts at festivals.
837	HSK 2	照片	zhàopiàn	photo; picture	这是我的照片。(Zhè shì wǒ de zhàopiàn.) — This is a photo of me.	我们照张照片吧。(Wǒmen zhào zhāng zhàopiàn ba.) — Let's take a photo. 这张照片很老了。(Zhè zhāng zhàopiàn hěn lǎo le.) — This photo is very old. 他给我看照片。(Tā gěi wǒ kàn zhàopiàn.) — He showed me the photos. 照片上的人是谁？(Zhàopiàn shàng de rén shì shéi?) — Who's the person in the photo? 我喜欢这张照片。(Wǒ xǐhuan zhè zhāng zhàopiàn.) — I like this photo.
848	HSK 2	表	biǎo	table; chart; watch	请填这张表。(Qǐng tián zhè zhāng biǎo.) — Please fill in this form.	我的表快了五分钟。(Wǒ de biǎo kuàile wǔ fēnzhōng.) — My watch is five minutes fast. 看表，快到点了。(Kàn biǎo, kuài dào diǎn le.) — Look at the time, it's almost time. 这张表很重要。(Zhè zhāng biǎo hěn zhòngyào.) — This form is important. 表上写着他的名字。(Biǎo shàng xiězhe tā de míngzi.) — His name is on the form. 他不喜欢戴表。(Tā bù xǐhuan dài biǎo.) — He doesn't like wearing a watch.
849	HSK 2	菜单	càidān	menu	请给我菜单。(Qǐng gěi wǒ càidān.) — Could I have the menu, please.	菜单上有什么？(Càidān shàng yǒu shénme?) — What's on the menu? 这家的菜单很长。(Zhè jiā de càidān hěn cháng.) — This place has a long menu. 菜单有英文的吗？(Càidān yǒu Yīngwén de ma?) — Is there an English menu? 他看了半天菜单。(Tā kànle bàntiān càidān.) — He studied the menu for ages. 菜单上没有这个菜。(Càidān shàng méiyǒu zhège cài.) — That dish isn't on the menu.
850	HSK 2	草地	cǎodì	lawn; meadow	孩子在草地上玩。(Háizi zài cǎodì shàng wán.) — The children are playing on the grass.	草地很软很舒服。(Cǎodì hěn ruǎn hěn shūfu.) — The grass is soft and comfortable. 我们坐在草地上。(Wǒmen zuò zài cǎodì shàng.) — We're sitting on the grass. 公园里有大草地。(Gōngyuán lǐ yǒu dà cǎodì.) — There's a big lawn in the park. 春天草地很绿。(Chūntiān cǎodì hěn lǜ.) — The grass is green in spring. 别在草地上走。(Bié zài cǎodì shàng zǒu.) — Please keep off the grass.
851	HSK 2	大衣	dàyī	overcoat	天冷了，穿大衣吧。(Tiān lěng le, chuān dàyī ba.) — It's cold, put on your coat.	这件大衣很暖和。(Zhè jiàn dàyī hěn nuǎnhuo.) — This coat is warm. 我买了一件新大衣。(Wǒ mǎile yí jiàn xīn dàyī.) — I bought a new coat. 他的大衣很贵。(Tā de dàyī hěn guì.) — His coat is expensive. 大衣挂在门后。(Dàyī guà zài mén hòu.) — The coat is hanging behind the door. 冬天要穿大衣。(Dōngtiān yào chuān dàyī.) — You need a coat in winter.
852	HSK 2	蛋	dàn	egg	我早上吃两个蛋。(Wǒ zǎoshang chī liǎng gè dàn.) — I eat two eggs in the morning.	鸡蛋多少钱一斤？(Jīdàn duōshǎo qián yì jīn?) — How much are eggs per jin? 这个蛋坏了。(Zhège dàn huài le.) — This egg has gone off. 她会做鸡蛋汤。(Tā huì zuò jīdàn tāng.) — She can make egg soup. 冰箱里还有蛋吗？(Bīngxiāng lǐ hái yǒu dàn ma?) — Are there any eggs left in the fridge? 我不吃生蛋。(Wǒ bù chī shēng dàn.) — I don't eat raw eggs.
853	HSK 2	灯	dēng	lamp; light	请开灯。(Qǐng kāi dēng.) — Please turn on the light.	走的时候关灯。(Zǒu de shíhou guān dēng.) — Turn off the light when you leave. 这个灯太亮了。(Zhège dēng tài liàng le.) — This light is too bright. 灯坏了，要换。(Dēng huài le, yào huàn.) — The light is broken, it needs changing. 房间里有两个灯。(Fángjiān lǐ yǒu liǎng gè dēng.) — There are two lights in the room. 路上的灯很亮。(Lùshang de dēng hěn liàng.) — The street lights are bright.
854	HSK 2	方便面	fāngbiànmiàn	instant noodles	我晚上吃方便面。(Wǒ wǎnshang chī fāngbiànmiàn.) — I had instant noodles for dinner.	方便面很方便。(Fāngbiànmiàn hěn fāngbiàn.) — Instant noodles are convenient. 别常吃方便面。(Bié cháng chī fāngbiànmiàn.) — Don't eat instant noodles too often. 超市的方便面很便宜。(Chāoshì de fāngbiànmiàn hěn piányi.) — Instant noodles are cheap at the supermarket. 他买了一箱方便面。(Tā mǎile yì xiāng fāngbiànmiàn.) — He bought a box of instant noodles. 方便面三分钟就好。(Fāngbiànmiàn sān fēnzhōng jiù hǎo.) — Instant noodles are ready in three minutes.
855	HSK 2	护照	hùzhào	passport	请出示您的护照。(Qǐng chūshì nín de hùzhào.) — Please show your passport.	我的护照丢了。(Wǒ de hùzhào diū le.) — I've lost my passport. 护照放在包里。(Hùzhào fàng zài bāo lǐ.) — The passport is in the bag. 出国要带护照。(Chūguó yào dài hùzhào.) — You need a passport to travel abroad. 护照上有我的照片。(Hùzhào shàng yǒu wǒ de zhàopiàn.) — My photo is in the passport. 他去办新护照。(Tā qù bàn xīn hùzhào.) — He's gone to get a new passport.
856	HSK 2	画儿	huàr	painting; drawing	墙上有一张画儿。(Qiáng shàng yǒu yì zhāng huàr.) — There's a picture on the wall.	这张画儿很漂亮。(Zhè zhāng huàr hěn piàoliang.) — This picture is beautiful. 孩子在画画儿。(Háizi zài huà huàr.) — The child is drawing a picture. 我喜欢这张画儿。(Wǒ xǐhuan zhè zhāng huàr.) — I like this picture. 这画儿是谁画的？(Zhè huàr shì shéi huà de?) — Who painted this picture? 他会画画儿。(Tā huì huà huàr.) — He can draw.
857	HSK 2	鸡	jī	chicken	我们家养了几只鸡。(Wǒmen jiā yǎngle jǐ zhī jī.) — We keep a few chickens.	这个鸡很好吃。(Zhège jī hěn hǎochī.) — This chicken is delicious. 妈妈做了鸡汤。(Māma zuòle jītāng.) — Mum made chicken soup. 早上鸡叫了。(Zǎoshang jī jiào le.) — The rooster crowed in the morning. 我不吃鸡。(Wǒ bù chī jī.) — I don't eat chicken. 买一只鸡回家。(Mǎi yì zhī jī huíjiā.) — Buy a chicken to take home.
858	HSK 2	酒	jiǔ	alcohol; liquor	我不会喝酒。(Wǒ bú huì hē jiǔ.) — I can't drink alcohol.	他喝了一点酒。(Tā hēle yìdiǎn jiǔ.) — He had a little to drink. 开车不能喝酒。(Kāichē bù néng hē jiǔ.) — Don't drink and drive. 这个酒很好。(Zhège jiǔ hěn hǎo.) — This wine is good. 过节大家喝酒。(Guòjié dàjiā hē jiǔ.) — People drink at festivals. 少喝点酒对身体好。(Shǎo hē diǎn jiǔ duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Drinking less is better for your health.
859	HSK 2	卡	kǎ	card	我用卡付钱。(Wǒ yòng kǎ fù qián.) — I'll pay by card.	这里能用卡吗？(Zhèlǐ néng yòng kǎ ma?) — Can I use a card here? 我的卡丢了。(Wǒ de kǎ diū le.) — I've lost my card. 请刷卡。(Qǐng shuā kǎ.) — Please swipe your card. 他给我一张生日卡。(Tā gěi wǒ yì zhāng shēngrì kǎ.) — He gave me a birthday card. 卡里没钱了。(Kǎ lǐ méi qián le.) — There's no money left on the card.
860	HSK 2	快餐	kuàicān	fast food	中午我吃了快餐。(Zhōngwǔ wǒ chīle kuàicān.) — I had fast food for lunch.	快餐又快又便宜。(Kuàicān yòu kuài yòu piányi.) — Fast food is quick and cheap. 别老吃快餐。(Bié lǎo chī kuàicān.) — Don't always eat fast food. 这附近有快餐店。(Zhè fùjìn yǒu kuàicān diàn.) — There's a fast food place nearby. 快餐不太健康。(Kuàicān bú tài jiànkāng.) — Fast food isn't very healthy. 我们吃快餐好吗？(Wǒmen chī kuàicān hǎo ma?) — Shall we get fast food?
861	HSK 2	筷子	kuàizi	chopsticks	我不会用筷子。(Wǒ bú huì yòng kuàizi.) — I can't use chopsticks.	请给我一双筷子。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì shuāng kuàizi.) — Could I have a pair of chopsticks? 用筷子吃饭很方便。(Yòng kuàizi chīfàn hěn fāngbiàn.) — Eating with chopsticks is convenient. 筷子在桌子上。(Kuàizi zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The chopsticks are on the table. 他学会用筷子了。(Tā xuéhuì yòng kuàizi le.) — He's learned to use chopsticks. 这双筷子很漂亮。(Zhè shuāng kuàizi hěn piàoliang.) — This pair of chopsticks is lovely.
862	HSK 2	瓶子	píngzi	bottle	瓶子里没水了。(Píngzi lǐ méi shuǐ le.) — There's no water left in the bottle.	请把瓶子拿来。(Qǐng bǎ píngzi nálái.) — Please bring the bottle over. 这个瓶子很大。(Zhège píngzi hěn dà.) — This bottle is big. 空瓶子放这儿。(Kōng píngzi fàng zhèr.) — Put the empty bottles here. 瓶子打破了。(Píngzi dǎpò le.) — The bottle broke. 他喝完了一瓶子水。(Tā hēwánle yì píngzi shuǐ.) — He finished a whole bottle of water.
863	HSK 2	墙	qiáng	wall	墙上有一张画儿。(Qiáng shàng yǒu yì zhāng huàr.) — There's a picture on the wall.	这面墙很白。(Zhè miàn qiáng hěn bái.) — This wall is white. 别在墙上写字。(Bié zài qiáng shàng xiězì.) — Don't write on the wall. 墙后面是花园。(Qiáng hòumiàn shì huāyuán.) — Behind the wall is a garden. 他把桌子放在墙边。(Tā bǎ zhuōzi fàng zài qiáng biān.) — He put the table against the wall. 墙很厚，很安静。(Qiáng hěn hòu, hěn ānjìng.) — The walls are thick and it's quiet.
864	HSK 2	食物	shíwù	food	这些食物很新鲜。(Zhèxiē shíwù hěn xīnxiān.) — This food is fresh.	食物放在冰箱里。(Shíwù fàng zài bīngxiāng lǐ.) — The food is in the fridge. 我喜欢中国食物。(Wǒ xǐhuan Zhōngguó shíwù.) — I like Chinese food. 食物不够了。(Shíwù bú gòu le.) — There isn't enough food. 别浪费食物。(Bié làngfèi shíwù.) — Don't waste food. 这里的食物很便宜。(Zhèlǐ de shíwù hěn piányi.) — Food here is cheap.
865	HSK 2	外卖	wàimài	takeout food	今天我们叫外卖吧。(Jīntiān wǒmen jiào wàimài ba.) — Let's order takeaway today.	外卖还没到。(Wàimài hái méi dào.) — The takeaway hasn't arrived yet. 他常常点外卖。(Tā chángcháng diǎn wàimài.) — He orders takeaway often. 外卖很方便。(Wàimài hěn fāngbiàn.) — Takeaway is convenient. 外卖要半个小时。(Wàimài yào bàn gè xiǎoshí.) — The takeaway takes half an hour. 这家的外卖很好吃。(Zhè jiā de wàimài hěn hǎochī.) — This place's takeaway is delicious.
866	HSK 2	晚餐	wǎncān	dinner	晚餐吃什么？(Wǎncān chī shénme?) — What's for dinner?	我们六点吃晚餐。(Wǒmen liù diǎn chī wǎncān.) — We have dinner at six. 晚餐很丰富。(Wǎncān hěn fēngfù.) — Dinner was substantial. 一起吃晚餐吧。(Yìqǐ chī wǎncān ba.) — Let's have dinner together. 他不在家吃晚餐。(Tā bú zài jiā chī wǎncān.) — He isn't having dinner at home. 晚餐后我们散步。(Wǎncān hòu wǒmen sànbù.) — We take a walk after dinner.
867	HSK 2	碗	wǎn	bowl	请给我一个碗。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yí gè wǎn.) — Could I have a bowl, please.	我吃了两碗饭。(Wǒ chīle liǎng wǎn fàn.) — I ate two bowls of rice. 这个碗很干净。(Zhège wǎn hěn gānjìng.) — This bowl is clean. 碗打破了。(Wǎn dǎpò le.) — The bowl broke. 吃完要洗碗。(Chīwán yào xǐ wǎn.) — Wash the bowls after eating. 桌子上有三个碗。(Zhuōzi shàng yǒu sān gè wǎn.) — There are three bowls on the table.
868	HSK 2	午餐	wǔcān	lunch	午餐你想吃什么？(Wǔcān nǐ xiǎng chī shénme?) — What do you want for lunch?	我们十二点吃午餐。(Wǒmen shí'èr diǎn chī wǔcān.) — We have lunch at twelve. 午餐时间是一个小时。(Wǔcān shíjiān shì yí gè xiǎoshí.) — The lunch break is an hour. 公司提供午餐。(Gōngsī tígōng wǔcān.) — The company provides lunch. 我午餐吃得很少。(Wǒ wǔcān chī de hěn shǎo.) — I eat very little at lunch. 一起吃午餐好吗？(Yìqǐ chī wǔcān hǎo ma?) — Shall we have lunch together?
869	HSK 2	西餐	xīcān	Western food	我今天想吃西餐。(Wǒ jīntiān xiǎng chī xīcān.) — I'd like Western food today.	这家西餐很好吃。(Zhè jiā xīcān hěn hǎochī.) — The Western food here is good. 吃西餐要用刀叉。(Chī xīcān yào yòng dāochā.) — You use a knife and fork for Western food. 西餐比中餐贵。(Xīcān bǐ Zhōngcān guì.) — Western food is pricier than Chinese. 他不太喜欢西餐。(Tā bú tài xǐhuan xīcān.) — He doesn't much like Western food. 附近有西餐馆吗？(Fùjìn yǒu xīcānguǎn ma?) — Is there a Western restaurant nearby?
870	HSK 2	洗衣机	xǐyījī	washing machine	洗衣机坏了。(Xǐyījī huài le.) — The washing machine is broken.	把衣服放进洗衣机。(Bǎ yīfu fàngjìn xǐyījī.) — Put the clothes in the washing machine. 新洗衣机很安静。(Xīn xǐyījī hěn ānjìng.) — The new washing machine is quiet. 洗衣机在哪儿？(Xǐyījī zài nǎr?) — Where's the washing machine? 我买了一台洗衣机。(Wǒ mǎile yì tái xǐyījī.) — I bought a washing machine. 洗衣机洗得很干净。(Xǐyījī xǐ de hěn gānjìng.) — The washing machine cleans well.
871	HSK 2	相机	xiàngjī	camera	我忘了带相机。(Wǒ wàngle dài xiàngjī.) — I forgot to bring my camera.	这个相机很贵。(Zhège xiàngjī hěn guì.) — This camera is expensive. 用相机照张相吧。(Yòng xiàngjī zhào zhāng xiàng ba.) — Let's take a photo with the camera. 他的相机很新。(Tā de xiàngjī hěn xīn.) — His camera is new. 相机没电了。(Xiàngjī méi diàn le.) — The camera has run out of battery. 现在手机比相机方便。(Xiànzài shǒujī bǐ xiàngjī fāngbiàn.) — Phones are more convenient than cameras now.
872	HSK 2	药片	yàopiàn	(medicine) tablet	医生给我几片药片。(Yīshēng gěi wǒ jǐ piàn yàopiàn.) — The doctor gave me some tablets.	这个药片很小。(Zhège yàopiàn hěn xiǎo.) — This tablet is small. 一天吃两片药片。(Yì tiān chī liǎng piàn yàopiàn.) — Take two tablets a day. 药片要用水吃。(Yàopiàn yào yòng shuǐ chī.) — Take the tablets with water. 药片有点苦。(Yàopiàn yǒudiǎn kǔ.) — The tablets are a bit bitter. 别吃太多药片。(Bié chī tài duō yàopiàn.) — Don't take too many tablets.
873	HSK 2	药水	yàoshuǐ	liquid medicine	这个药水很苦。(Zhège yàoshuǐ hěn kǔ.) — This medicine tastes bitter.	孩子要喝药水。(Háizi yào hē yàoshuǐ.) — The child needs to take the liquid medicine. 药水放在冰箱里。(Yàoshuǐ fàng zài bīngxiāng lǐ.) — Keep the medicine in the fridge. 一天喝三次药水。(Yì tiān hē sān cì yàoshuǐ.) — Take the medicine three times a day. 药水快喝完了。(Yàoshuǐ kuài hēwán le.) — The medicine is nearly finished. 医生开了药水。(Yīshēng kāile yàoshuǐ.) — The doctor prescribed liquid medicine.
874	HSK 2	油	yóu	oil	做菜要放油。(Zuòcài yào fàng yóu.) — You need oil for cooking.	这个菜油太多了。(Zhège cài yóu tài duō le.) — This dish is too oily. 家里没油了。(Jiā lǐ méi yóu le.) — We're out of oil at home. 车要加油了。(Chē yào jiāyóu le.) — The car needs fuel. 油很贵。(Yóu hěn guì.) — Oil is expensive. 少放点油对身体好。(Shǎo fàng diǎn yóu duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Using less oil is healthier.
875	HSK 2	早餐	zǎocān	breakfast	早餐吃什么？(Zǎocān chī shénme?) — What's for breakfast?	我早餐吃面包。(Wǒ zǎocān chī miànbāo.) — I have bread for breakfast. 早餐很重要。(Zǎocān hěn zhòngyào.) — Breakfast is important. 他没吃早餐就走了。(Tā méi chī zǎocān jiù zǒu le.) — He left without breakfast. 酒店的早餐很好。(Jiǔdiàn de zǎocān hěn hǎo.) — The hotel breakfast is good. 我们七点吃早餐。(Wǒmen qī diǎn chī zǎocān.) — We have breakfast at seven.
876	HSK 2	纸	zhǐ	paper	请给我一张纸。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yì zhāng zhǐ.) — Could I have a piece of paper?	纸上写着他的名字。(Zhǐ shàng xiězhe tā de míngzi.) — His name is written on the paper. 这种纸很薄。(Zhè zhǒng zhǐ hěn báo.) — This paper is thin. 桌子上有很多纸。(Zhuōzi shàng yǒu hěn duō zhǐ.) — There's a lot of paper on the desk. 别浪费纸。(Bié làngfèi zhǐ.) — Don't waste paper. 用纸把它包起来。(Yòng zhǐ bǎ tā bāo qǐlái.) — Wrap it in paper.
877	HSK 2	中餐	zhōngcān	Chinese food	我更喜欢中餐。(Wǒ gèng xǐhuan Zhōngcān.) — I prefer Chinese food.	中餐用筷子吃。(Zhōngcān yòng kuàizi chī.) — Chinese food is eaten with chopsticks. 这家中餐馆很有名。(Zhè jiā Zhōngcānguǎn hěn yǒumíng.) — This Chinese restaurant is famous. 晚上我们吃中餐吧。(Wǎnshang wǒmen chī Zhōngcān ba.) — Let's have Chinese food tonight. 中餐的菜很多。(Zhōngcān de cài hěn duō.) — Chinese cuisine has many dishes. 他很会做中餐。(Tā hěn huì zuò Zhōngcān.) — He's good at cooking Chinese food.
878	HSK 2	座位	zuòwèi	seat	这个座位有人吗？(Zhège zuòwèi yǒu rén ma?) — Is this seat taken?	请坐这个座位。(Qǐng zuò zhège zuòwèi.) — Please take this seat. 车上没有座位了。(Chē shàng méiyǒu zuòwèi le.) — There are no seats left on the bus. 我的座位在前面。(Wǒ de zuòwèi zài qiánmiàn.) — My seat is at the front. 他给老人让座位。(Tā gěi lǎorén ràng zuòwèi.) — He gave up his seat to an elderly person. 座位号是十五号。(Zuòwèi hào shì shíwǔ hào.) — The seat number is fifteen.

9. Nouns: Media, Transport & Nature (媒体, 交通, 自然 - méitǐ, jiāotōng, zìrán)

✏️ Usage: Subject + Verb + Object

💡 Grammar Tip: Simple Sentence Structure

Basic sentences follow the Subject + Verb + Object syntax, identical to English (e.g., 我看电视 (wǒ kàn diànshì) means "I watch TV"). Chinese nouns have no gender or plural form inflections.

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
1078	HSK 2	报纸	bàozhǐ	newspaper	我每天看报纸。(Wǒ měitiān kàn bàozhǐ.) — I read the newspaper every day.	报纸上有这条新闻。(Bàozhǐ shàng yǒu zhè tiáo xīnwén.) — This news is in the paper. 爸爸在看报纸。(Bàba zài kàn bàozhǐ.) — Dad is reading the paper. 我去买份报纸。(Wǒ qù mǎi fèn bàozhǐ.) — I'm going to buy a newspaper. 现在看报纸的人少了。(Xiànzài kàn bàozhǐ de rén shǎo le.) — Fewer people read newspapers now. 今天的报纸来了吗？(Jīntiān de bàozhǐ lái le ma?) — Has today's paper arrived?
1079	HSK 2	笔	bǐ	pen; pencil; writing brush	请借我一支笔。(Qǐng jiè wǒ yì zhī bǐ.) — Could you lend me a pen?	我的笔不见了。(Wǒ de bǐ bú jiàn le.) — My pen has gone missing. 这支笔写得很好。(Zhè zhī bǐ xiě de hěn hǎo.) — This pen writes well. 用笔写在纸上。(Yòng bǐ xiě zài zhǐ shàng.) — Write it on paper with a pen. 他有很多支笔。(Tā yǒu hěn duō zhī bǐ.) — He has lots of pens. 笔没水了。(Bǐ méi shuǐ le.) — The pen has run out of ink.
1086	HSK 2	自行车	zìxíngchē	bicycle	我骑自行车上班。(Wǒ qí zìxíngchē shàngbān.) — I cycle to work.	这辆自行车很旧。(Zhè liàng zìxíngchē hěn jiù.) — This bike is old. 他会骑自行车吗？(Tā huì qí zìxíngchē ma?) — Can he ride a bike? 自行车停在楼下。(Zìxíngchē tíng zài lóu xià.) — The bike is parked downstairs. 骑自行车对身体好。(Qí zìxíngchē duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Cycling is good for you. 我想买辆自行车。(Wǒ xiǎng mǎi liàng zìxíngchē.) — I want to buy a bicycle.
1087	HSK 2	公交车	gōngjiāochē	bus	我坐公交车去。(Wǒ zuò gōngjiāochē qù.) — I'm going by bus.	公交车来了。(Gōngjiāochē lái le.) — The bus is here. 公交车上人很多。(Gōngjiāochē shàng rén hěn duō.) — The bus is crowded. 这路公交车到火车站吗？(Zhè lù gōngjiāochē dào huǒchēzhàn ma?) — Does this bus go to the station? 等公交车等了很久。(Děng gōngjiāochē děngle hěn jiǔ.) — I waited a long time for the bus. 坐公交车很便宜。(Zuò gōngjiāochē hěn piányi.) — Taking the bus is cheap.
1088	HSK 2	出租车	chūzūchē	taxi	我们叫辆出租车吧。(Wǒmen jiào liàng chūzūchē ba.) — Let's get a taxi.	出租车很快就到了。(Chūzūchē hěn kuài jiù dào le.) — The taxi arrived quickly. 坐出租车比较贵。(Zuò chūzūchē bǐjiào guì.) — Taking a taxi is more expensive. 出租车司机很客气。(Chūzūchē sījī hěn kèqi.) — The taxi driver was polite. 下雨天很难叫出租车。(Xiàyǔ tiān hěn nán jiào chūzūchē.) — It's hard to get a taxi when it rains. 出租车在门口等。(Chūzūchē zài ménkǒu děng.) — The taxi is waiting at the door.
1090	HSK 2	地铁	dìtiě	subway; metro	我坐地铁上班。(Wǒ zuò dìtiě shàngbān.) — I take the metro to work.	地铁比公交车快。(Dìtiě bǐ gōngjiāochē kuài.) — The metro is faster than the bus. 早上地铁很挤。(Zǎoshang dìtiě hěn jǐ.) — The metro is packed in the morning. 地铁几点开始？(Dìtiě jǐ diǎn kāishǐ?) — What time does the metro start running? 坐地铁去很方便。(Zuò dìtiě qù hěn fāngbiàn.) — Going by metro is convenient. 这个城市有地铁吗？(Zhège chéngshì yǒu dìtiě ma?) — Does this city have a metro?
1092	HSK 2	船	chuán	boat; ship	我们坐船去吧。(Wǒmen zuò chuán qù ba.) — Let's go by boat.	船上人很多。(Chuán shàng rén hěn duō.) — There are many people on the boat. 这条船很大。(Zhè tiáo chuán hěn dà.) — This boat is big. 船开得很慢。(Chuán kāi de hěn màn.) — The boat moves slowly. 坐船要两个小时。(Zuò chuán yào liǎng gè xiǎoshí.) — The boat takes two hours. 他第一次坐船。(Tā dì yī cì zuò chuán.) — It's his first time on a boat.
1093	HSK 2	猫	māo	cat	我家有一只猫。(Wǒ jiā yǒu yì zhī māo.) — We have a cat.	猫在椅子上睡觉。(Māo zài yǐzi shàng shuìjiào.) — The cat is sleeping on the chair. 这只猫很可爱。(Zhè zhī māo hěn kě'ài.) — This cat is adorable. 猫喜欢吃鱼。(Māo xǐhuan chī yú.) — Cats like eating fish. 她养了两只猫。(Tā yǎngle liǎng zhī māo.) — She keeps two cats. 猫跑到院子里去了。(Māo pǎodào yuànzi lǐ qù le.) — The cat ran out into the yard.
1094	HSK 2	狗	gǒu	dog	他有一只大狗。(Tā yǒu yì zhī dà gǒu.) — He has a big dog.	狗在门口等他。(Gǒu zài ménkǒu děng tā.) — The dog is waiting at the door for him. 这只狗不咬人。(Zhè zhī gǒu bù yǎo rén.) — This dog doesn't bite. 每天早上我遛狗。(Měitiān zǎoshang wǒ liù gǒu.) — I walk the dog every morning. 狗听见声音就叫。(Gǒu tīngjiàn shēngyīn jiù jiào.) — The dog barks when it hears a noise. 孩子很喜欢那只狗。(Háizi hěn xǐhuan nà zhī gǒu.) — The child loves that dog.
1095	HSK 2	鸟	niǎo	bird	树上有几只鸟。(Shù shàng yǒu jǐ zhī niǎo.) — There are a few birds in the tree.	鸟在天上飞。(Niǎo zài tiān shàng fēi.) — Birds are flying in the sky. 早上鸟叫得很好听。(Zǎoshang niǎo jiào de hěn hǎotīng.) — The birds sing beautifully in the morning. 这只鸟很小。(Zhè zhī niǎo hěn xiǎo.) — This bird is small. 他养了一只鸟。(Tā yǎngle yì zhī niǎo.) — He keeps a bird. 冬天鸟飞到南方。(Dōngtiān niǎo fēidào nánfāng.) — Birds fly south in winter.
1097	HSK 2	太阳	tàiyáng	sun	今天太阳很大。(Jīntiān tàiyáng hěn dà.) — The sun is strong today.	太阳出来了。(Tàiyáng chūlái le.) — The sun has come out. 太阳下山了。(Tàiyáng xiàshān le.) — The sun has set. 别在太阳下站太久。(Bié zài tàiyáng xià zhàn tài jiǔ.) — Don't stand in the sun too long. 太阳从东方出来。(Tàiyáng cóng dōngfāng chūlái.) — The sun rises in the east. 今天没有太阳。(Jīntiān méiyǒu tàiyáng.) — There's no sun today.
1100	HSK 2	网站	wǎngzhàn	website	这个网站很有用。(Zhège wǎngzhàn hěn yǒuyòng.) — This website is useful.	我在网站上买东西。(Wǒ zài wǎngzhàn shàng mǎi dōngxi.) — I shop on websites. 网站打不开。(Wǎngzhàn dǎ bu kāi.) — The website won't open. 学校有自己的网站。(Xuéxiào yǒu zìjǐ de wǎngzhàn.) — The school has its own website. 这个网站是免费的。(Zhège wǎngzhàn shì miǎnfèi de.) — This website is free. 你看过那个网站吗？(Nǐ kànguo nàge wǎngzhàn ma?) — Have you seen that website?
1101	HSK 2	新闻	xīnwén	news	我每天看新闻。(Wǒ měitiān kàn xīnwén.) — I watch the news every day.	这条新闻很重要。(Zhè tiáo xīnwén hěn zhòngyào.) — This news is important. 新闻说明天下雨。(Xīnwén shuō míngtiān xiàyǔ.) — The news says it'll rain tomorrow. 你听说那个新闻了吗？(Nǐ tīngshuō nàge xīnwén le ma?) — Have you heard that news? 晚上七点有新闻。(Wǎnshang qī diǎn yǒu xīnwén.) — There's news at seven in the evening. 这是今天的大新闻。(Zhè shì jīntiān de dà xīnwén.) — This is today's big news.
1102	HSK 2	节目	jiémù	program; item (on a program)	这个节目很有意思。(Zhège jiémù hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This programme is interesting.	我喜欢看这个节目。(Wǒ xǐhuan kàn zhège jiémù.) — I like watching this show. 节目几点开始？(Jiémù jǐ diǎn kāishǐ?) — What time does the programme start? 今天有什么节目？(Jīntiān yǒu shénme jiémù?) — What's on today? 孩子们的节目很好。(Háizimen de jiémù hěn hǎo.) — The children's programme is good. 这个节目每周一次。(Zhège jiémù měi zhōu yí cì.) — This programme is on once a week.
1104	HSK 2	黑板	hēibǎn	blackboard	老师在黑板上写字。(Lǎoshī zài hēibǎn shàng xiězì.) — The teacher is writing on the blackboard.	请看黑板。(Qǐng kàn hēibǎn.) — Please look at the board. 黑板上写着什么？(Hēibǎn shàng xiězhe shénme?) — What's written on the board? 谁来擦黑板？(Shéi lái cā hēibǎn?) — Who'll clean the board? 黑板前面有讲台。(Hēibǎn qiánmiàn yǒu jiǎngtái.) — There's a lectern in front of the board. 新教室的黑板很大。(Xīn jiàoshì de hēibǎn hěn dà.) — The new classroom's board is big.
1105	HSK 2	词典	cídiǎn	dictionary	我查了词典。(Wǒ chále cídiǎn.) — I looked it up in the dictionary.	这本词典很厚。(Zhè běn cídiǎn hěn hòu.) — This dictionary is thick. 学汉语要有词典。(Xué Hànyǔ yào yǒu cídiǎn.) — You need a dictionary to learn Chinese. 请借我词典用一下。(Qǐng jiè wǒ cídiǎn yòng yíxià.) — Could I borrow your dictionary? 现在用手机词典。(Xiànzài yòng shǒujī cídiǎn.) — People use phone dictionaries now. 词典上没有这个词。(Cídiǎn shàng méiyǒu zhège cí.) — This word isn't in the dictionary.
1118	HSK 2	车辆	chēliàng	vehicles	路上车辆很多。(Lùshang chēliàng hěn duō.) — There are a lot of vehicles on the road.	车辆请慢行。(Chēliàng qǐng màn xíng.) — Vehicles please slow down. 这里不能停车辆。(Zhèlǐ bù néng tíng chēliàng.) — Vehicles can't park here. 早上车辆特别多。(Zǎoshang chēliàng tèbié duō.) — There's especially heavy traffic in the morning. 车辆都停下来了。(Chēliàng dōu tíng xiàlái le.) — All the vehicles stopped. 这条路车辆很少。(Zhè tiáo lù chēliàng hěn shǎo.) — There's little traffic on this road.
1119	HSK 2	短信	duǎnxìn	text message	我给他发了短信。(Wǒ gěi tā fāle duǎnxìn.) — I sent him a text.	你收到我的短信了吗？(Nǐ shōudào wǒ de duǎnxìn le ma?) — Did you get my text? 他没回我短信。(Tā méi huí wǒ duǎnxìn.) — He didn't reply to my text. 短信比电话方便。(Duǎnxìn bǐ diànhuà fāngbiàn.) — Texting is more convenient than calling. 请发短信告诉我。(Qǐng fā duǎnxìn gàosu wǒ.) — Please text me and let me know. 我刚看到短信。(Wǒ gāng kàndào duǎnxìn.) — I just saw the text.
1120	HSK 2	公共汽车	gōnggòngqìchē	(public) bus	我坐公共汽车去。(Wǒ zuò gōnggòng qìchē qù.) — I'm going by bus.	公共汽车站在那边。(Gōnggòng qìchē zhàn zài nàbiān.) — The bus stop is over there. 公共汽车很便宜。(Gōnggòng qìchē hěn piányi.) — The bus is cheap. 公共汽车来晚了。(Gōnggòng qìchē lái wǎn le.) — The bus came late. 这路公共汽车到学校。(Zhè lù gōnggòng qìchē dào xuéxiào.) — This bus goes to the school. 公共汽车上没有座位。(Gōnggòng qìchē shàng méiyǒu zuòwèi.) — There are no seats on the bus.
1121	HSK 2	广告	guǎnggào	advertisement	电视上广告太多了。(Diànshì shàng guǎnggào tài duō le.) — There are too many ads on TV.	我看到一个广告。(Wǒ kàndào yí gè guǎnggào.) — I saw an advert. 这个广告很有意思。(Zhège guǎnggào hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This advert is funny. 广告说这个很便宜。(Guǎnggào shuō zhège hěn piányi.) — The ad says this is cheap. 路边有很多广告。(Lùbiān yǒu hěn duō guǎnggào.) — There are many adverts by the road. 别相信广告。(Bié xiāngxìn guǎnggào.) — Don't believe the adverts.
1122	HSK 2	计算机	jìsuànjī	computer	我在学计算机。(Wǒ zài xué jìsuànjī.) — I'm studying computing.	计算机坏了。(Jìsuànjī huài le.) — The computer is broken. 他用计算机工作。(Tā yòng jìsuànjī gōngzuò.) — He works on a computer. 这台计算机很快。(Zhè tái jìsuànjī hěn kuài.) — This computer is fast. 学校有计算机教室。(Xuéxiào yǒu jìsuànjī jiàoshì.) — The school has a computer room. 计算机现在很便宜。(Jìsuànjī xiànzài hěn piányi.) — Computers are cheap now.
1123	HSK 2	交通	jiāotōng	traffic; transportation	这里的交通很方便。(Zhèlǐ de jiāotōng hěn fāngbiàn.) — Transport here is convenient.	早上交通很堵。(Zǎoshang jiāotōng hěn dǔ.) — Traffic is heavy in the morning. 请注意交通安全。(Qǐng zhùyì jiāotōng ānquán.) — Please mind road safety. 下雨天交通不好。(Xiàyǔ tiān jiāotōng bù hǎo.) — Traffic is bad when it rains. 这个城市交通很好。(Zhège chéngshì jiāotōng hěn hǎo.) — This city has good transport. 交通规则要记住。(Jiāotōng guīzé yào jìzhù.) — You must remember the traffic rules.
1124	HSK 2	旅客	lǚkè	traveler; passenger	旅客请上车。(Lǚkè qǐng shàng chē.) — Passengers please board.	火车站旅客很多。(Huǒchēzhàn lǚkè hěn duō.) — There are many passengers at the station. 旅客在等火车。(Lǚkè zài děng huǒchē.) — The passengers are waiting for the train. 请旅客注意安全。(Qǐng lǚkè zhùyì ānquán.) — Passengers please mind your safety. 这些旅客从外地来。(Zhèxiē lǚkè cóng wàidì lái.) — These travellers come from out of town. 旅客都下车了。(Lǚkè dōu xià chē le.) — All the passengers got off.
1125	HSK 2	日报	rìbào	daily newspaper	我订了一份日报。(Wǒ dìngle yí fèn rìbào.) — I subscribed to a daily paper.	日报上有这条新闻。(Rìbào shàng yǒu zhè tiáo xīnwén.) — This news is in the daily paper. 爸爸每天看日报。(Bàba měitiān kàn rìbào.) — Dad reads the daily paper every day. 今天的日报来了。(Jīntiān de rìbào lái le.) — Today's paper has arrived. 日报早上送来。(Rìbào zǎoshang sònglái.) — The daily paper is delivered in the morning. 这份日报很有名。(Zhè fèn rìbào hěn yǒumíng.) — This daily paper is well known.
1126	HSK 2	图片	túpiàn	picture; image	这张图片很清楚。(Zhè zhāng túpiàn hěn qīngchu.) — This picture is clear.	请看这张图片。(Qǐng kàn zhè zhāng túpiàn.) — Please look at this image. 书上有很多图片。(Shū shàng yǒu hěn duō túpiàn.) — There are many pictures in the book. 我发给你一张图片。(Wǒ fā gěi nǐ yì zhāng túpiàn.) — I'll send you a picture. 这些图片是他照的。(Zhèxiē túpiàn shì tā zhào de.) — He took these pictures. 图片比文字好懂。(Túpiàn bǐ wénzì hǎo dǒng.) — Pictures are easier to understand than text.
1127	HSK 2	晚报	wǎnbào	evening newspaper	我喜欢看晚报。(Wǒ xǐhuan kàn wǎnbào.) — I like reading the evening paper.	晚报下午来。(Wǎnbào xiàwǔ lái.) — The evening paper comes in the afternoon. 晚报上有天气。(Wǎnbào shàng yǒu tiānqì.) — The weather is in the evening paper. 他买了一份晚报。(Tā mǎile yí fèn wǎnbào.) — He bought an evening paper. 晚报比日报薄。(Wǎnbào bǐ rìbào báo.) — The evening paper is thinner than the daily. 今天的晚报还没到。(Jīntiān de wǎnbào hái méi dào.) — Today's evening paper hasn't come yet.
1128	HSK 2	网	wǎng	net; network	这里没有网。(Zhèlǐ méiyǒu wǎng.) — There's no internet here.	网很慢。(Wǎng hěn màn.) — The internet is slow. 我上网查一下。(Wǒ shàngwǎng chá yíxià.) — I'll look it up online. 他每天上网看新闻。(Tā měitiān shàngwǎng kàn xīnwén.) — He goes online for news every day. 网上什么都有。(Wǎng shàng shénme dōu yǒu.) — You can find anything online. 酒店的网是免费的。(Jiǔdiàn de wǎng shì miǎnfèi de.) — The hotel's wifi is free.
1129	HSK 2	小说	xiǎoshuō	novel	我在看一本小说。(Wǒ zài kàn yì běn xiǎoshuō.) — I'm reading a novel.	这本小说很好看。(Zhè běn xiǎoshuō hěn hǎokàn.) — This novel is a good read. 他写了一本小说。(Tā xiěle yì běn xiǎoshuō.) — He wrote a novel. 这个小说很长。(Zhège xiǎoshuō hěn cháng.) — This novel is long. 我不太喜欢看小说。(Wǒ bú tài xǐhuan kàn xiǎoshuō.) — I don't much like reading novels. 这本小说是他写的。(Zhè běn xiǎoshuō shì tā xiě de.) — He's the one who wrote this novel.
1130	HSK 2	信	xìn	letter; to believe	我给妈妈写信。(Wǒ gěi māma xiě xìn.) — I'm writing a letter to my mother.	今天收到一封信。(Jīntiān shōudào yì fēng xìn.) — I received a letter today. 这封信很长。(Zhè fēng xìn hěn cháng.) — This letter is long. 他还没回信。(Tā hái méi huí xìn.) — He hasn't written back yet. 现在很少有人写信。(Xiànzài hěn shǎo yǒu rén xiě xìn.) — Few people write letters now. 请把信寄出去。(Qǐng bǎ xìn jì chūqù.) — Please post the letter.
1131	HSK 2	信号	xìnhào	signal	这里信号不好。(Zhèlǐ xìnhào bù hǎo.) — The signal is poor here.	手机没有信号。(Shǒujī méiyǒu xìnhào.) — There's no signal on my phone. 信号很弱。(Xìnhào hěn ruò.) — The signal is weak. 到外面信号会好点。(Dào wàimiàn xìnhào huì hǎo diǎn.) — The signal is better outside. 地铁里信号不好。(Dìtiě lǐ xìnhào bù hǎo.) — The signal is bad on the metro. 这个地方信号很强。(Zhège dìfang xìnhào hěn qiáng.) — The signal is strong here.
1132	HSK 2	信息	xìnxī	information	我收到一条信息。(Wǒ shōudào yì tiáo xìnxī.) — I received a message.	这个信息很重要。(Zhège xìnxī hěn zhòngyào.) — This information is important. 网上信息很多。(Wǎng shàng xìnxī hěn duō.) — There's a lot of information online. 请告诉我更多信息。(Qǐng gàosu wǒ gèng duō xìnxī.) — Please tell me more. 这条信息不对。(Zhè tiáo xìnxī bú duì.) — This information is wrong. 他给我发了信息。(Tā gěi wǒ fāle xìnxī.) — He sent me a message.
1133	HSK 2	音乐	yīnyuè	music	我喜欢听音乐。(Wǒ xǐhuan tīng yīnyuè.) — I like listening to music.	这个音乐很好听。(Zhège yīnyuè hěn hǎotīng.) — This music is lovely. 她一边做饭一边听音乐。(Tā yìbiān zuòfàn yìbiān tīng yīnyuè.) — She listens to music while cooking. 音乐声太大了。(Yīnyuè shēng tài dà le.) — The music is too loud. 他学过音乐。(Tā xuéguo yīnyuè.) — He studied music. 什么音乐你最喜欢？(Shénme yīnyuè nǐ zuì xǐhuan?) — What music do you like best?
1134	HSK 2	音乐会	yīnyuèhuì	concert	明天有一场音乐会。(Míngtiān yǒu yì chǎng yīnyuèhuì.) — There's a concert tomorrow.	我们一起去音乐会吧。(Wǒmen yìqǐ qù yīnyuèhuì ba.) — Let's go to the concert together. 音乐会八点开始。(Yīnyuèhuì bā diǎn kāishǐ.) — The concert starts at eight. 音乐会的票很贵。(Yīnyuèhuì de piào hěn guì.) — Concert tickets are expensive. 这场音乐会很有名。(Zhè chǎng yīnyuèhuì hěn yǒumíng.) — This concert is famous. 昨天的音乐会很好。(Zuótiān de yīnyuèhuì hěn hǎo.) — Yesterday's concert was great.
1135	HSK 2	影片	yǐngpiàn	film; movie	这部影片很有意思。(Zhè bù yǐngpiàn hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This film is interesting.	我看过这部影片。(Wǒ kànguo zhè bù yǐngpiàn.) — I've seen this film. 影片两个小时长。(Yǐngpiàn liǎng gè xiǎoshí cháng.) — The film is two hours long. 这是一部新影片。(Zhè shì yí bù xīn yǐngpiàn.) — This is a new film. 影片里的音乐很好。(Yǐngpiàn lǐ de yīnyuè hěn hǎo.) — The music in the film is good. 你喜欢什么影片？(Nǐ xǐhuan shénme yǐngpiàn?) — What kind of films do you like?

10. Nouns: Nature & Abstract Terms (自然, 抽象词汇 - zìrán, chōuxiàng cíhuì)

✏️ Usage: Noun + 的 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Abstract Modifiers

Abstract concepts and language definitions place their qualifiers first: 汉语书 (Hànyǔ shū) ("Chinese language book"). Noun-modifying phrases ending in 的 (de) clarify exact relations (e.g., 词语的意思 (cíyǔ de yìsi) means "the meaning of the word").

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
1223	HSK 2	月亮	yuèliang	moon	今天晚上月亮很圆。(Jīntiān wǎnshang yuèliang hěn yuán.) — The moon is full tonight.	月亮出来了。(Yuèliang chūlái le.) — The moon has come out. 月亮很亮。(Yuèliang hěn liàng.) — The moon is bright. 孩子在看月亮。(Háizi zài kàn yuèliang.) — The child is looking at the moon. 今天没有月亮。(Jīntiān méiyǒu yuèliang.) — There's no moon tonight. 月亮在云后面。(Yuèliang zài yún hòumiàn.) — The moon is behind the clouds.
1227	HSK 2	雪	xuě	snow	外面下雪了。(Wàimiàn xiàxuě le.) — It's snowing outside.	雪很大，路很滑。(Xuě hěn dà, lù hěn huá.) — The snow is heavy and the road is slippery. 孩子们在雪里玩。(Háizimen zài xuě lǐ wán.) — The children are playing in the snow. 北方冬天雪很多。(Běifāng dōngtiān xuě hěn duō.) — There's a lot of snow up north in winter. 雪停了。(Xuě tíng le.) — The snow has stopped. 我第一次看见雪。(Wǒ dì yī cì kànjiàn xuě.) — It's the first time I've seen snow.
1229	HSK 2	水饺	shuǐjiǎo	boiled dumpling	我们晚上吃水饺。(Wǒmen wǎnshang chī shuǐjiǎo.) — We're having dumplings tonight.	这家的水饺很好吃。(Zhè jiā de shuǐjiǎo hěn hǎochī.) — The dumplings here are delicious. 妈妈会做水饺。(Māma huì zuò shuǐjiǎo.) — Mum can make dumplings. 一盘水饺多少钱？(Yì pán shuǐjiǎo duōshǎo qián?) — How much is a plate of dumplings? 水饺要煮十分钟。(Shuǐjiǎo yào zhǔ shí fēnzhōng.) — Dumplings need ten minutes to boil. 我吃了二十个水饺。(Wǒ chīle èrshí gè shuǐjiǎo.) — I ate twenty dumplings.
1230	HSK 2	作业	zuòyè	homework; assignment	今天的作业很多。(Jīntiān de zuòyè hěn duō.) — There's a lot of homework today.	我还没做作业。(Wǒ hái méi zuò zuòyè.) — I haven't done my homework yet. 作业明天交。(Zuòyè míngtiān jiāo.) — The homework is due tomorrow. 他在写作业。(Tā zài xiě zuòyè.) — He's doing his homework. 作业做完了吗？(Zuòyè zuòwán le ma?) — Have you finished your homework? 老师检查了作业。(Lǎoshī jiǎnchále zuòyè.) — The teacher checked the homework.
1231	HSK 2	问题	wèntí	question; problem; issue	我有一个问题。(Wǒ yǒu yí gè wèntí.) — I have a question.	这个问题很难。(Zhège wèntí hěn nán.) — This question is difficult. 没问题！(Méi wèntí!) — No problem! 请回答我的问题。(Qǐng huídá wǒ de wèntí.) — Please answer my question. 问题解决了。(Wèntí jiějué le.) — The problem is solved. 有问题就问老师。(Yǒu wèntí jiù wèn lǎoshī.) — Ask the teacher if you have questions.
1234	HSK 2	草	cǎo	grass; straw	草地上的草很绿。(Cǎodì shàng de cǎo hěn lǜ.) — The grass on the lawn is green.	春天草长出来了。(Chūntiān cǎo zhǎng chūlái le.) — The grass grows in spring. 牛在吃草。(Niú zài chī cǎo.) — The cow is eating grass. 草很高，要剪了。(Cǎo hěn gāo, yào jiǎn le.) — The grass is long, it needs cutting. 别在草上走。(Bié zài cǎo shàng zǒu.) — Don't walk on the grass. 院子里长了很多草。(Yuànzi lǐ zhǎngle hěn duō cǎo.) — A lot of grass has grown in the yard.
1236	HSK 2	河	hé	river	这条河很长。(Zhè tiáo hé hěn cháng.) — This river is long.	河里有很多鱼。(Hé lǐ yǒu hěn duō yú.) — There are many fish in the river. 我们在河边散步。(Wǒmen zài hébiān sànbù.) — We're walking along the river. 河水很干净。(Héshuǐ hěn gānjìng.) — The river water is clean. 过河要坐船。(Guò hé yào zuò chuán.) — You need a boat to cross the river. 河对面是公园。(Hé duìmiàn shì gōngyuán.) — There's a park across the river.
1238	HSK 2	云	yún	cloud	天上有很多云。(Tiān shàng yǒu hěn duō yún.) — There are many clouds in the sky.	今天没有云。(Jīntiān méiyǒu yún.) — There are no clouds today. 云后面是太阳。(Yún hòumiàn shì tàiyáng.) — The sun is behind the clouds. 黑云来了，要下雨。(Hēi yún lái le, yào xiàyǔ.) — Dark clouds are coming, it'll rain. 云走得很快。(Yún zǒu de hěn kuài.) — The clouds are moving fast. 飞机在云上面飞。(Fēijī zài yún shàngmiàn fēi.) — The plane flies above the clouds.
1240	HSK 2	声音	shēngyīn	sound; voice	外面有声音。(Wàimiàn yǒu shēngyīn.) — There's a noise outside.	她的声音很好听。(Tā de shēngyīn hěn hǎotīng.) — She has a lovely voice. 声音太大了。(Shēngyīn tài dà le.) — It's too loud. 请把声音放小一点。(Qǐng bǎ shēngyīn fàng xiǎo yìdiǎn.) — Please turn the sound down a little. 我听见了他的声音。(Wǒ tīngjiànle tā de shēngyīn.) — I heard his voice. 房间里没有声音。(Fángjiān lǐ méiyǒu shēngyīn.) — There's no sound in the room.
1241	HSK 2	词语	cíyǔ	word; expression	这个词语很难懂。(Zhège cíyǔ hěn nán dǒng.) — This word is hard to understand.	请解释这个词语。(Qǐng jiěshì zhège cíyǔ.) — Please explain this word. 我记住了很多词语。(Wǒ jìzhùle hěn duō cíyǔ.) — I've memorised many words. 这些词语要背下来。(Zhèxiē cíyǔ yào bèi xiàlái.) — These words need memorising. 词语用得很好。(Cíyǔ yòng de hěn hǎo.) — The word is well used. 新词语我不认识。(Xīn cíyǔ wǒ bú rènshi.) — I don't know the new words.
1242	HSK 2	句子	jùzi	sentence	请造一个句子。(Qǐng zào yí gè jùzi.) — Please make a sentence.	这个句子太长了。(Zhège jùzi tài cháng le.) — This sentence is too long. 句子里有生词。(Jùzi lǐ yǒu shēngcí.) — There are new words in the sentence. 他写的句子很好。(Tā xiě de jùzi hěn hǎo.) — The sentences he writes are good. 请读这个句子。(Qǐng dú zhège jùzi.) — Please read this sentence. 这个句子不对。(Zhège jùzi bú duì.) — This sentence isn't correct.
1243	HSK 2	意思	yìsi	meaning; idea	这是什么意思？(Zhè shì shénme yìsi?) — What does this mean?	我不懂你的意思。(Wǒ bù dǒng nǐ de yìsi.) — I don't understand what you mean. 这本书很有意思。(Zhè běn shū hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This book is interesting. 这两个词意思一样。(Zhè liǎng gè cí yìsi yíyàng.) — These two words mean the same. 不好意思，我迟到了。(Bù hǎoyìsi, wǒ chídào le.) — Sorry, I'm late. 他的意思很清楚。(Tā de yìsi hěn qīngchu.) — His meaning is clear.
1244	HSK 2	方法	fāngfǎ	method; way	这个方法很好。(Zhège fāngfǎ hěn hǎo.) — This method is good.	学习要有方法。(Xuéxí yào yǒu fāngfǎ.) — You need a method for studying. 有什么好方法吗？(Yǒu shénme hǎo fāngfǎ ma?) — Is there a good way to do it? 他的方法不对。(Tā de fāngfǎ bú duì.) — His method isn't right. 请教我这个方法。(Qǐng jiāo wǒ zhège fāngfǎ.) — Please teach me this method. 换个方法试试。(Huàn gè fāngfǎ shìshi.) — Try a different way.
1246	HSK 2	机会	jīhuì	opportunity; chance	这是个好机会。(Zhè shì gè hǎo jīhuì.) — This is a good opportunity.	给我一个机会。(Gěi wǒ yí gè jīhuì.) — Give me a chance. 我没有机会去。(Wǒ méiyǒu jīhuì qù.) — I didn't have a chance to go. 机会来了要抓住。(Jīhuì lái le yào zhuāzhù.) — Seize the chance when it comes. 有机会我们再见。(Yǒu jīhuì wǒmen zàijiàn.) — Let's meet again when we can. 这样的机会不多。(Zhèyàng de jīhuì bù duō.) — Chances like this are rare.
1247	HSK 2	事情	shìqing	affair; matter; thing	我有件事情要说。(Wǒ yǒu jiàn shìqing yào shuō.) — I have something to tell you.	这件事情很重要。(Zhè jiàn shìqing hěn zhòngyào.) — This matter is important. 今天事情很多。(Jīntiān shìqing hěn duō.) — There's a lot to do today. 事情办完了。(Shìqing bànwán le.) — The matter is settled. 别担心这件事情。(Bié dānxīn zhè jiàn shìqing.) — Don't worry about this. 事情没那么简单。(Shìqing méi nàme jiǎndān.) — It isn't that simple.
1254	HSK 2	爱情	àiqíng	romantic love	这是个爱情故事。(Zhè shì gè àiqíng gùshi.) — This is a love story.	他们的爱情很美。(Tāmen de àiqíng hěn měi.) — Their love is beautiful. 爱情不能买。(Àiqíng bù néng mǎi.) — Love can't be bought. 这部影片讲爱情。(Zhè bù yǐngpiàn jiǎng àiqíng.) — This film is about love. 爱情和友情都重要。(Àiqíng hé yǒuqíng dōu zhòngyào.) — Both love and friendship matter. 他相信爱情。(Tā xiāngxìn àiqíng.) — He believes in love.
1255	HSK 2	办法	bànfǎ	method; way (of doing)	我有个办法。(Wǒ yǒu gè bànfǎ.) — I have an idea.	没办法了。(Méi bànfǎ le.) — There's nothing to be done. 这个办法很管用。(Zhège bànfǎ hěn guǎnyòng.) — This approach works well. 想个办法吧。(Xiǎng gè bànfǎ ba.) — Let's think of something. 他的办法不错。(Tā de bànfǎ búcuò.) — His idea isn't bad. 有办法解决吗？(Yǒu bànfǎ jiějué ma?) — Is there a way to solve it?
1256	HSK 2	部分	bùfen	part; portion	这部分我不懂。(Zhè bùfen wǒ bù dǒng.) — I don't understand this part.	大部分人都来了。(Dà bùfen rén dōu lái le.) — Most people came. 第一部分很简单。(Dì yī bùfen hěn jiǎndān.) — The first part is easy. 把这部分再看一遍。(Bǎ zhè bùfen zài kàn yí biàn.) — Read this part again. 这是最难的部分。(Zhè shì zuì nán de bùfen.) — This is the hardest part. 书分成三部分。(Shū fēnchéng sān bùfen.) — The book is in three parts.
1257	HSK 2	大部分	dàbùfen	the majority	大部分学生都来了。(Dà bùfen xuésheng dōu lái le.) — Most of the students came.	大部分时间我在家。(Dà bùfen shíjiān wǒ zài jiā.) — I'm home most of the time. 大部分人喜欢这个。(Dà bùfen rén xǐhuan zhège.) — Most people like this. 作业大部分做完了。(Zuòyè dà bùfen zuòwán le.) — Most of the homework is done. 大部分的书很旧。(Dà bùfen de shū hěn jiù.) — Most of the books are old. 大部分菜我都爱吃。(Dà bùfen cài wǒ dōu ài chī.) — I like most of the dishes.
1258	HSK 2	大多数	dàduōshù	the great majority	大多数人都同意。(Dà duōshù rén dōu tóngyì.) — Most people agree.	大多数时候他很忙。(Dà duōshù shíhou tā hěn máng.) — He's busy most of the time. 大多数学生很努力。(Dà duōshù xuésheng hěn nǔlì.) — Most students work hard. 大多数商店周末开。(Dà duōshù shāngdiàn zhōumò kāi.) — Most shops open at weekends. 大多数人坐地铁。(Dà duōshù rén zuò dìtiě.) — Most people take the metro. 大多数问题不难。(Dà duōshù wèntí bù nán.) — Most of the questions aren't hard.
1259	HSK 2	大海	dàhǎi	the sea; ocean	我第一次看见大海。(Wǒ dì yī cì kànjiàn dàhǎi.) — It's the first time I've seen the sea.	大海很蓝很美。(Dàhǎi hěn lán hěn měi.) — The sea is blue and beautiful. 我们去大海边玩吧。(Wǒmen qù dàhǎi biān wán ba.) — Let's go to the seaside. 大海很大很深。(Dàhǎi hěn dà hěn shēn.) — The sea is vast and deep. 船在大海上开。(Chuán zài dàhǎi shàng kāi.) — The ship sails on the sea. 他很喜欢大海。(Tā hěn xǐhuan dàhǎi.) — He loves the sea.
1260	HSK 2	大小	dàxiǎo	size	这两个大小一样。(Zhè liǎng gè dàxiǎo yíyàng.) — These two are the same size.	请问有别的大小吗？(Qǐngwèn yǒu biéde dàxiǎo ma?) — Do you have another size? 这个大小正好。(Zhège dàxiǎo zhènghǎo.) — This size is just right. 鞋的大小不对。(Xié de dàxiǎo bú duì.) — The shoe size isn't right. 房间的大小差不多。(Fángjiān de dàxiǎo chàbuduō.) — The rooms are about the same size. 请看看大小合适吗。(Qǐng kànkan dàxiǎo héshì ma.) — Please check if the size fits.
1261	HSK 2	大自然	dàzìrán	nature (the natural world)	我喜欢大自然。(Wǒ xǐhuan dàzìrán.) — I love nature.	大自然很美。(Dàzìrán hěn měi.) — Nature is beautiful. 周末我们去大自然走走。(Zhōumò wǒmen qù dàzìrán zǒuzou.) — Let's get out into nature at the weekend. 要保护大自然。(Yào bǎohù dàzìrán.) — We should protect nature. 大自然给我们很多。(Dàzìrán gěi wǒmen hěn duō.) — Nature gives us a great deal. 孩子应该多接近大自然。(Háizi yīnggāi duō jiējìn dàzìrán.) — Children should spend time in nature.
1262	HSK 2	道理	dàolǐ	reason; principle	你说得有道理。(Nǐ shuō de yǒu dàolǐ.) — You have a point.	这个道理很简单。(Zhège dàolǐ hěn jiǎndān.) — This principle is simple. 他不懂这个道理。(Tā bù dǒng zhège dàolǐ.) — He doesn't understand this. 讲道理很重要。(Jiǎng dàolǐ hěn zhòngyào.) — Being reasonable matters. 这话没道理。(Zhè huà méi dàolǐ.) — That doesn't make sense. 爸爸给我讲了个道理。(Bàba gěi wǒ jiǎngle gè dàolǐ.) — Dad explained something important to me.
1263	HSK 2	地球	dìqiú	the Earth	地球是圆的。(Dìqiú shì yuán de.) — The Earth is round.	我们只有一个地球。(Wǒmen zhǐ yǒu yí gè dìqiú.) — We only have one Earth. 要保护地球。(Yào bǎohù dìqiú.) — We must protect the planet. 地球在变热。(Dìqiú zài biàn rè.) — The Earth is getting warmer. 地球上有很多国家。(Dìqiú shàng yǒu hěn duō guójiā.) — There are many countries on Earth. 从太空看地球很美。(Cóng tàikōng kàn dìqiú hěn měi.) — The Earth is beautiful from space.
1264	HSK 2	动物	dòngwù	animal	我喜欢小动物。(Wǒ xǐhuan xiǎo dòngwù.) — I like small animals.	动物园里有很多动物。(Dòngwùyuán lǐ yǒu hěn duō dòngwù.) — There are many animals at the zoo. 这种动物很少见。(Zhè zhǒng dòngwù hěn shǎojiàn.) — This animal is rare. 要爱护动物。(Yào àihù dòngwù.) — We should care for animals. 动物也有感情。(Dòngwù yě yǒu gǎnqíng.) — Animals have feelings too. 他家养了三种动物。(Tā jiā yǎngle sān zhǒng dòngwù.) — His family keeps three kinds of animals.
1265	HSK 2	多数	duōshù	the majority	多数人都同意。(Duōshù rén dōu tóngyì.) — The majority agree.	多数时候我在家。(Duōshù shíhou wǒ zài jiā.) — I'm at home most of the time. 多数学生喜欢这个老师。(Duōshù xuésheng xǐhuan zhège lǎoshī.) — Most students like this teacher. 多数商店九点开门。(Duōshù shāngdiàn jiǔ diǎn kāimén.) — Most shops open at nine. 多数问题很简单。(Duōshù wèntí hěn jiǎndān.) — Most of the questions are simple. 多数人不知道这件事。(Duōshù rén bù zhīdào zhè jiàn shì.) — Most people don't know about this.
1266	HSK 2	方面	fāngmiàn	aspect; respect	这方面我不太懂。(Zhè fāngmiàn wǒ bú tài dǒng.) — I don't know much about this area.	他在很多方面很强。(Tā zài hěn duō fāngmiàn hěn qiáng.) — He's strong in many areas. 这两方面都重要。(Zhè liǎng fāngmiàn dōu zhòngyào.) — Both aspects are important. 从这方面看，他是对的。(Cóng zhè fāngmiàn kàn, tā shì duì de.) — Looked at this way, he's right. 工作方面还顺利吗？(Gōngzuò fāngmiàn hái shùnlì ma?) — Is work going well? 学习方面他很努力。(Xuéxí fāngmiàn tā hěn nǔlì.) — He works hard when it comes to studying.
1267	HSK 2	观点	guāndiǎn	viewpoint; opinion	我不同意这个观点。(Wǒ bù tóngyì zhège guāndiǎn.) — I don't agree with this view.	请说说你的观点。(Qǐng shuōshuo nǐ de guāndiǎn.) — Please share your view. 他的观点很有意思。(Tā de guāndiǎn hěn yǒu yìsi.) — His view is interesting. 大家的观点不一样。(Dàjiā de guāndiǎn bù yíyàng.) — Everyone has a different view. 这个观点很新。(Zhège guāndiǎn hěn xīn.) — This is a fresh view. 我理解你的观点。(Wǒ lǐjiě nǐ de guāndiǎn.) — I understand your point of view.
1268	HSK 2	国际	guójì	international	这是国际学校。(Zhè shì guójì xuéxiào.) — This is an international school.	他做国际生意。(Tā zuò guójì shēngyì.) — He does international business. 国际新闻在第一页。(Guójì xīnwén zài dì yī yè.) — International news is on page one. 这个城市很国际。(Zhège chéngshì hěn guójì.) — This city is very international. 国际机场离这儿很远。(Guójì jīchǎng lí zhèr hěn yuǎn.) — The international airport is far from here. 他学的是国际关系。(Tā xué de shì guójì guānxì.) — He studies international relations.
1269	HSK 2	海	hǎi	sea	海很蓝。(Hǎi hěn lán.) — The sea is blue.	我们去海边吧。(Wǒmen qù hǎibiān ba.) — Let's go to the seaside. 这个城市靠海。(Zhège chéngshì kào hǎi.) — This city is by the sea. 海上有很多船。(Hǎi shàng yǒu hěn duō chuán.) — There are many ships at sea. 夏天海水很暖。(Xiàtiān hǎishuǐ hěn nuǎn.) — The sea is warm in summer. 我从没见过海。(Wǒ cóng méi jiànguo hǎi.) — I've never seen the sea.
1270	HSK 2	好处	hǎochù	benefit; advantage	运动有很多好处。(Yùndòng yǒu hěn duō hǎochù.) — Exercise has many benefits.	这样做有什么好处？(Zhèyàng zuò yǒu shénme hǎochù?) — What's the advantage of doing it this way? 学外语的好处很多。(Xué wàiyǔ de hǎochù hěn duō.) — There are many benefits to learning a language. 早睡对身体有好处。(Zǎo shuì duì shēntǐ yǒu hǎochù.) — Sleeping early is good for you. 这个办法好处不少。(Zhège bànfǎ hǎochù bù shǎo.) — This approach has quite a few advantages. 我看不出好处。(Wǒ kàn bu chū hǎochù.) — I don't see the benefit.
1271	HSK 2	好事	hǎoshì	good thing	这是件好事。(Zhè shì jiàn hǎoshì.) — This is a good thing.	他做了很多好事。(Tā zuòle hěn duō hǎoshì.) — He's done many good deeds. 好事要告诉大家。(Hǎoshì yào gàosu dàjiā.) — Good news should be shared. 今天有件好事。(Jīntiān yǒu jiàn hǎoshì.) — Something good happened today. 帮助别人是好事。(Bāngzhù biéren shì hǎoshì.) — Helping others is a good thing. 这对你是好事。(Zhè duì nǐ shì hǎoshì.) — This is a good thing for you.
1272	HSK 2	湖	hú	lake	这个湖很大。(Zhège hú hěn dà.) — This lake is big.	湖水很清。(Húshuǐ hěn qīng.) — The lake water is clear. 我们在湖边散步。(Wǒmen zài hú biān sànbù.) — We're walking by the lake. 湖里有很多鱼。(Hú lǐ yǒu hěn duō yú.) — There are many fish in the lake. 公园里有个小湖。(Gōngyuán lǐ yǒu gè xiǎo hú.) — There's a small lake in the park. 冬天湖上结冰了。(Dōngtiān hú shàng jiébīng le.) — The lake freezes in winter.
1273	HSK 2	坏处	huàichù	disadvantage; harm	这样做有坏处。(Zhèyàng zuò yǒu huàichù.) — There are downsides to doing it this way.	喝酒对身体有坏处。(Hējiǔ duì shēntǐ yǒu huàichù.) — Drinking is bad for your health. 好处比坏处多。(Hǎochù bǐ huàichù duō.) — The advantages outweigh the disadvantages. 这个办法没什么坏处。(Zhège bànfǎ méi shénme huàichù.) — There's no real downside to this approach. 熬夜的坏处很大。(Áoyè de huàichù hěn dà.) — Staying up late is very bad for you. 请说说它的坏处。(Qǐng shuōshuo tā de huàichù.) — Please tell me its drawbacks.
1274	HSK 2	计划	jìhuà	plan	我有个计划。(Wǒ yǒu gè jìhuà.) — I have a plan.	计划变了。(Jìhuà biàn le.) — The plan has changed. 你周末有什么计划？(Nǐ zhōumò yǒu shénme jìhuà?) — What are your plans for the weekend? 按计划进行。(Àn jìhuà jìnxíng.) — Proceed as planned. 这个计划很好。(Zhège jìhuà hěn hǎo.) — This is a good plan. 我们要做个计划。(Wǒmen yào zuò gè jìhuà.) — We need to make a plan.
1275	HSK 2	角度	jiǎodù	angle; perspective	从这个角度看很好。(Cóng zhège jiǎodù kàn hěn hǎo.) — It looks good from this angle.	换个角度想想。(Huàn gè jiǎodù xiǎngxiang.) — Look at it from another angle. 从他的角度看也对。(Cóng tā de jiǎodù kàn yě duì.) — From his point of view it's also right. 这个角度照相很美。(Zhège jiǎodù zhàoxiàng hěn měi.) — Photos from this angle look lovely. 每个人的角度不同。(Měi gè rén de jiǎodù bùtóng.) — Everyone has a different perspective. 请从学生角度想。(Qǐng cóng xuésheng jiǎodù xiǎng.) — Please think from the student's perspective.
1276	HSK 2	结果	jiéguǒ	result; outcome	结果怎么样？(Jiéguǒ zěnmeyàng?) — How did it turn out?	考试结果出来了。(Kǎoshì jiéguǒ chūlái le.) — The exam results are out. 这个结果很好。(Zhège jiéguǒ hěn hǎo.) — This is a good result. 结果和我想的一样。(Jiéguǒ hé wǒ xiǎng de yíyàng.) — The result was as I expected. 努力就有结果。(Nǔlì jiù yǒu jiéguǒ.) — Effort brings results. 我们等结果吧。(Wǒmen děng jiéguǒ ba.) — Let's wait for the result.
1277	HSK 2	看法	kànfǎ	opinion; view	你的看法呢？(Nǐ de kànfǎ ne?) — What's your view?	我们的看法不同。(Wǒmen de kànfǎ bùtóng.) — We see it differently. 他改变了看法。(Tā gǎibiànle kànfǎ.) — He changed his mind. 请说说你的看法。(Qǐng shuōshuo nǐ de kànfǎ.) — Please tell me what you think. 这个看法很有道理。(Zhège kànfǎ hěn yǒu dàolǐ.) — This view makes a lot of sense. 大家看法一致。(Dàjiā kànfǎ yízhì.) — Everyone is of the same view.
1278	HSK 2	科学	kēxué	science	他学的是科学。(Tā xué de shì kēxué.) — He studies science.	这个方法很科学。(Zhège fāngfǎ hěn kēxué.) — This method is scientific. 科学很有意思。(Kēxué hěn yǒu yìsi.) — Science is interesting. 科学发展很快。(Kēxué fāzhǎn hěn kuài.) — Science develops quickly. 孩子喜欢科学课。(Háizi xǐhuan kēxué kè.) — Children like science lessons. 要用科学的方法。(Yào yòng kēxué de fāngfǎ.) — Use a scientific approach.
1279	HSK 2	空气	kōngqì	air	这里空气很好。(Zhèlǐ kōngqì hěn hǎo.) — The air is good here.	早上的空气很新鲜。(Zǎoshang de kōngqì hěn xīnxiān.) — The morning air is fresh. 城市里空气不太好。(Chéngshì lǐ kōngqì bú tài hǎo.) — The air isn't great in the city. 请开窗换换空气。(Qǐng kāi chuāng huànhuan kōngqì.) — Please open a window to air the room. 山上的空气很干净。(Shān shàng de kōngqì hěn gānjìng.) — The air in the mountains is clean. 空气很重要。(Kōngqì hěn zhòngyào.) — Air is essential.
1280	HSK 2	理想	lǐxiǎng	ideal; dream	我的理想是当老师。(Wǒ de lǐxiǎng shì dāng lǎoshī.) — My dream is to be a teacher.	每个人都有理想。(Měi gè rén dōu yǒu lǐxiǎng.) — Everyone has a dream. 这个工作很理想。(Zhège gōngzuò hěn lǐxiǎng.) — This job is ideal. 为理想努力吧。(Wèi lǐxiǎng nǔlì ba.) — Work towards your dream. 他的理想实现了。(Tā de lǐxiǎng shíxiàn le.) — His dream came true. 理想和现实不一样。(Lǐxiǎng hé xiànshí bù yíyàng.) — Ideals and reality differ.
1281	HSK 2	例子	lìzi	example	请给我一个例子。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yí gè lìzi.) — Please give me an example.	这个例子很清楚。(Zhège lìzi hěn qīngchu.) — This example is clear. 老师举了两个例子。(Lǎoshī jǔle liǎng gè lìzi.) — The teacher gave two examples. 书上有很多例子。(Shū shàng yǒu hěn duō lìzi.) — There are many examples in the book. 用例子说明比较好。(Yòng lìzi shuōmíng bǐjiào hǎo.) — It's better explained with examples. 他就是个好例子。(Tā jiù shì gè hǎo lìzi.) — He's a good example.
1282	HSK 2	名称	míngchēng	name; title	这个名称很长。(Zhège míngchēng hěn cháng.) — This name is long.	请写下公司名称。(Qǐng xiě xià gōngsī míngchēng.) — Please write the company name. 名称改了。(Míngchēng gǎi le.) — The name has changed. 这个名称我没听过。(Zhège míngchēng wǒ méi tīngguo.) — I haven't heard this name. 店的名称很有意思。(Diàn de míngchēng hěn yǒu yìsi.) — The shop's name is interesting. 名称写在门口。(Míngchēng xiě zài ménkǒu.) — The name is written at the entrance.
1283	HSK 2	名单	míngdān	list (of names)	我的名字在名单上。(Wǒ de míngzi zài míngdān shàng.) — My name is on the list.	请看一下名单。(Qǐng kàn yíxià míngdān.) — Please have a look at the list. 名单上有二十个人。(Míngdān shàng yǒu èrshí gè rén.) — There are twenty people on the list. 他不在名单里。(Tā bú zài míngdān lǐ.) — He isn't on the list. 名单明天出来。(Míngdān míngtiān chūlái.) — The list comes out tomorrow. 老师在念名单。(Lǎoshī zài niàn míngdān.) — The teacher is reading out the list.
1284	HSK 2	目的	mùdì	purpose; goal	你来的目的是什么？(Nǐ lái de mùdì shì shénme?) — What's the purpose of your visit?	我的目的很简单。(Wǒ de mùdì hěn jiǎndān.) — My aim is simple. 学习的目的是什么？(Xuéxí de mùdì shì shénme?) — What's the point of studying? 他达到了目的。(Tā dádàole mùdì.) — He achieved his aim. 这次旅行的目的是休息。(Zhè cì lǚxíng de mùdì shì xiūxi.) — The purpose of this trip is to rest. 做事要有目的。(Zuòshì yào yǒu mùdì.) — You should have a purpose in what you do.
1285	HSK 2	气	qì	air; gas; to be angry	他生气了。(Tā shēngqì le.) — He got angry.	别生我的气。(Bié shēng wǒ de qì.) — Don't be angry with me. 今天天气很好。(Jīntiān tiānqì hěn hǎo.) — The weather is nice today. 跑完步我喘不过气。(Pǎowán bù wǒ chuǎn bu guò qì.) — I'm out of breath after running. 车没气了。(Chē méi qì le.) — The tyre has gone flat. 他说话的口气很客气。(Tā shuōhuà de kǒuqì hěn kèqi.) — He speaks in a polite tone.
1286	HSK 2	人口	rénkǒu	population	中国人口很多。(Zhōngguó rénkǒu hěn duō.) — China has a large population.	这个城市人口三百万。(Zhège chéngshì rénkǒu sānbǎi wàn.) — This city has three million people. 人口越来越多。(Rénkǒu yuèláiyuè duō.) — The population keeps growing. 农村人口在减少。(Nóngcūn rénkǒu zài jiǎnshǎo.) — The rural population is shrinking. 这个国家人口不多。(Zhège guójiā rénkǒu bù duō.) — This country doesn't have many people. 人口问题很重要。(Rénkǒu wèntí hěn zhòngyào.) — Population is an important issue.
1287	HSK 2	人数	rénshù	number of people	今天来的人数很多。(Jīntiān lái de rénshù hěn duō.) — A lot of people came today.	请数一下人数。(Qǐng shǔ yíxià rénshù.) — Please count how many people there are. 人数不够。(Rénshù bú gòu.) — There aren't enough people. 班里的人数是三十。(Bān lǐ de rénshù shì sānshí.) — There are thirty in the class. 人数比去年多。(Rénshù bǐ qùnián duō.) — There are more people than last year. 请告诉我人数。(Qǐng gàosu wǒ rénshù.) — Please tell me the number of people.
1288	HSK 2	少数	shǎoshù	a small number; minority	只有少数人同意。(Zhǐ yǒu shǎoshù rén tóngyì.) — Only a few people agree.	少数人不喜欢这个。(Shǎoshù rén bù xǐhuan zhège.) — A minority don't like this. 少数学生迟到了。(Shǎoshù xuésheng chídào le.) — A few students were late. 这是少数情况。(Zhè shì shǎoshù qíngkuàng.) — This is a rare case. 少数服从多数。(Shǎoshù fúcóng duōshù.) — The minority follows the majority. 少数人还在等。(Shǎoshù rén hái zài děng.) — A few people are still waiting.
1289	HSK 2	生	shēng	to be born; raw; life	他是一九九零年生的。(Tā shì yī jiǔ jiǔ líng nián shēng de.) — He was born in 1990.	我在北京出生。(Wǒ zài Běijīng chūshēng.) — I was born in Beijing. 她生了个女孩。(Tā shēngle gè nǚhái.) — She had a baby girl. 这个菜是生的。(Zhège cài shì shēng de.) — This dish is raw. 生水不能喝。(Shēngshuǐ bù néng hē.) — You shouldn't drink unboiled water. 他生病了。(Tā shēngbìng le.) — He's fallen ill.
1290	HSK 2	生活	shēnghuó	life; to live	我的生活很简单。(Wǒ de shēnghuó hěn jiǎndān.) — My life is simple.	这里的生活很方便。(Zhèlǐ de shēnghuó hěn fāngbiàn.) — Life here is convenient. 生活越来越好了。(Shēnghuó yuèláiyuè hǎo le.) — Life keeps getting better. 他在国外生活了三年。(Tā zài guówài shēnghuóle sān nián.) — He lived abroad for three years. 生活中有很多小事。(Shēnghuó zhōng yǒu hěn duō xiǎoshì.) — There are many small things in life. 你的生活怎么样？(Nǐ de shēnghuó zěnmeyàng?) — How's life?
1291	HSK 2	态度	tàidu	attitude	他的态度很好。(Tā de tàidù hěn hǎo.) — His attitude is good.	学习态度很重要。(Xuéxí tàidù hěn zhòngyào.) — Your attitude to study matters. 服务员的态度不好。(Fúwùyuán de tàidù bù hǎo.) — The waiter's manner wasn't good. 请改变一下态度。(Qǐng gǎibiàn yíxià tàidù.) — Please change your attitude. 他的态度变了。(Tā de tàidù biàn le.) — His attitude has changed. 我喜欢他的工作态度。(Wǒ xǐhuan tā de gōngzuò tàidù.) — I like his attitude to work.
1292	HSK 2	特点	tèdiǎn	characteristic; feature	这个地方有什么特点？(Zhège dìfang yǒu shénme tèdiǎn?) — What's special about this place?	他的特点是很努力。(Tā de tèdiǎn shì hěn nǔlì.) — His defining trait is hard work. 这本书的特点很明显。(Zhè běn shū de tèdiǎn hěn míngxiǎn.) — This book's character is obvious. 每个城市都有特点。(Měi gè chéngshì dōu yǒu tèdiǎn.) — Every city has its own character. 这是它最大的特点。(Zhè shì tā zuì dà de tèdiǎn.) — This is its biggest feature. 南方菜的特点是甜。(Nánfāng cài de tèdiǎn shì tián.) — Southern food is characteristically sweet.
1293	HSK 2	条件	tiáojiàn	condition; requirement	这里的条件很好。(Zhèlǐ de tiáojiàn hěn hǎo.) — Conditions here are good.	我有一个条件。(Wǒ yǒu yí gè tiáojiàn.) — I have one condition. 工作条件不错。(Gōngzuò tiáojiàn búcuò.) — The working conditions are decent. 他的条件很好。(Tā de tiáojiàn hěn hǎo.) — He's in a good position. 条件太难了。(Tiáojiàn tài nán le.) — The conditions are too demanding. 学校的条件改善了。(Xuéxiào de tiáojiàn gǎishàn le.) — Conditions at the school have improved.
1294	HSK 2	味道	wèidao	taste; flavor	这个菜味道很好。(Zhège cài wèidào hěn hǎo.) — This dish tastes good.	味道有点咸。(Wèidào yǒudiǎn xián.) — It tastes a bit salty. 这个味道我很喜欢。(Zhège wèidào wǒ hěn xǐhuan.) — I really like this flavour. 房间里有奇怪的味道。(Fángjiān lǐ yǒu qíguài de wèidào.) — There's a strange smell in the room. 妈妈做的菜是家的味道。(Māma zuò de cài shì jiā de wèidào.) — Mum's cooking tastes like home. 这个茶味道很淡。(Zhège chá wèidào hěn dàn.) — This tea tastes weak.
1295	HSK 2	习惯	xíguàn	habit; to be used to	我习惯早起。(Wǒ xíguàn zǎoqǐ.) — I'm used to getting up early.	这是个好习惯。(Zhè shì gè hǎo xíguàn.) — This is a good habit. 我还不习惯这里。(Wǒ hái bù xíguàn zhèlǐ.) — I'm not used to it here yet. 改掉坏习惯很难。(Gǎidiào huài xíguàn hěn nán.) — Bad habits are hard to break. 他有喝茶的习惯。(Tā yǒu hē chá de xíguàn.) — He's in the habit of drinking tea. 慢慢就习惯了。(Mànmàn jiù xíguàn le.) — You get used to it over time.
1296	HSK 2	想法	xiǎngfǎ	idea; thought	你有什么想法？(Nǐ yǒu shénme xiǎngfǎ?) — What are your thoughts?	这是个好想法。(Zhè shì gè hǎo xiǎngfǎ.) — That's a good idea. 我的想法变了。(Wǒ de xiǎngfǎ biàn le.) — I've changed my mind. 请说说你的想法。(Qǐng shuōshuo nǐ de xiǎngfǎ.) — Please share your thoughts. 他的想法很特别。(Tā de xiǎngfǎ hěn tèbié.) — His ideas are unusual. 大家的想法不一样。(Dàjiā de xiǎngfǎ bù yíyàng.) — Everyone thinks differently.
1297	HSK 2	心里	xīnlǐ	in one's heart/mind	我心里很高兴。(Wǒ xīnlǐ hěn gāoxìng.) — I'm happy inside.	他心里有事。(Tā xīnlǐ yǒu shì.) — Something's on his mind. 心里的话说出来吧。(Xīnlǐ de huà shuō chūlái ba.) — Say what's on your mind. 我心里很清楚。(Wǒ xīnlǐ hěn qīngchu.) — I know perfectly well. 她心里很难过。(Tā xīnlǐ hěn nánguò.) — She's very upset inside. 心里想什么就说什么。(Xīnlǐ xiǎng shénme jiù shuō shénme.) — Say whatever you're thinking.
1298	HSK 2	心情	xīnqíng	mood	今天心情很好。(Jīntiān xīnqíng hěn hǎo.) — I'm in a good mood today.	他心情不太好。(Tā xīnqíng bú tài hǎo.) — He's not in a great mood. 天气影响心情。(Tiānqì yǐngxiǎng xīnqíng.) — The weather affects your mood. 听音乐能改善心情。(Tīng yīnyuè néng gǎishàn xīnqíng.) — Music can lift your mood. 她的心情变好了。(Tā de xīnqíng biàn hǎo le.) — Her mood has improved. 心情不好就出去走走。(Xīnqíng bù hǎo jiù chūqù zǒuzou.) — Go for a walk if you're feeling down.
1299	HSK 2	心中	xīnzhōng	in one's heart/mind	她一直在我心中。(Tā yìzhí zài wǒ xīnzhōng.) — She's always in my heart.	心中有很多话。(Xīnzhōng yǒu hěn duō huà.) — I have a lot on my mind. 这件事记在心中。(Zhè jiàn shì jì zài xīnzhōng.) — I'll keep this in mind. 心中的问题解决了。(Xīnzhōng de wèntí jiějué le.) — The worry on my mind is resolved. 他心中很清楚。(Tā xīnzhōng hěn qīngchu.) — He knows in his heart. 心中有理想才有力量。(Xīnzhōng yǒu lǐxiǎng cái yǒu lìliàng.) — You find strength from having a dream.
1300	HSK 2	信心	xìnxīn	confidence	我有信心。(Wǒ yǒu xìnxīn.) — I'm confident.	他对自己很有信心。(Tā duì zìjǐ hěn yǒu xìnxīn.) — He's very confident in himself. 别失去信心。(Bié shīqù xìnxīn.) — Don't lose confidence. 这次考试我没信心。(Zhè cì kǎoshì wǒ méi xìnxīn.) — I'm not confident about this exam. 老师给了我信心。(Lǎoshī gěile wǒ xìnxīn.) — The teacher gave me confidence. 有信心就能做好。(Yǒu xìnxīn jiù néng zuòhǎo.) — With confidence you can do it well.
1301	HSK 2	星星	xīngxing	star (in the sky)	天上有很多星星。(Tiān shàng yǒu hěn duō xīngxing.) — There are many stars in the sky.	今晚的星星很亮。(Jīnwǎn de xīngxing hěn liàng.) — The stars are bright tonight. 城市里看不见星星。(Chéngshì lǐ kàn bu jiàn xīngxing.) — You can't see stars in the city. 孩子在数星星。(Háizi zài shǔ xīngxing.) — The child is counting the stars. 山上的星星最美。(Shān shàng de xīngxing zuì měi.) — The stars are most beautiful in the mountains. 有云就看不到星星。(Yǒu yún jiù kàn bu dào xīngxing.) — You can't see the stars when it's cloudy.
1302	HSK 2	行动	xíngdòng	action; to act	我们要马上行动。(Wǒmen yào mǎshàng xíngdòng.) — We need to act immediately.	光说不行动没用。(Guāng shuō bù xíngdòng méiyòng.) — Talking without acting is useless. 他的行动很快。(Tā de xíngdòng hěn kuài.) — He acts quickly. 老人行动不太方便。(Lǎorén xíngdòng bú tài fāngbiàn.) — The elderly man doesn't get around easily. 行动比语言重要。(Xíngdòng bǐ yǔyán zhòngyào.) — Actions matter more than words. 请开始行动吧。(Qǐng kāishǐ xíngdòng ba.) — Let's get moving.
1303	HSK 2	行为	xíngwéi	behavior	这种行为不对。(Zhè zhǒng xíngwéi bú duì.) — This kind of behaviour is wrong.	他的行为很奇怪。(Tā de xíngwéi hěn qíguài.) — His behaviour is strange. 要注意自己的行为。(Yào zhùyì zìjǐ de xíngwéi.) — Mind your own behaviour. 这是很好的行为。(Zhè shì hěn hǎo de xíngwéi.) — That's very good conduct. 孩子的行为要教。(Háizi de xíngwéi yào jiào.) — Children's behaviour needs guidance. 不礼貌的行为不好。(Bù lǐmào de xíngwéi bù hǎo.) — Impolite behaviour isn't acceptable.
1304	HSK 2	样子	yàngzi	appearance; shape	他的样子很累。(Tā de yàngzi hěn lèi.) — He looks tired.	这个样子我很喜欢。(Zhège yàngzi wǒ hěn xǐhuan.) — I like this style. 别装出这个样子。(Bié zhuāng chū zhège yàngzi.) — Don't put on that act. 看样子要下雨了。(Kàn yàngzi yào xiàyǔ le.) — It looks like rain. 她还是老样子。(Tā háishi lǎo yàngzi.) — She's just the same as ever. 这个杯子样子很好看。(Zhège bēizi yàngzi hěn hǎokàn.) — This cup has a nice shape.
1305	HSK 2	意见	yìjiàn	opinion; complaint	你有什么意见？(Nǐ yǒu shénme yìjiàn?) — Do you have any comments?	我同意你的意见。(Wǒ tóngyì nǐ de yìjiàn.) — I agree with your view. 请给我一点意见。(Qǐng gěi wǒ yìdiǎn yìjiàn.) — Please give me some feedback. 大家的意见不一样。(Dàjiā de yìjiàn bù yíyàng.) — People have different opinions. 他对这件事有意见。(Tā duì zhè jiàn shì yǒu yìjiàn.) — He has objections to this. 我没有意见。(Wǒ méiyǒu yìjiàn.) — I have no objections.
1306	HSK 2	影响	yǐngxiǎng	influence; to affect	天气影响心情。(Tiānqì yǐngxiǎng xīnqíng.) — The weather affects your mood.	这件事影响很大。(Zhè jiàn shì yǐngxiǎng hěn dà.) — This has a big impact. 别影响别人休息。(Bié yǐngxiǎng biéren xiūxi.) — Don't disturb others who are resting. 老师对我影响很大。(Lǎoshī duì wǒ yǐngxiǎng hěn dà.) — My teacher had a big influence on me. 下雨影响了比赛。(Xiàyǔ yǐngxiǎngle bǐsài.) — The rain affected the match. 这个影响不太好。(Zhège yǐngxiǎng bú tài hǎo.) — This is a bad influence.
1307	HSK 2	原因	yuányīn	reason; cause	是什么原因？(Shì shénme yuányīn?) — What's the reason?	原因很简单。(Yuányīn hěn jiǎndān.) — The reason is simple. 他迟到的原因是堵车。(Tā chídào de yuányīn shì dǔchē.) — He was late because of traffic. 我不知道原因。(Wǒ bù zhīdào yuányīn.) — I don't know the reason. 请说明原因。(Qǐng shuōmíng yuányīn.) — Please explain why. 原因有很多。(Yuányīn yǒu hěn duō.) — There are many reasons.
1308	HSK 2	作用	zuòyòng	function; effect	这个药作用很大。(Zhège yào zuòyòng hěn dà.) — This medicine is very effective.	运动对身体有作用。(Yùndòng duì shēntǐ yǒu zuòyòng.) — Exercise has an effect on the body. 他起了很大作用。(Tā qǐle hěn dà zuòyòng.) — He played a big part. 这个办法没什么作用。(Zhège bànfǎ méi shénme zuòyòng.) — This approach doesn't do much. 老师的话很有作用。(Lǎoshī de huà hěn yǒu zuòyòng.) — The teacher's words had real effect. 说了也没作用。(Shuōle yě méi zuòyòng.) — Saying it won't help.
1309	HSK 2	做法	zuòfǎ	method; way of doing	这个做法很好。(Zhège zuòfǎ hěn hǎo.) — This approach is good.	我不同意他的做法。(Wǒ bù tóngyì tā de zuòfǎ.) — I don't agree with how he did it. 请教我这个菜的做法。(Qǐng jiāo wǒ zhège cài de zuòfǎ.) — Please teach me how to make this dish. 这种做法不对。(Zhè zhǒng zuòfǎ bú duì.) — This way of doing it is wrong. 每个人的做法不同。(Měi gè rén de zuòfǎ bùtóng.) — Everyone does it differently. 新做法比较快。(Xīn zuòfǎ bǐjiào kuài.) — The new method is faster.

11. Verbs: Daily Action & Movement (动词 - dòngcí)

✏️ Usage: 不 / 没 + Verb

💡 Grammar Tip: No Conjugation!

Chinese verbs never change form. There are no conjugations for person, tense, or plurality. Example: 是 (shì) is "to be" (am, is, are) and never changes. Negate general verbs using 不 (bù), but always negate 有 (yǒu) using 没 (méi).

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
1536	HSK 2	爬	pá	to climb; to crawl	我们去爬山吧。(Wǒmen qù páshān ba.) — Let's go hiking.	猫爬到树上了。(Māo pádào shù shàng le.) — The cat climbed up the tree. 爬楼梯很累。(Pá lóutī hěn lèi.) — Climbing stairs is tiring. 孩子会爬了。(Háizi huì pá le.) — The baby can crawl now. 他爬得很快。(Tā pá de hěn kuài.) — He climbs fast. 爬到山顶要两小时。(Pádào shāndǐng yào liǎng xiǎoshí.) — It takes two hours to climb to the top.
1542	HSK 2	离开	líkāi	to depart; to leave	他离开了北京。(Tā líkāile Běijīng.) — He left Beijing.	请别离开我。(Qǐng bié líkāi wǒ.) — Please don't leave me. 我明天离开。(Wǒ míngtiān líkāi.) — I'm leaving tomorrow. 离开的时候关灯。(Líkāi de shíhou guān dēng.) — Turn off the light when you leave. 他离开公司三年了。(Tā líkāi gōngsī sān nián le.) — He left the company three years ago. 我们几点离开？(Wǒmen jǐ diǎn líkāi?) — What time are we leaving?
1567	HSK 2	变	biàn	to change	天气变了。(Tiānqì biàn le.) — The weather has changed.	他变了很多。(Tā biànle hěn duō.) — He's changed a lot. 这个城市变得很快。(Zhège chéngshì biàn de hěn kuài.) — This city is changing fast. 心情变好了。(Xīnqíng biàn hǎo le.) — My mood has improved. 天变黑了。(Tiān biàn hēi le.) — It's got dark. 计划不能常变。(Jìhuà bù néng cháng biàn.) — Plans shouldn't change often.
1568	HSK 2	变成	biànchéng	to turn into; to become	他变成了好学生。(Tā biànchéngle hǎo xuésheng.) — He became a good student.	水变成了冰。(Shuǐ biànchéngle bīng.) — The water turned to ice. 这里变成了公园。(Zhèlǐ biànchéngle gōngyuán.) — This place has become a park. 小村子变成了城市。(Xiǎo cūnzi biànchéngle chéngshì.) — The small village became a city. 她变成了我的好朋友。(Tā biànchéngle wǒ de hǎo péngyou.) — She became a good friend of mine. 问题变成了大事。(Wèntí biànchéngle dàshì.) — The problem turned into a big deal.
1569	HSK 2	超过	chāoguò	to exceed; to surpass	他超过了我。(Tā chāoguòle wǒ.) — He overtook me.	人数超过一百了。(Rénshù chāoguò yìbǎi le.) — The number exceeded a hundred. 别超过速度。(Bié chāoguò sùdù.) — Don't exceed the speed limit. 时间超过了一小时。(Shíjiān chāoguòle yì xiǎoshí.) — It went over an hour. 价格超过了我的预算。(Jiàgé chāoguòle wǒ de yùsuàn.) — The price went over my budget. 他的成绩超过了我。(Tā de chéngjì chāoguòle wǒ.) — His marks are better than mine.
1570	HSK 2	成	chéng	to become; to succeed	他成了老师。(Tā chéngle lǎoshī.) — He became a teacher.	这件事成了。(Zhè jiàn shì chéng le.) — It worked out. 我们成了好朋友。(Wǒmen chéngle hǎo péngyou.) — We became good friends. 事情没成。(Shìqing méi chéng.) — It didn't work out. 这样做成吗？(Zhèyàng zuò chéng ma?) — Will doing it this way work? 他把小店做成了大公司。(Tā bǎ xiǎo diàn zuòchéngle dà gōngsī.) — He turned a small shop into a big company.
1571	HSK 2	成为	chéngwéi	to become	他成为了一名医生。(Tā chéngwéile yì míng yīshēng.) — He became a doctor.	这成为了我们的习惯。(Zhè chéngwéile wǒmen de xíguàn.) — This became our habit. 她成为了班长。(Tā chéngwéile bānzhǎng.) — She became class monitor. 我想成为老师。(Wǒ xiǎng chéngwéi lǎoshī.) — I want to become a teacher. 这里成为了有名的地方。(Zhèlǐ chéngwéile yǒumíng de dìfang.) — This became a famous place. 他成为了我的老师。(Tā chéngwéile wǒ de lǎoshī.) — He became my teacher.
1572	HSK 2	出现	chūxiàn	to appear	问题出现了。(Wèntí chūxiàn le.) — A problem has come up.	他突然出现了。(Tā tūrán chūxiàn le.) — He appeared suddenly. 太阳出现在云后。(Tàiyáng chūxiàn zài yún hòu.) — The sun appeared from behind the clouds. 这个词常常出现。(Zhège cí chángcháng chūxiàn.) — This word comes up often. 新问题又出现了。(Xīn wèntí yòu chūxiàn le.) — Another problem has appeared. 他没有出现。(Tā méiyǒu chūxiàn.) — He didn't show up.
1573	HSK 2	吹	chuī	to blow	风吹得很大。(Fēng chuī de hěn dà.) — The wind is blowing hard.	请吹一下蜡烛。(Qǐng chuī yíxià làzhú.) — Please blow out the candles. 他会吹口哨。(Tā huì chuī kǒushào.) — He can whistle. 风把纸吹走了。(Fēng bǎ zhǐ chuīzǒu le.) — The wind blew the paper away. 外面吹着冷风。(Wàimiàn chuīzhe lěng fēng.) — A cold wind is blowing outside. 吹吹就凉了。(Chuīchui jiù liáng le.) — Blow on it and it'll cool down.
1574	HSK 2	倒	dào	to pour	杯子倒了。(Bēizi dǎo le.) — The cup fell over.	请给我倒杯水。(Qǐng gěi wǒ dào bēi shuǐ.) — Please pour me a glass of water. 树被风吹倒了。(Shù bèi fēng chuīdǎo le.) — The tree was blown over. 他倒了一杯茶。(Tā dàole yì bēi chá.) — He poured a cup of tea. 小心别倒了。(Xiǎoxīn bié dǎo le.) — Careful, don't knock it over. 把水倒掉吧。(Bǎ shuǐ dàodiào ba.) — Pour the water away.
1575	HSK 2	掉	diào	to drop; to fall	钱包掉了。(Qiánbāo diào le.) — I dropped my wallet.	东西掉在地上了。(Dōngxi diào zài dì shàng le.) — The thing fell on the floor. 别把书掉了。(Bié bǎ shū diào le.) — Don't drop the book. 树叶掉下来了。(Shùyè diào xiàlái le.) — The leaves have fallen. 他的手机掉水里了。(Tā de shǒujī diào shuǐ lǐ le.) — His phone fell in the water. 把坏习惯改掉。(Bǎ huài xíguàn gǎidiào.) — Get rid of the bad habit.
1576	HSK 2	发现	fāxiàn	to discover	我发现了一个问题。(Wǒ fāxiànle yí gè wèntí.) — I found a problem.	他发现钱包不见了。(Tā fāxiàn qiánbāo bú jiàn le.) — He realised his wallet was gone. 我发现你变了。(Wǒ fāxiàn nǐ biàn le.) — I've noticed you've changed. 后来我才发现。(Hòulái wǒ cái fāxiàn.) — I only realised later. 她发现了一家好店。(Tā fāxiànle yì jiā hǎo diàn.) — She discovered a good shop. 没人发现这件事。(Méi rén fāxiàn zhè jiàn shì.) — Nobody noticed this.
1577	HSK 2	放下	fàngxià	to put down	请把书放下。(Qǐng bǎ shū fàngxià.) — Please put the book down.	他放下电话就走了。(Tā fàngxià diànhuà jiù zǒu le.) — He put down the phone and left. 放下手机吃饭吧。(Fàngxià shǒujī chīfàn ba.) — Put your phone down and eat. 把东西放下就行。(Bǎ dōngxi fàngxià jiù xíng.) — Just put the things down. 他放不下这件事。(Tā fàng bu xià zhè jiàn shì.) — He can't let this go. 放下心吧，没事的。(Fàngxià xīn ba, méishì de.) — Set your mind at rest, it's fine.
1578	HSK 2	分开	fēnkāi	to separate	我们分开走吧。(Wǒmen fēnkāi zǒu ba.) — Let's go separately.	把它们分开放。(Bǎ tāmen fēnkāi fàng.) — Put them separately. 他们分开三年了。(Tāmen fēnkāi sān nián le.) — They've been apart for three years. 请分开付钱。(Qǐng fēnkāi fù qián.) — Please pay separately. 这两件事要分开看。(Zhè liǎng jiàn shì yào fēnkāi kàn.) — These two matters should be seen separately. 分开以后他很难过。(Fēnkāi yǐhòu tā hěn nánguò.) — He was upset after they parted.
1579	HSK 2	改	gǎi	to change; to alter	请改一下这个字。(Qǐng gǎi yíxià zhège zì.) — Please correct this character.	他改了计划。(Tā gǎile jìhuà.) — He changed the plan. 老师在改作业。(Lǎoshī zài gǎi zuòyè.) — The teacher is marking homework. 这个习惯很难改。(Zhège xíguàn hěn nán gǎi.) — This habit is hard to change. 我把时间改成三点。(Wǒ bǎ shíjiān gǎichéng sān diǎn.) — I changed the time to three. 错了就改。(Cuòle jiù gǎi.) — If it's wrong, fix it.
1580	HSK 2	改变	gǎibiàn	to change; transformation	他改变了很多。(Tā gǎibiànle hěn duō.) — He's changed a lot.	这件事改变了我。(Zhè jiàn shì gǎibiànle wǒ.) — This changed me. 我不能改变什么。(Wǒ bù néng gǎibiàn shénme.) — I can't change anything. 天气改变了计划。(Tiānqì gǎibiànle jìhuà.) — The weather changed our plans. 他改变了主意。(Tā gǎibiànle zhǔyi.) — He changed his mind. 改变需要时间。(Gǎibiàn xūyào shíjiān.) — Change takes time.
1581	HSK 2	过来	guòlái	to come over	请过来一下。(Qǐng guòlái yíxià.) — Please come over here.	他过来跟我说话。(Tā guòlái gēn wǒ shuōhuà.) — He came over to talk to me. 你什么时候过来？(Nǐ shénme shíhou guòlái?) — When are you coming over? 把椅子搬过来。(Bǎ yǐzi bān guòlái.) — Bring the chair over. 他过来看我了。(Tā guòlái kàn wǒ le.) — He came over to see me. 过来吃饭吧。(Guòlái chīfàn ba.) — Come over and eat.
1582	HSK 2	换	huàn	to exchange; to change	我想换个房间。(Wǒ xiǎng huàn gè fángjiān.) — I'd like to change rooms.	请换一件大的。(Qǐng huàn yí jiàn dà de.) — Please change it for a bigger one. 他换工作了。(Tā huàn gōngzuò le.) — He changed jobs. 进门要换鞋。(Jìnmén yào huàn xié.) — Change your shoes when you come in. 我们换个地方吧。(Wǒmen huàn gè dìfang ba.) — Let's go somewhere else. 换个说法比较好。(Huàn gè shuōfǎ bǐjiào hǎo.) — It's better put another way.
1583	HSK 2	见到	jiàndào	to meet; to see	很高兴见到你。(Hěn gāoxìng jiàndào nǐ.) — Nice to meet you.	昨天我见到他了。(Zuótiān wǒ jiàndào tā le.) — I saw him yesterday. 我没见到你。(Wǒ méi jiàndào nǐ.) — I didn't see you. 见到他请告诉我。(Jiàndào tā qǐng gàosu wǒ.) — Let me know if you see him. 好久没见到你了。(Hǎojiǔ méi jiàndào nǐ le.) — I haven't seen you in ages. 希望能再见到你。(Xīwàng néng zài jiàndào nǐ.) — I hope to see you again.
1584	HSK 2	见过	jiànguò	have seen/met before	我见过他一次。(Wǒ jiànguo tā yí cì.) — I've met him once.	你见过这个人吗？(Nǐ jiànguo zhège rén ma?) — Have you seen this person? 我从没见过海。(Wǒ cóng méi jiànguo hǎi.) — I've never seen the sea. 这个我见过。(Zhège wǒ jiànguo.) — I've seen this before. 他见过很多世面。(Tā jiànguo hěn duō shìmiàn.) — He's seen a lot of the world. 我们以前见过面。(Wǒmen yǐqián jiànguo miàn.) — We've met before.
1585	HSK 2	进入	jìnrù	to enter	请进入教室。(Qǐng jìnrù jiàoshì.) — Please enter the classroom.	他进入了大学。(Tā jìnrùle dàxué.) — He got into university. 车不能进入这条路。(Chē bù néng jìnrù zhè tiáo lù.) — Cars can't enter this road. 我们进入了新阶段。(Wǒmen jìnrùle xīn jiēduàn.) — We've entered a new stage. 天气进入了冬天。(Tiānqì jìnrùle dōngtiān.) — The weather has moved into winter. 禁止进入。(Jìnzhǐ jìnrù.) — No entry.
1586	HSK 2	进行	jìnxíng	to carry out; to proceed	会议正在进行。(Huìyì zhèngzài jìnxíng.) — The meeting is in progress.	比赛进行得很顺利。(Bǐsài jìnxíng de hěn shùnlì.) — The match is going smoothly. 工作还在进行。(Gōngzuò hái zài jìnxíng.) — The work is still under way. 请按计划进行。(Qǐng àn jìhuà jìnxíng.) — Please proceed as planned. 考试明天进行。(Kǎoshì míngtiān jìnxíng.) — The exam takes place tomorrow. 事情进行到一半。(Shìqing jìnxíng dào yíbàn.) — Things are halfway done.
1587	HSK 2	经过	jīngguò	to pass by; via	我每天经过这里。(Wǒ měitiān jīngguò zhèlǐ.) — I pass by here every day.	经过学校往右走。(Jīngguò xuéxiào wǎng yòu zǒu.) — Turn right after the school. 经过努力他成功了。(Jīngguò nǔlì tā chénggōng le.) — Through hard work he succeeded. 车经过了三个站。(Chē jīngguòle sān gè zhàn.) — The bus passed three stops. 经过一年，他变了。(Jīngguò yì nián, tā biàn le.) — After a year, he changed. 请说说事情的经过。(Qǐng shuōshuo shìqing de jīngguò.) — Please tell me what happened.
1588	HSK 2	举	jǔ	to lift; to raise	请举手。(Qǐng jǔ shǒu.) — Please raise your hand.	他举了一个例子。(Tā jǔle yí gè lìzi.) — He gave an example. 这个太重，我举不动。(Zhège tài zhòng, wǒ jǔ bu dòng.) — This is too heavy, I can't lift it. 知道的请举手。(Zhīdào de qǐng jǔ shǒu.) — Raise your hand if you know. 他举起了杯子。(Tā jǔqǐle bēizi.) — He raised his glass. 老师举了很多例子。(Lǎoshī jǔle hěn duō lìzi.) — The teacher gave many examples.
1589	HSK 2	靠	kào	to lean on; to rely on	他靠在墙上。(Tā kào zài qiáng shàng.) — He's leaning against the wall.	这个城市靠海。(Zhège chéngshì kào hǎi.) — This city is by the sea. 这件事要靠你了。(Zhè jiàn shì yào kào nǐ le.) — This is down to you now. 别靠太近。(Bié kào tài jìn.) — Don't get too close. 他靠工作养家。(Tā kào gōngzuò yǎngjiā.) — He supports his family by working. 椅子靠着桌子。(Yǐzi kàozhe zhuōzi.) — The chair is against the table.
1590	HSK 2	拉	lā	to pull	请拉门，别推。(Qǐng lā mén, bié tuī.) — Pull the door, don't push.	他拉着我的手。(Tā lāzhe wǒ de shǒu.) — He's holding my hand. 把椅子拉过来。(Bǎ yǐzi lā guòlái.) — Pull the chair over. 妈妈拉着孩子过马路。(Māma lāzhe háizi guò mǎlù.) — Mum leads the child across the road. 他会拉小提琴。(Tā huì lā xiǎotíqín.) — He can play the violin. 别拉我的衣服。(Bié lā wǒ de yīfu.) — Don't pull my clothes.
1591	HSK 2	来自	láizì	to come from	我来自中国。(Wǒ láizì Zhōngguó.) — I'm from China.	他来自一个小城市。(Tā láizì yí gè xiǎo chéngshì.) — He's from a small city. 这些学生来自很多国家。(Zhèxiē xuésheng láizì hěn duō guójiā.) — These students come from many countries. 这个消息来自新闻。(Zhège xiāoxi láizì xīnwén.) — This news comes from the paper. 她来自南方。(Tā láizì nánfāng.) — She's from the south. 你来自哪里？(Nǐ láizì nǎlǐ?) — Where are you from?
1592	HSK 2	流	liú	to flow	河水流得很快。(Héshuǐ liú de hěn kuài.) — The river flows fast.	他流了很多汗。(Tā liúle hěn duō hàn.) — He sweated a lot. 她流泪了。(Tā liúlèi le.) — She shed tears. 水从这里流出来。(Shuǐ cóng zhèlǐ liú chūlái.) — Water flows out from here. 血流出来了。(Xiě liú chūlái le.) — It's bleeding. 时间像水一样流。(Shíjiān xiàng shuǐ yíyàng liú.) — Time flows like water.
1593	HSK 2	拿出	náchū	to take out	他从包里拿出书。(Tā cóng bāo lǐ náchū shū.) — He took a book out of his bag.	请拿出你的护照。(Qǐng náchū nǐ de hùzhào.) — Please take out your passport. 她拿出手机看时间。(Tā náchū shǒujī kàn shíjiān.) — She took out her phone to check the time. 请把作业拿出来。(Qǐng bǎ zuòyè ná chūlái.) — Please take out your homework. 他拿出钱付账。(Tā náchū qián fùzhàng.) — He took out money to pay. 拿出勇气试一试。(Náchū yǒngqì shì yi shì.) — Summon your courage and try.
1594	HSK 2	拿到	nádào	to get hold of	我拿到了护照。(Wǒ nádàole hùzhào.) — I got my passport.	他拿到了第一名。(Tā nádàole dì yī míng.) — He took first place. 我还没拿到工资。(Wǒ hái méi nádào gōngzī.) — I haven't got my wages yet. 你拿到票了吗？(Nǐ nádào piào le ma?) — Did you get the tickets? 她拿到了好成绩。(Tā nádàole hǎo chéngjì.) — She got good marks. 明天能拿到结果。(Míngtiān néng nádào jiéguǒ.) — The result comes tomorrow.
1595	HSK 2	能够	nénggòu	to be able to	他能够做好这件事。(Tā nénggòu zuòhǎo zhè jiàn shì.) — He's able to do this well.	我能够帮你。(Wǒ nénggòu bāng nǐ.) — I can help you. 希望能够再见面。(Xīwàng nénggòu zài jiànmiàn.) — I hope we can meet again. 只要努力就能够成功。(Zhǐyào nǔlì jiù nénggòu chénggōng.) — With effort you can succeed. 他能够说三种语言。(Tā nénggòu shuō sān zhǒng yǔyán.) — He can speak three languages. 我不能够同意。(Wǒ bù nénggòu tóngyì.) — I can't agree.
1596	HSK 2	弄	nòng	to do; to make; to mess with	别弄坏了。(Bié nònghuài le.) — Don't break it.	他把房间弄乱了。(Tā bǎ fángjiān nòngluàn le.) — He made a mess of the room. 我弄不明白。(Wǒ nòng bu míngbai.) — I can't work it out. 把衣服弄干净。(Bǎ yīfu nòng gānjìng.) — Get the clothes clean. 是谁弄的？(Shì shéi nòng de?) — Who did this? 他弄丢了钥匙。(Tā nòngdiūle yàoshi.) — He lost the keys.
1597	HSK 2	排	pái	to line up; row	请排队。(Qǐng páiduì.) — Please queue up.	前面排了很多人。(Qiánmiàn páile hěn duō rén.) — There's a long queue ahead. 桌子排成一行。(Zhuōzi páichéng yì háng.) — The tables are lined up in a row. 我排在他后面。(Wǒ pái zài tā hòumiàn.) — I'm queuing behind him. 第一排有空位。(Dì yī pái yǒu kòngwèi.) — There are free seats in the first row. 请按顺序排好。(Qǐng àn shùnxù páihǎo.) — Please line up in order.
1598	HSK 2	碰	pèng	to touch; to bump into	小心别碰坏了。(Xiǎoxīn bié pènghuài le.) — Careful not to knock it over.	他碰了一下我的手。(Tā pèngle yíxià wǒ de shǒu.) — He touched my hand. 别碰这个。(Bié pèng zhège.) — Don't touch this. 我的头碰到门了。(Wǒ de tóu pèngdào mén le.) — I bumped my head on the door. 两辆车碰了一下。(Liǎng liàng chē pèngle yíxià.) — The two cars bumped. 杯子碰倒了。(Bēizi pèngdǎo le.) — The cup got knocked over.
1599	HSK 2	碰到	pèngdào	to run into; to encounter	我路上碰到了他。(Wǒ lùshang pèngdàole tā.) — I ran into him on the way.	碰到问题就问我。(Pèngdào wèntí jiù wèn wǒ.) — Ask me if you run into problems. 昨天碰到一件怪事。(Zuótiān pèngdào yí jiàn guàishì.) — Something odd happened yesterday. 我碰到了老朋友。(Wǒ pèngdàole lǎo péngyou.) — I bumped into an old friend. 碰到下雨就别去了。(Pèngdào xiàyǔ jiù bié qù le.) — Don't go if it rains. 他碰到了困难。(Tā pèngdàole kùnnan.) — He ran into difficulties.
1600	HSK 2	碰见	pèngjiàn	to run into; to meet by chance	我在超市碰见他了。(Wǒ zài chāoshì pèngjiàn tā le.) — I bumped into him at the supermarket.	真巧，碰见你了！(Zhēn qiǎo, pèngjiàn nǐ le!) — What a coincidence, running into you! 昨天碰见了老同学。(Zuótiān pèngjiànle lǎo tóngxué.) — I ran into an old classmate yesterday. 我常在路上碰见她。(Wǒ cháng zài lùshang pèngjiàn tā.) — I often see her on the way. 没想到会碰见你。(Méi xiǎngdào huì pèngjiàn nǐ.) — I didn't expect to run into you. 他碰见了以前的老师。(Tā pèngjiànle yǐqián de lǎoshī.) — He ran into his old teacher.
1601	HSK 2	取	qǔ	to get; to take; to fetch	我去银行取钱。(Wǒ qù yínháng qǔ qián.) — I'm going to the bank to withdraw money.	请来取你的东西。(Qǐng lái qǔ nǐ de dōngxi.) — Please come and collect your things. 他去取票了。(Tā qù qǔ piào le.) — He's gone to pick up the tickets. 明天可以来取。(Míngtiān kěyǐ lái qǔ.) — You can collect it tomorrow. 取钱要带卡。(Qǔ qián yào dài kǎ.) — Bring your card to withdraw money. 我给孩子取了名字。(Wǒ gěi háizi qǔle míngzi.) — I chose a name for the child.
1602	HSK 2	取得	qǔdé	to obtain; to achieve	他取得了好成绩。(Tā qǔdéle hǎo chéngjì.) — He achieved good results.	我们取得了成功。(Wǒmen qǔdéle chénggōng.) — We were successful. 她取得了第一名。(Tā qǔdéle dì yī míng.) — She took first place. 这次比赛取得了好结果。(Zhè cì bǐsài qǔdéle hǎo jiéguǒ.) — The match had a good outcome. 努力才能取得进步。(Nǔlì cái néng qǔdé jìnbù.) — Only effort brings progress. 他取得了大家的信任。(Tā qǔdéle dàjiā de xìnrèn.) — He earned everyone's trust.
1603	HSK 2	实现	shíxiàn	to realize; to achieve	他的理想实现了。(Tā de lǐxiǎng shíxiàn le.) — His dream came true.	这个计划很难实现。(Zhège jìhuà hěn nán shíxiàn.) — This plan is hard to realise. 努力就能实现目标。(Nǔlì jiù néng shíxiàn mùbiāo.) — With effort you can reach your goal. 希望能实现。(Xīwàng néng shíxiàn.) — I hope it comes true. 她实现了自己的梦想。(Tā shíxiànle zìjǐ de mèngxiǎng.) — She achieved her dream. 这个想法实现不了。(Zhège xiǎngfǎ shíxiàn bu liǎo.) — This idea can't be realised.
1604	HSK 2	使用	shǐyòng	to use	请正确使用。(Qǐng zhèngquè shǐyòng.) — Please use it correctly.	这个东西怎么使用？(Zhège dōngxi zěnme shǐyòng?) — How do you use this? 使用前请看说明。(Shǐyòng qián qǐng kàn shuōmíng.) — Please read the instructions before use. 他会使用计算机。(Tā huì shǐyòng jìsuànjī.) — He can use a computer. 这个词很少使用。(Zhège cí hěn shǎo shǐyòng.) — This word is rarely used. 使用手机要小心。(Shǐyòng shǒujī yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful using your phone.
1605	HSK 2	收	shōu	to receive; to collect	我收到了你的信。(Wǒ shōudàole nǐ de xìn.) — I received your letter.	请收好你的东西。(Qǐng shōuhǎo nǐ de dōngxi.) — Please put your things away. 这里不收现金。(Zhèlǐ bù shōu xiànjīn.) — We don't take cash here. 老师在收作业。(Lǎoshī zài shōu zuòyè.) — The teacher is collecting homework. 请把桌子收一下。(Qǐng bǎ zhuōzi shōu yíxià.) — Please clear the table. 他收了我的礼物。(Tā shōule wǒ de lǐwù.) — He accepted my gift.
1606	HSK 2	收到	shōudào	to receive	你收到我的短信了吗？(Nǐ shōudào wǒ de duǎnxìn le ma?) — Did you get my text?	我收到了一个礼物。(Wǒ shōudàole yí gè lǐwù.) — I received a gift. 他还没收到消息。(Tā hái méi shōudào xiāoxi.) — He hasn't had the news yet. 收到请回信。(Shōudào qǐng huíxìn.) — Please reply on receipt. 我昨天收到了包裹。(Wǒ zuótiān shōudàole bāoguǒ.) — I received the parcel yesterday. 没收到就再发一次。(Méi shōudào jiù zài fā yí cì.) — Send it again if it didn't arrive.
1607	HSK 2	受到	shòudào	to receive; to be subjected to	他受到了表扬。(Tā shòudàole biǎoyáng.) — He was praised.	我受到了很好的招待。(Wǒ shòudàole hěn hǎo de zhāodài.) — I was well looked after. 这件事受到了影响。(Zhè jiàn shì shòudàole yǐngxiǎng.) — This was affected. 她受到大家的欢迎。(Tā shòudào dàjiā de huānyíng.) — She's well liked by everyone. 他受到了老师的帮助。(Tā shòudàole lǎoshī de bāngzhù.) — He received help from his teacher. 这本书受到很多人喜欢。(Zhè běn shū shòudào hěn duō rén xǐhuan.) — This book is liked by many.
1608	HSK 2	算	suàn	to calculate; to count as	让我算一下。(Ràng wǒ suàn yíxià.) — Let me work it out.	你算错了。(Nǐ suàn cuò le.) — You calculated it wrong. 这个不算贵。(Zhège bú suàn guì.) — This isn't what I'd call expensive. 算了，别生气了。(Suàn le, bié shēngqì le.) — Forget it, don't be angry. 他算是我的老师。(Tā suànshì wǒ de lǎoshī.) — He counts as my teacher. 一共多少钱，请算算。(Yígòng duōshǎo qián, qǐng suànsuan.) — How much altogether, please add it up.
1609	HSK 2	提	tí	to raise; to carry (by hand)	他提了个问题。(Tā tíle gè wèntí.) — He raised a question.	包很重，我提不动。(Bāo hěn zhòng, wǒ tí bu dòng.) — The bag is heavy, I can't lift it. 请提一些意见。(Qǐng tí yìxiē yìjiàn.) — Please offer some feedback. 别再提这件事了。(Bié zài tí zhè jiàn shì le.) — Don't bring this up again. 他提着包走了。(Tā tízhe bāo zǒu le.) — He walked off carrying the bag. 我想提个建议。(Wǒ xiǎng tí gè jiànyì.) — I'd like to make a suggestion.
1610	HSK 2	提高	tígāo	to raise; to improve	我要提高汉语水平。(Wǒ yào tígāo Hànyǔ shuǐpíng.) — I want to improve my Chinese.	他的成绩提高了。(Tā de chéngjì tígāo le.) — His marks have improved. 多练习才能提高。(Duō liànxí cái néng tígāo.) — Only practice brings improvement. 价格提高了一点。(Jiàgé tígāole yìdiǎn.) — The price has gone up a bit. 请提高声音。(Qǐng tígāo shēngyīn.) — Please speak up. 生活水平提高了。(Shēnghuó shuǐpíng tígāo le.) — Living standards have risen.
1611	HSK 2	停	tíng	to stop	雨停了。(Yǔ tíng le.) — The rain has stopped.	车停在门口。(Chē tíng zài ménkǒu.) — The car is parked at the door. 请停一下。(Qǐng tíng yíxià.) — Please stop for a moment. 这里不能停车。(Zhèlǐ bù néng tíngchē.) — You can't park here. 音乐停了。(Yīnyuè tíng le.) — The music stopped. 他说个不停。(Tā shuō gè bù tíng.) — He won't stop talking.
1612	HSK 2	通	tōng	to go through; to connect	电话打不通。(Diànhuà dǎ bu tōng.) — I can't get through on the phone.	这条路通到火车站。(Zhè tiáo lù tōngdào huǒchēzhàn.) — This road leads to the station. 我想通了。(Wǒ xiǎngtōng le.) — I've figured it out. 路不通，要绕道。(Lù bù tōng, yào ràodào.) — The road is blocked, we need to go around. 这个词我读不通。(Zhège cí wǒ dú bu tōng.) — I can't make sense of this word. 现在电话通了。(Xiànzài diànhuà tōng le.) — The line's connected now.
1613	HSK 2	通过	tōngguò	to pass; through; via	他通过了考试。(Tā tōngguòle kǎoshì.) — He passed the exam.	通过学习我懂了很多。(Tōngguò xuéxí wǒ dǒngle hěn duō.) — I've learned a lot through studying. 车通过了大桥。(Chē tōngguòle dàqiáo.) — The car crossed the bridge. 通过朋友我认识了他。(Tōngguò péngyou wǒ rènshile tā.) — I met him through a friend. 这个计划通过了。(Zhège jìhuà tōngguò le.) — The plan was approved. 通过努力才能成功。(Tōngguò nǔlì cái néng chénggōng.) — Success comes through effort.
1614	HSK 2	推	tuī	to push	请推门。(Qǐng tuī mén.) — Please push the door.	他推着自行车走。(Tā tuīzhe zìxíngchē zǒu.) — He's pushing his bike along. 别推我。(Bié tuī wǒ.) — Don't push me. 会议推到下周了。(Huìyì tuīdào xià zhōu le.) — The meeting was pushed to next week. 把桌子推过去。(Bǎ zhuōzi tuī guòqù.) — Push the table over there. 他推开了窗户。(Tā tuīkāile chuānghu.) — He pushed the window open.
1615	HSK 2	完	wán	to finish; to be over	我吃完了。(Wǒ chīwán le.) — I've finished eating.	书看完了吗？(Shū kànwán le ma?) — Have you finished the book? 钱花完了。(Qián huāwán le.) — The money's all spent. 作业还没做完。(Zuòyè hái méi zuòwán.) — The homework isn't finished yet. 说完请举手。(Shuōwán qǐng jǔ shǒu.) — Raise your hand when you've finished. 这件事完了。(Zhè jiàn shì wán le.) — This matter is over.
1616	HSK 2	完成	wánchéng	to complete	我完成了作业。(Wǒ wánchéngle zuòyè.) — I've finished my homework.	工作还没完成。(Gōngzuò hái méi wánchéng.) — The work isn't done yet. 他按时完成了任务。(Tā ànshí wánchéngle rènwù.) — He completed the task on time. 这个计划完成了。(Zhège jìhuà wánchéng le.) — This plan has been carried out. 请在今天完成。(Qǐng zài jīntiān wánchéng.) — Please finish it today. 完成以后告诉我。(Wánchéng yǐhòu gàosu wǒ.) — Tell me when you're done.
1617	HSK 2	闻	wén	to smell; to hear (literary)	我闻到了饭香。(Wǒ wéndàole fàn xiāng.) — I can smell food cooking.	这个花很好闻。(Zhège huā hěn hǎowén.) — This flower smells lovely. 你闻一闻。(Nǐ wén yi wén.) — Have a smell. 房间里闻着很香。(Fángjiān lǐ wénzhe hěn xiāng.) — The room smells nice. 我什么也闻不到。(Wǒ shénme yě wén bu dào.) — I can't smell anything. 这个味道不好闻。(Zhège wèidào bù hǎowén.) — This smells unpleasant.
1618	HSK 2	响	xiǎng	to ring; to sound	电话响了。(Diànhuà xiǎng le.) — The phone rang.	外面很响。(Wàimiàn hěn xiǎng.) — It's loud outside. 音乐声太响了。(Yīnyuè shēng tài xiǎng le.) — The music is too loud. 门铃响了三次。(Ménlíng xiǎngle sān cì.) — The doorbell rang three times. 他的声音很响。(Tā de shēngyīn hěn xiǎng.) — His voice is loud. 闹钟六点响。(Nàozhōng liù diǎn xiǎng.) — The alarm goes off at six.
1619	HSK 2	像	xiàng	to resemble; to be like	他很像他爸爸。(Tā hěn xiàng tā bàba.) — He looks a lot like his dad.	这个像什么？(Zhège xiàng shénme?) — What does this look like? 今天像春天一样暖。(Jīntiān xiàng chūntiān yíyàng nuǎn.) — Today is as warm as spring. 你说话像老师。(Nǐ shuōhuà xiàng lǎoshī.) — You talk like a teacher. 这两个很像。(Zhè liǎng gè hěn xiàng.) — These two are very similar. 好像要下雨了。(Hǎoxiàng yào xiàyǔ le.) — It looks like rain.
1620	HSK 2	占	zhàn	to occupy; to make up (a percentage)	这个桌子占地方。(Zhège zhuōzi zhàn dìfang.) — This table takes up space.	他占了我的座位。(Tā zhànle wǒ de zuòwèi.) — He took my seat. 请别占位子。(Qǐng bié zhàn wèizi.) — Please don't save seats. 学生占大多数。(Xuésheng zhàn dà duōshù.) — Students make up the majority. 这件事占了很多时间。(Zhè jiàn shì zhànle hěn duō shíjiān.) — This took up a lot of time. 书占了半个桌子。(Shū zhànle bàn gè zhuōzi.) — The books take up half the table.
1621	HSK 2	站住	zhànzhù	to stand still; to halt	站住！别走！(Zhànzhù! Bié zǒu!) — Stop! Don't go!	他听见就站住了。(Tā tīngjiàn jiù zhànzhù le.) — He stopped when he heard. 请站住等一下。(Qǐng zhànzhù děng yíxià.) — Please stop and wait a moment. 孩子站住不动了。(Háizi zhànzhù bú dòng le.) — The child stood still. 风太大，站不住。(Fēng tài dà, zhàn bu zhù.) — The wind's too strong to stand. 他站住看了看。(Tā zhànzhù kànle kàn.) — He stopped and had a look.
1622	HSK 2	长大	zhǎngdà	to grow up	他长大了。(Tā zhǎngdà le.) — He's grown up.	孩子长大得很快。(Háizi zhǎngdà de hěn kuài.) — Children grow up fast. 我在这里长大。(Wǒ zài zhèlǐ zhǎngdà.) — I grew up here. 长大以后我想当医生。(Zhǎngdà yǐhòu wǒ xiǎng dāng yīshēng.) — When I grow up I want to be a doctor. 她长大了很多。(Tā zhǎngdàle hěn duō.) — She's grown a lot. 等你长大就懂了。(Děng nǐ zhǎngdà jiù dǒng le.) — You'll understand when you're older.
1623	HSK 2	找出	zhǎochū	to find out; to identify	我找出了问题。(Wǒ zhǎochūle wèntí.) — I found the problem.	请找出错误。(Qǐng zhǎochū cuòwù.) — Please find the mistakes. 他从包里找出钥匙。(Tā cóng bāo lǐ zhǎochū yàoshi.) — He found the keys in his bag. 找出原因很重要。(Zhǎochū yuányīn hěn zhòngyào.) — Finding the cause matters. 我找不出办法。(Wǒ zhǎo bu chū bànfǎ.) — I can't come up with a solution. 请找出这个词的意思。(Qǐng zhǎochū zhège cí de yìsi.) — Please find what this word means.
1624	HSK 2	装	zhuāng	to install; to pack; to pretend	他装了一箱书。(Tā zhuāngle yì xiāng shū.) — He packed a box of books.	请把东西装好。(Qǐng bǎ dōngxi zhuānghǎo.) — Please pack the things properly. 别装了，我知道。(Bié zhuāng le, wǒ zhīdào.) — Stop pretending, I know. 他装作不认识我。(Tā zhuāngzuò bú rènshi wǒ.) — He pretended not to know me. 箱子装满了。(Xiāngzi zhuāngmǎn le.) — The case is full. 我装了一个新软件。(Wǒ zhuāngle yí gè xīn ruǎnjiàn.) — I installed new software.
1625	HSK 2	走过	zǒuguò	to walk past	他从我面前走过。(Tā cóng wǒ miànqián zǒuguò.) — He walked past me.	走过这条街就到了。(Zǒuguò zhè tiáo jiē jiù dào le.) — Walk down this street and you're there. 我们走过了很多地方。(Wǒmen zǒuguòle hěn duō dìfang.) — We've been to many places. 刚才有人走过。(Gāngcái yǒu rén zǒuguò.) — Someone just walked by. 走过桥往左转。(Zǒuguò qiáo wǎng zuǒ zhuǎn.) — Cross the bridge and turn left. 这条路我走过很多次。(Zhè tiáo lù wǒ zǒuguò hěn duō cì.) — I've walked this road many times.
1626	HSK 2	走进	zǒujìn	to walk into	他走进了教室。(Tā zǒujìnle jiàoshì.) — He walked into the classroom.	她走进房间坐下。(Tā zǒujìn fángjiān zuòxià.) — She walked into the room and sat down. 走进店里看看吧。(Zǒujìn diàn lǐ kànkan ba.) — Let's go into the shop and look. 老师走进来了。(Lǎoshī zǒu jìnlái le.) — The teacher came in. 他走进了新的生活。(Tā zǒujìnle xīn de shēnghuó.) — He stepped into a new life. 请走进来坐。(Qǐng zǒu jìnlái zuò.) — Please come in and sit down.
1627	HSK 2	走开	zǒukāi	to go away	请走开一下。(Qǐng zǒukāi yíxià.) — Please step aside.	他生气地走开了。(Tā shēngqì de zǒukāi le.) — He walked off angrily. 猫看见人就走开。(Māo kànjiàn rén jiù zǒukāi.) — The cat walks off when it sees people. 走开，别打扰我。(Zǒukāi, bié dǎrǎo wǒ.) — Go away, don't bother me. 他一句话没说就走开了。(Tā yí jù huà méi shuō jiù zǒukāi le.) — He walked off without a word. 请让他走开。(Qǐng ràng tā zǒukāi.) — Please make him leave.
1628	HSK 2	组成	zǔchéng	to form; to compose	这个班由三十人组成。(Zhège bān yóu sānshí rén zǔchéng.) — This class is made up of thirty people.	水由两种东西组成。(Shuǐ yóu liǎng zhǒng dōngxi zǔchéng.) — Water is made of two things. 我们组成了一个小组。(Wǒmen zǔchéngle yí gè xiǎozǔ.) — We formed a group. 这本书由五部分组成。(Zhè běn shū yóu wǔ bùfen zǔchéng.) — This book has five parts. 他们组成了新公司。(Tāmen zǔchéngle xīn gōngsī.) — They formed a new company. 球队由十一人组成。(Qiúduì yóu shíyī rén zǔchéng.) — The team is made up of eleven players.
1629	HSK 2	做到	zuòdào	to accomplish	我做到了！(Wǒ zuòdào le!) — I did it!	说到就要做到。(Shuōdào jiù yào zuòdào.) — If you say it, do it. 这件事很难做到。(Zhè jiàn shì hěn nán zuòdào.) — This is hard to achieve. 他做到了自己的目标。(Tā zuòdàole zìjǐ de mùbiāo.) — He reached his goal. 我做不到。(Wǒ zuò bu dào.) — I can't do it. 只要努力就能做到。(Zhǐyào nǔlì jiù néng zuòdào.) — You can do it if you try.

12. Verbs: Communication & Learning (交流, 学习 - jiāoliú, xuéxí)

✏️ Usage: Verb + Object

💡 Grammar Tip: Verbs & Objects

Many Chinese verbs naturally combine with direct objects to form common activities (e.g., 读书 (dúshū) "read books", 写字 (xiězì) "write characters"). If you want to add details (like duration), the structure must adapt, often by repeating the verb or inserting details inside separable structures.

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
2048	HSK 2	卖	mài	to sell	这个多少钱卖？(Zhège duōshǎo qián mài?) — How much are you selling this for?	他在市场卖水果。(Tā zài shìchǎng mài shuǐguǒ.) — He sells fruit at the market. 东西卖完了。(Dōngxi màiwán le.) — Everything's sold out. 这本书卖得很好。(Zhè běn shū mài de hěn hǎo.) — This book sells well. 他把车卖了。(Tā bǎ chē mài le.) — He sold his car. 这里不卖酒。(Zhèlǐ bú mài jiǔ.) — We don't sell alcohol here.
2068	HSK 2	讨论	tǎolùn	to discuss	我们讨论一下吧。(Wǒmen tǎolùn yíxià ba.) — Let's discuss it.	大家在讨论这个问题。(Dàjiā zài tǎolùn zhège wèntí.) — Everyone's discussing this issue. 讨论了一个小时。(Tǎolùnle yí gè xiǎoshí.) — We discussed it for an hour. 这个问题值得讨论。(Zhège wèntí zhíde tǎolùn.) — This question is worth discussing. 请参加我们的讨论。(Qǐng cānjiā wǒmen de tǎolùn.) — Please join our discussion. 讨论以后再决定。(Tǎolùn yǐhòu zài juédìng.) — We'll decide after discussing it.
2072	HSK 2	借	jiè	to borrow; to lend	请借我一支笔。(Qǐng jiè wǒ yì zhī bǐ.) — Could you lend me a pen?	我从图书馆借了书。(Wǒ cóng túshūguǎn jièle shū.) — I borrowed a book from the library. 他借了我的车。(Tā jièle wǒ de chē.) — He borrowed my car. 借的东西要还。(Jiè de dōngxi yào huán.) — Borrowed things must be returned. 能借我点钱吗？(Néng jiè wǒ diǎn qián ma?) — Could you lend me some money? 这本书借三周。(Zhè běn shū jiè sān zhōu.) — This book can be borrowed for three weeks.
2089	HSK 2	示	shì	to show; to indicate (bound form)	请出示您的护照。(Qǐng chūshì nín de hùzhào.) — Please show your passport.	他表示同意。(Tā biǎoshì tóngyì.) — He indicated his agreement. 上面有一个表示。(Shàngmiàn yǒu yí gè biǎoshì.) — There's a sign above. 这个字表示什么？(Zhège zì biǎoshì shénme?) — What does this character indicate? 他向大家表示感谢。(Tā xiàng dàjiā biǎoshì gǎnxiè.) — He expressed his thanks to everyone. 请出示车票。(Qǐng chūshì chēpiào.) — Please show your ticket.
2090	HSK 2	不好意思	bùhǎoyìsi	embarrassed; sorry	不好意思，我迟到了。(Bù hǎoyìsi, wǒ chídào le.) — Sorry, I'm late.	不好意思，请让一下。(Bù hǎoyìsi, qǐng ràng yíxià.) — Excuse me, could I get past. 他有点不好意思。(Tā yǒudiǎn bù hǎoyìsi.) — He's a bit embarrassed. 不好意思麻烦你了。(Bù hǎoyìsi máfan nǐ le.) — Sorry to trouble you. 她不好意思说。(Tā bù hǎoyìsi shuō.) — She's too shy to say. 不好意思，我不知道。(Bù hǎoyìsi, wǒ bù zhīdào.) — Sorry, I don't know.
2091	HSK 2	查	chá	to check; to look up	我查了词典。(Wǒ chále cídiǎn.) — I looked it up in the dictionary.	请查一下时间。(Qǐng chá yíxià shíjiān.) — Please check the time. 老师在查作业。(Lǎoshī zài chá zuòyè.) — The teacher is checking homework. 我上网查一下。(Wǒ shàngwǎng chá yíxià.) — I'll look it up online. 警察在查车。(Jǐngchá zài chá chē.) — The police are checking cars. 这个词查不到。(Zhège cí chá bu dào.) — I can't find this word.
2092	HSK 2	称	chēng	to call; to be called	这个叫什么？我们称它为老张。(Zhège jiào shénme? Wǒmen chēng tā wéi Lǎo Zhāng.) — What's this called? We call him Lao Zhang.	请称一下重量。(Qǐng chēng yíxià zhòngliàng.) — Please weigh it. 他被称为好老师。(Tā bèi chēngwéi hǎo lǎoshī.) — He's known as a good teacher. 这个东西称三斤。(Zhège dōngxi chēng sān jīn.) — This weighs three jin. 大家都称他老王。(Dàjiā dōu chēng tā Lǎo Wáng.) — Everyone calls him Lao Wang. 请给我称两公斤。(Qǐng gěi wǒ chēng liǎng gōngjīn.) — Please weigh me out two kilos.
2093	HSK 2	重复	chóngfù	to repeat	请不要重复。(Qǐng búyào chóngfù.) — Please don't repeat it.	他重复了三遍。(Tā chóngfùle sān biàn.) — He said it three times. 这个词重复了。(Zhège cí chóngfù le.) — This word is repeated. 请重复一下问题。(Qǐng chóngfù yíxià wèntí.) — Please repeat the question. 重复练习才能记住。(Chóngfù liànxí cái néng jìzhù.) — Repeated practice is how you remember. 别重复同样的错误。(Bié chóngfù tóngyàng de cuòwù.) — Don't repeat the same mistake.
2094	HSK 2	答应	dāying	to agree; to promise	他答应帮我。(Tā dāying bāng wǒ.) — He agreed to help me.	妈妈答应了我。(Māma dāyingle wǒ.) — Mum said yes. 我答应过你的。(Wǒ dāyingguo nǐ de.) — I promised you. 他没答应这件事。(Tā méi dāying zhè jiàn shì.) — He didn't agree to it. 答应了就要做到。(Dāyingle jiù yào zuòdào.) — If you promise, you must deliver. 请你答应我一件事。(Qǐng nǐ dāying wǒ yí jiàn shì.) — Promise me one thing.
2095	HSK 2	得出	déchū	to arrive at (a conclusion)	我们得出了结论。(Wǒmen déchūle jiélùn.) — We reached a conclusion.	他得出了答案。(Tā déchūle dá'àn.) — He arrived at the answer. 从这里可以得出结果。(Cóng zhèlǐ kěyǐ déchū jiéguǒ.) — You can work out the result from this. 我得不出答案。(Wǒ dé bu chū dá'àn.) — I can't work out the answer. 经过讨论得出办法。(Jīngguò tǎolùn déchū bànfǎ.) — We found a solution through discussion. 这样能得出正确结果。(Zhèyàng néng déchū zhèngquè jiéguǒ.) — This gives the correct result.
2096	HSK 2	等于	děngyú	to equal; equivalent to	一加一等于二。(Yī jiā yī děngyú èr.) — One plus one equals two.	不说话等于同意。(Bù shuōhuà děngyú tóngyì.) — Saying nothing is the same as agreeing. 这等于没说。(Zhè děngyú méi shuō.) — That's as good as saying nothing. 一公斤等于两斤。(Yì gōngjīn děngyú liǎng jīn.) — One kilo equals two jin. 不去等于放弃。(Bú qù děngyú fàngqì.) — Not going amounts to giving up. 这个数等于多少？(Zhège shù děngyú duōshǎo?) — What does this equal?
2097	HSK 2	懂得	dǒngde	to understand; to know how to	他懂得很多道理。(Tā dǒngde hěn duō dàolǐ.) — He understands a great deal.	我懂得你的心情。(Wǒ dǒngde nǐ de xīnqíng.) — I understand how you feel. 要懂得关心别人。(Yào dǒngde guānxīn biéren.) — You should know how to care for others. 他还不懂得这个。(Tā hái bù dǒngde zhège.) — He doesn't understand this yet. 懂得感谢很重要。(Dǒngde gǎnxiè hěn zhòngyào.) — Knowing how to be grateful matters. 长大了才懂得父母。(Zhǎngdàle cái dǒngde fùmǔ.) — You only understand your parents when you grow up.
2098	HSK 2	对话	duìhuà	dialogue; conversation	我们对话了半小时。(Wǒmen duìhuàle bàn xiǎoshí.) — We talked for half an hour.	请听这段对话。(Qǐng tīng zhè duàn duìhuà.) — Please listen to this dialogue. 书上有很多对话。(Shū shàng yǒu hěn duō duìhuà.) — There are many dialogues in the book. 练习对话很有用。(Liànxí duìhuà hěn yǒuyòng.) — Practising dialogue is useful. 他们的对话很有意思。(Tāmen de duìhuà hěn yǒu yìsi.) — Their conversation is interesting. 请和同学对话。(Qǐng hé tóngxué duìhuà.) — Please have a dialogue with a classmate.
2099	HSK 2	发	fā	to send out; to issue	我给他发了短信。(Wǒ gěi tā fāle duǎnxìn.) — I sent him a text.	请发邮件给我。(Qǐng fā yóujiàn gěi wǒ.) — Please email me. 老师发了作业。(Lǎoshī fāle zuòyè.) — The teacher handed out the homework. 他发了很大的火。(Tā fāle hěn dà de huǒ.) — He got very angry. 公司发工资了。(Gōngsī fā gōngzī le.) — The company paid our wages. 我发不出声音。(Wǒ fā bu chū shēngyīn.) — I can't make a sound.
2100	HSK 2	放心	fàngxīn	to feel relieved; rest assured	请放心。(Qǐng fàngxīn.) — Don't worry.	我不放心他一个人去。(Wǒ bú fàngxīn tā yí gè rén qù.) — I'm uneasy about him going alone. 放心吧，没问题。(Fàngxīn ba, méi wèntí.) — Relax, it's fine. 妈妈总是不放心。(Māma zǒngshì bú fàngxīn.) — Mum always worries. 听到消息我就放心了。(Tīngdào xiāoxi wǒ jiù fàngxīn le.) — I felt relieved when I heard. 你放心，我会小心的。(Nǐ fàngxīn, wǒ huì xiǎoxīn de.) — Don't worry, I'll be careful.
2101	HSK 2	干杯	gānbēi	cheers! (a toast)	干杯！(Gānbēi!) — Cheers!	我们干杯吧。(Wǒmen gānbēi ba.) — Let's have a toast. 为友谊干杯！(Wèi yǒuyì gānbēi!) — To friendship! 大家一起干杯。(Dàjiā yìqǐ gānbēi.) — Everyone raise a glass. 他站起来干杯。(Tā zhàn qǐlái gānbēi.) — He stood up to toast. 为你的生日干杯！(Wèi nǐ de shēngrì gānbēi!) — To your birthday!
2102	HSK 2	感到	gǎndào	to feel	我感到很累。(Wǒ gǎndào hěn lèi.) — I feel very tired.	他感到有点冷。(Tā gǎndào yǒudiǎn lěng.) — He feels a bit cold. 我感到很高兴。(Wǒ gǎndào hěn gāoxìng.) — I feel very happy. 她感到很奇怪。(Tā gǎndào hěn qíguài.) — She found it strange. 我感到不太舒服。(Wǒ gǎndào bú tài shūfu.) — I don't feel well. 听到这个我感到难过。(Tīngdào zhège wǒ gǎndào nánguò.) — I felt sad hearing this.
2103	HSK 2	感动	gǎndòng	to be moved (emotionally)	这个故事很感动人。(Zhège gùshi hěn gǎndòng rén.) — This story is moving.	我很感动。(Wǒ hěn gǎndòng.) — I'm touched. 他的话让我感动。(Tā de huà ràng wǒ gǎndòng.) — His words moved me. 看完电影大家都感动了。(Kànwán diànyǐng dàjiā dōu gǎndòng le.) — Everyone was moved after the film. 这份礼物很让人感动。(Zhè fèn lǐwù hěn ràng rén gǎndòng.) — This gift is very touching. 她感动得哭了。(Tā gǎndòng de kū le.) — She was moved to tears.
2104	HSK 2	感觉	gǎnjué	to feel; feeling	我感觉很好。(Wǒ gǎnjué hěn hǎo.) — I feel good.	你感觉怎么样？(Nǐ gǎnjué zěnmeyàng?) — How do you feel? 我有种奇怪的感觉。(Wǒ yǒu zhǒng qíguài de gǎnjué.) — I have a strange feeling. 这个感觉很熟悉。(Zhège gǎnjué hěn shúxi.) — This feeling is familiar. 我感觉他不高兴。(Wǒ gǎnjué tā bù gāoxìng.) — I sense he's unhappy. 睡好了感觉真好。(Shuìhǎole gǎnjué zhēn hǎo.) — It feels great after a good sleep.
2105	HSK 2	感谢	gǎnxiè	to thank; to be grateful	非常感谢！(Fēicháng gǎnxiè!) — Thank you so much!	感谢你的帮助。(Gǎnxiè nǐ de bāngzhù.) — Thank you for your help. 我要感谢老师。(Wǒ yào gǎnxiè lǎoshī.) — I want to thank my teacher. 他向大家表示感谢。(Tā xiàng dàjiā biǎoshì gǎnxiè.) — He thanked everyone. 感谢大家来参加。(Gǎnxiè dàjiā lái cānjiā.) — Thank you all for coming. 真的很感谢你。(Zhēn de hěn gǎnxiè nǐ.) — I'm truly grateful to you.
2106	HSK 2	故事	gùshi	story	请讲个故事。(Qǐng jiǎng gè gùshi.) — Please tell a story.	这个故事很有意思。(Zhège gùshi hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This story is interesting. 妈妈给孩子讲故事。(Māma gěi háizi jiǎng gùshi.) — Mum tells the child a story. 这是个真实的故事。(Zhè shì gè zhēnshí de gùshi.) — This is a true story. 故事的结果很好。(Gùshi de jiéguǒ hěn hǎo.) — The story ends well. 我听过这个故事。(Wǒ tīngguo zhège gùshi.) — I've heard this story.
2107	HSK 2	关心	guānxīn	to care about	谢谢你的关心。(Xièxie nǐ de guānxīn.) — Thank you for your concern.	父母很关心孩子。(Fùmǔ hěn guānxīn háizi.) — Parents care about their children. 他不关心这件事。(Tā bù guānxīn zhè jiàn shì.) — He doesn't care about this. 要多关心别人。(Yào duō guānxīn biéren.) — Care more about others. 老师很关心学生。(Lǎoshī hěn guānxīn xuésheng.) — The teacher cares about the students. 我很关心你的身体。(Wǒ hěn guānxīn nǐ de shēntǐ.) — I'm concerned about your health.
2108	HSK 2	喊	hǎn	to shout	他大声喊我。(Tā dàshēng hǎn wǒ.) — He shouted for me loudly.	别喊了，我听见了。(Bié hǎn le, wǒ tīngjiàn le.) — Stop shouting, I heard you. 外面有人在喊。(Wàimiàn yǒu rén zài hǎn.) — Someone's shouting outside. 他喊了半天没人听见。(Tā hǎnle bàntiān méi rén tīngjiàn.) — He shouted for ages and nobody heard. 请喊他一声。(Qǐng hǎn tā yì shēng.) — Please give him a shout. 孩子高兴地喊起来。(Háizi gāoxìng de hǎn qǐlái.) — The child shouted with joy.
2109	HSK 2	加	jiā	to add	一加一等于二。(Yī jiā yī děngyú èr.) — One plus one equals two.	请加点水。(Qǐng jiā diǎn shuǐ.) — Please add some water. 车要加油了。(Chē yào jiāyóu le.) — The car needs fuel. 加我微信吧。(Jiā wǒ Wēixìn ba.) — Add me on WeChat. 再加一点糖。(Zài jiā yìdiǎn táng.) — Add a bit more sugar. 他加了很多班。(Tā jiāle hěn duō bān.) — He's worked a lot of overtime.
2110	HSK 2	讲	jiǎng	to speak; to explain	老师在讲课。(Lǎoshī zài jiǎngkè.) — The teacher is giving a lesson.	请讲慢一点。(Qǐng jiǎng màn yìdiǎn.) — Please speak more slowly. 他给我讲了一个故事。(Tā gěi wǒ jiǎngle yí gè gùshi.) — He told me a story. 这个道理很难讲。(Zhège dàolǐ hěn nán jiǎng.) — This is hard to explain. 请讲一下你的想法。(Qǐng jiǎng yíxià nǐ de xiǎngfǎ.) — Please share your thoughts. 他讲得很清楚。(Tā jiǎng de hěn qīngchu.) — He explains clearly.
2111	HSK 2	讲话	jiǎnghuà	to speak; to give a talk	请大家安静，他要讲话。(Qǐng dàjiā ānjìng, tā yào jiǎnghuà.) — Quiet please, he's going to speak.	他讲话很有意思。(Tā jiǎnghuà hěn yǒu yìsi.) — He's an interesting speaker. 校长的讲话很短。(Xiàozhǎng de jiǎnghuà hěn duǎn.) — The principal's speech was short. 上课别讲话。(Shàngkè bié jiǎnghuà.) — Don't talk during class. 他讲话的声音很大。(Tā jiǎnghuà de shēngyīn hěn dà.) — He speaks loudly. 请听他讲话。(Qǐng tīng tā jiǎnghuà.) — Please listen to him speak.
2112	HSK 2	叫作	jiàozuò	to be called; to be known as	这个叫作什么？(Zhège jiàozuò shénme?) — What is this called?	这种花叫作玫瑰。(Zhè zhǒng huā jiàozuò méigui.) — This flower is called a rose. 他叫作老李。(Tā jiàozuò Lǎo Lǐ.) — He's called Lao Li. 这个地方叫作西山。(Zhège dìfang jiàozuò Xīshān.) — This place is called Xishan. 这样的人叫作好人。(Zhèyàng de rén jiàozuò hǎorén.) — People like this are called good people. 中文里这叫作什么？(Zhōngwén lǐ zhè jiàozuò shénme?) — What's this called in Chinese?
2113	HSK 2	接受	jiēshòu	to accept	我接受你的意见。(Wǒ jiēshòu nǐ de yìjiàn.) — I accept your view.	他接受了这份工作。(Tā jiēshòule zhè fèn gōngzuò.) — He accepted the job. 请接受我的礼物。(Qǐng jiēshòu wǒ de lǐwù.) — Please accept my gift. 这个结果很难接受。(Zhège jiéguǒ hěn nán jiēshòu.) — This result is hard to accept. 他不接受别人的帮助。(Tā bù jiēshòu biéren de bāngzhù.) — He won't accept help from others. 我接受了他的道歉。(Wǒ jiēshòule tā de dàoqiàn.) — I accepted his apology.
2114	HSK 2	练	liàn	to practice	我每天练汉字。(Wǒ měitiān liàn Hànzì.) — I practise characters every day.	多练就会了。(Duō liàn jiù huì le.) — Practise more and you'll get it. 他在练发音。(Tā zài liàn fāyīn.) — He's practising pronunciation. 练了一个小时。(Liànle yí gè xiǎoshí.) — I practised for an hour. 请多练几遍。(Qǐng duō liàn jǐ biàn.) — Please practise a few more times. 练好了再考试。(Liànhǎole zài kǎoshì.) — Take the exam once you've practised enough.
2115	HSK 2	怕	pà	to fear; to be afraid of	我怕狗。(Wǒ pà gǒu.) — I'm afraid of dogs.	别怕，有我呢。(Bié pà, yǒu wǒ ne.) — Don't be scared, I'm here. 他不怕冷。(Tā bú pà lěng.) — He doesn't mind the cold. 我怕迟到。(Wǒ pà chídào.) — I'm worried about being late. 她怕黑。(Tā pà hēi.) — She's afraid of the dark. 怕什么，试试看。(Pà shénme, shìshi kàn.) — What's there to fear, give it a go.
2116	HSK 2	请求	qǐngqiú	to request	我有个请求。(Wǒ yǒu gè qǐngqiú.) — I have a request.	他请求我帮忙。(Tā qǐngqiú wǒ bāngmáng.) — He asked me for help. 这个请求很难答应。(Zhège qǐngqiú hěn nán dāying.) — This request is hard to grant. 她的请求被同意了。(Tā de qǐngqiú bèi tóngyì le.) — Her request was approved. 请求你听我说完。(Qǐngqiú nǐ tīng wǒ shuōwán.) — I ask you to hear me out. 我请求再给一次机会。(Wǒ qǐngqiú zài gěi yí cì jīhuì.) — I'm asking for one more chance.
2117	HSK 2	求	qiú	to beg; to request	我求你帮帮我。(Wǒ qiú nǐ bāngbang wǒ.) — I'm begging you to help me.	他求老师再讲一遍。(Tā qiú lǎoshī zài jiǎng yí biàn.) — He asked the teacher to explain again. 求人不如求自己。(Qiú rén bùrú qiú zìjǐ.) — Better to rely on yourself than ask others. 这道题求什么？(Zhè dào tí qiú shénme?) — What is this question asking for? 他向她求婚了。(Tā xiàng tā qiúhūn le.) — He proposed to her. 别求他了。(Bié qiú tā le.) — Don't beg him.
2118	HSK 2	让	ràng	to let; to allow	请让一下。(Qǐng ràng yíxià.) — Excuse me, could I get past.	妈妈让我早点回家。(Māma ràng wǒ zǎodiǎn huíjiā.) — Mum told me to come home early. 他让我很生气。(Tā ràng wǒ hěn shēngqì.) — He made me angry. 请让老人先坐。(Qǐng ràng lǎorén xiān zuò.) — Please let the elderly sit first. 这个消息让大家高兴。(Zhège xiāoxi ràng dàjiā gāoxìng.) — This news made everyone happy. 别让他知道。(Bié ràng tā zhīdào.) — Don't let him know.
2119	HSK 2	认为	rènwéi	to think; to consider	我认为他是对的。(Wǒ rènwéi tā shì duì de.) — I think he's right.	你认为怎么样？(Nǐ rènwéi zěnmeyàng?) — What do you think? 大家都认为这样好。(Dàjiā dōu rènwéi zhèyàng hǎo.) — Everyone thinks this is better. 我不认为这是问题。(Wǒ bú rènwéi zhè shì wèntí.) — I don't consider this a problem. 他认为自己没错。(Tā rènwéi zìjǐ méi cuò.) — He believes he's done nothing wrong. 老师认为我能做到。(Lǎoshī rènwéi wǒ néng zuòdào.) — The teacher believes I can do it.
2120	HSK 2	商量	shāngliang	to discuss; to talk over	我们商量一下吧。(Wǒmen shāngliang yíxià ba.) — Let's talk it over.	这件事要和爸爸商量。(Zhè jiàn shì yào hé bàba shāngliang.) — I need to discuss this with Dad. 商量好了再决定。(Shāngliang hǎole zài juédìng.) — Let's decide after discussing it. 有事好商量。(Yǒu shì hǎo shāngliang.) — Anything can be talked through. 他们商量了很久。(Tāmen shāngliangle hěn jiǔ.) — They talked it over for a long time. 这个可以商量。(Zhège kěyǐ shāngliang.) — This is negotiable.
2121	HSK 2	说明	shuōmíng	to explain; explanation	请说明原因。(Qǐng shuōmíng yuányīn.) — Please explain the reason.	使用前请看说明。(Shǐyòng qián qǐng kàn shuōmíng.) — Please read the instructions before use. 这说明他很努力。(Zhè shuōmíng tā hěn nǔlì.) — This shows he works hard. 老师说明了这个问题。(Lǎoshī shuōmíngle zhège wèntí.) — The teacher explained this question. 说明书在盒子里。(Shuōmíngshū zài hézi lǐ.) — The manual is in the box. 这个例子说明了道理。(Zhège lìzi shuōmíngle dàolǐ.) — This example illustrates the point.
2122	HSK 2	提出	tíchū	to raise (a question); to propose	他提出了一个问题。(Tā tíchūle yí gè wèntí.) — He raised a question.	我想提出个建议。(Wǒ xiǎng tíchū gè jiànyì.) — I'd like to make a suggestion. 她提出要走。(Tā tíchū yào zǒu.) — She said she wanted to leave. 这个想法是谁提出的？(Zhège xiǎngfǎ shì shéi tíchū de?) — Who came up with this idea? 请提出你的意见。(Qǐng tíchū nǐ de yìjiàn.) — Please put forward your views. 他提出了不同看法。(Tā tíchūle bùtóng kànfǎ.) — He offered a different view.
2123	HSK 2	提到	tídào	to mention	他提到了这件事。(Tā tídàole zhè jiàn shì.) — He mentioned this.	刚才谁提到我了？(Gāngcái shéi tídào wǒ le?) — Who mentioned me just now? 书上提到了这个词。(Shū shàng tídàole zhège cí.) — The book mentions this word. 他没提到时间。(Tā méi tídào shíjiān.) — He didn't mention the time. 提到这个我就想起他。(Tídào zhège wǒ jiù xiǎngqǐ tā.) — Mentioning this reminds me of him. 老师提到过这个问题。(Lǎoshī tídàoguo zhège wèntí.) — The teacher has mentioned this question.
2124	HSK 2	听说	tīngshuō	to hear that; it's said that	我听说他要走了。(Wǒ tīngshuō tā yào zǒu le.) — I hear he's leaving.	听说明天下雨。(Tīngshuō míngtiān xiàyǔ.) — I hear it'll rain tomorrow. 你听说了吗？(Nǐ tīngshuō le ma?) — Have you heard? 听说这家店很好吃。(Tīngshuō zhè jiā diàn hěn hǎochī.) — I hear this place is delicious. 我听说过这个地方。(Wǒ tīngshuōguo zhège dìfang.) — I've heard of this place. 听说他病了。(Tīngshuō tā bìng le.) — I heard he's ill.
2125	HSK 2	通知	tōngzhī	to notify; notice	请通知大家。(Qǐng tōngzhī dàjiā.) — Please let everyone know.	我收到了通知。(Wǒ shōudàole tōngzhī.) — I received the notice. 学校通知明天放假。(Xuéxiào tōngzhī míngtiān fàngjià.) — The school announced a day off tomorrow. 有消息我通知你。(Yǒu xiāoxi wǒ tōngzhī nǐ.) — I'll let you know if there's news. 通知贴在门口。(Tōngzhī tiē zài ménkǒu.) — The notice is on the door. 他没通知我就走了。(Tā méi tōngzhī wǒ jiù zǒu le.) — He left without telling me.
2126	HSK 2	晚安	wǎn'ān	good night	晚安，好梦。(Wǎn'ān, hǎo mèng.) — Good night, sweet dreams.	睡觉前说声晚安。(Shuìjiào qián shuō shēng wǎn'ān.) — Say good night before bed. 妈妈说晚安。(Māma shuō wǎn'ān.) — Mum said good night. 晚安，明天见。(Wǎn'ān, míngtiān jiàn.) — Good night, see you tomorrow. 他跟孩子说晚安。(Tā gēn háizi shuō wǎn'ān.) — He said good night to the children. 太晚了，晚安吧。(Tài wǎn le, wǎn'ān ba.) — It's late, good night.
2127	HSK 2	想到	xiǎngdào	to think of	我没想到会这样。(Wǒ méi xiǎngdào huì zhèyàng.) — I didn't expect this.	你想到什么了？(Nǐ xiǎngdào shénme le?) — What came to mind? 我想到一个办法。(Wǒ xiǎngdào yí gè bànfǎ.) — I've thought of a way. 真没想到！(Zhēn méi xiǎngdào!) — What a surprise! 他想到了一个好主意。(Tā xiǎngdàole yí gè hǎo zhǔyi.) — He came up with a good idea. 我想到了小时候。(Wǒ xiǎngdàole xiǎoshíhou.) — It brought my childhood to mind.
2128	HSK 2	想起	xiǎngqǐ	to recall; to remember	我想起来了。(Wǒ xiǎng qǐlái le.) — I remember now.	听到歌我想起了他。(Tīngdào gē wǒ xiǎngqǐle tā.) — The song reminded me of him. 我想不起他的名字。(Wǒ xiǎng bu qǐ tā de míngzi.) — I can't recall his name. 这让我想起小时候。(Zhè ràng wǒ xiǎngqǐ xiǎoshíhou.) — This reminds me of my childhood. 他忽然想起一件事。(Tā hūrán xiǎngqǐ yí jiàn shì.) — He suddenly remembered something. 我想起来要买菜。(Wǒ xiǎng qǐlái yào mǎi cài.) — I've just remembered I need to buy food.
2129	HSK 2	小心	xiǎoxīn	to be careful	小心，路很滑。(Xiǎoxīn, lù hěn huá.) — Careful, the road is slippery.	过马路要小心。(Guò mǎlù yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful crossing the road. 他做事很小心。(Tā zuòshì hěn xiǎoxīn.) — He's careful in what he does. 小心别碰坏了。(Xiǎoxīn bié pènghuài le.) — Careful not to break it. 小心汽车！(Xiǎoxīn qìchē!) — Watch out for the car! 路上小心。(Lùshang xiǎoxīn.) — Take care on the way.
2130	HSK 2	笑话	xiàohua	joke	他讲了个笑话。(Tā jiǎngle gè xiàohua.) — He told a joke.	这个笑话很好笑。(Zhège xiàohua hěn hǎoxiào.) — This joke is funny. 别笑话我。(Bié xiàohua wǒ.) — Don't make fun of me. 我听不懂这个笑话。(Wǒ tīng bu dǒng zhège xiàohua.) — I don't get this joke. 他很会讲笑话。(Tā hěn huì jiǎng xiàohua.) — He's good at telling jokes. 这不是笑话。(Zhè bú shì xiàohua.) — This isn't a joke.
2131	HSK 2	笑话儿	xiàohuar	joke (colloquial)	他说了个笑话儿。(Tā shuōle gè xiàohuar.) — He told a joke.	这个笑话儿真好笑。(Zhège xiàohuar zhēn hǎoxiào.) — This joke is really funny. 孩子听笑话儿笑了。(Háizi tīng xiàohuar xiào le.) — The child laughed at the joke. 我再讲个笑话儿。(Wǒ zài jiǎng gè xiàohuar.) — Let me tell another joke. 这个笑话儿听过了。(Zhège xiàohuar tīngguo le.) — I've heard this joke. 他的笑话儿很多。(Tā de xiàohuar hěn duō.) — He knows lots of jokes.
2132	HSK 2	选	xuǎn	to choose; to select	请选一个。(Qǐng xuǎn yí gè.) — Please choose one.	我选了这件衣服。(Wǒ xuǎnle zhè jiàn yīfu.) — I chose this piece of clothing. 他被选为班长。(Tā bèi xuǎn wéi bānzhǎng.) — He was chosen as class monitor. 这么多，很难选。(Zhème duō, hěn nán xuǎn.) — There are so many, it's hard to choose. 你选哪个？(Nǐ xuǎn nǎge?) — Which one will you pick? 我选了三门课。(Wǒ xuǎnle sān mén kè.) — I chose three courses.
2133	HSK 2	要求	yāoqiú	to demand; requirement	他的要求很高。(Tā de yāoqiú hěn gāo.) — His standards are high.	我有一个要求。(Wǒ yǒu yí gè yāoqiú.) — I have one request. 老师要求我们准时。(Lǎoshī yāoqiú wǒmen zhǔnshí.) — The teacher requires us to be on time. 这个要求不合理。(Zhège yāoqiú bù hélǐ.) — This demand is unreasonable. 按要求做就行。(Àn yāoqiú zuò jiù xíng.) — Just do as required. 公司要求穿正装。(Gōngsī yāoqiú chuān zhèngzhuāng.) — The company requires formal dress.
2134	HSK 2	一路平安	yílù píng'ān	have a safe trip	一路平安！(Yílù píng'ān!) — Have a safe trip!	祝你一路平安。(Zhù nǐ yílù píng'ān.) — Wishing you a safe journey. 妈妈说一路平安。(Māma shuō yílù píng'ān.) — Mum said have a safe trip. 朋友们祝我一路平安。(Péngyoumen zhù wǒ yílù píng'ān.) — My friends wished me a safe journey. 再见，一路平安。(Zàijiàn, yílù píng'ān.) — Goodbye, safe travels. 他走的时候我说一路平安。(Tā zǒu de shíhou wǒ shuō yílù píng'ān.) — I wished him a safe trip when he left.
2135	HSK 2	一路顺风	yílù shùnfēng	bon voyage	一路顺风！(Yílù shùnfēng!) — Bon voyage!	祝你一路顺风。(Zhù nǐ yílù shùnfēng.) — Wishing you a smooth journey. 明天走，一路顺风。(Míngtiān zǒu, yílù shùnfēng.) — You leave tomorrow, safe travels. 他们说一路顺风。(Tāmen shuō yílù shùnfēng.) — They said bon voyage. 一路顺风，常联系。(Yílù shùnfēng, cháng liánxì.) — Safe travels, keep in touch. 在机场大家说一路顺风。(Zài jīchǎng dàjiā shuō yílù shùnfēng.) — Everyone said bon voyage at the airport.
2136	HSK 2	以为	yǐwéi	to (wrongly) assume	我以为你不来了。(Wǒ yǐwéi nǐ bù lái le.) — I thought you weren't coming.	他以为我生气了。(Tā yǐwéi wǒ shēngqì le.) — He thought I was angry. 我以为今天是周六。(Wǒ yǐwéi jīntiān shì zhōuliù.) — I thought today was Saturday. 别以为我不知道。(Bié yǐwéi wǒ bù zhīdào.) — Don't think I don't know. 我一直以为他是老师。(Wǒ yìzhí yǐwéi tā shì lǎoshī.) — I'd always assumed he was a teacher. 你以为呢？(Nǐ yǐwéi ne?) — What did you think?
2137	HSK 2	愿意	yuànyì	to be willing to	我愿意帮你。(Wǒ yuànyì bāng nǐ.) — I'm happy to help you.	他不愿意去。(Tā bú yuànyì qù.) — He doesn't want to go. 你愿意等一下吗？(Nǐ yuànyì děng yíxià ma?) — Would you mind waiting? 只要你愿意就行。(Zhǐyào nǐ yuànyì jiù xíng.) — As long as you're willing. 她愿意试一试。(Tā yuànyì shì yi shì.) — She's willing to give it a try. 我很愿意认识你。(Wǒ hěn yuànyì rènshi nǐ.) — I'd be glad to know you.
2138	HSK 2	重视	zhòngshì	to attach importance to	老师很重视这个问题。(Lǎoshī hěn zhòngshì zhège wèntí.) — The teacher takes this question seriously.	要重视身体健康。(Yào zhòngshì shēntǐ jiànkāng.) — You should take your health seriously. 公司重视工作经验。(Gōngsī zhòngshì gōngzuò jīngyàn.) — The company values work experience. 他不太重视这件事。(Tā bú tài zhòngshì zhè jiàn shì.) — He doesn't attach much importance to this. 父母很重视教育。(Fùmǔ hěn zhòngshì jiàoyù.) — Parents value education highly. 这个问题值得重视。(Zhège wèntí zhíde zhòngshì.) — This issue deserves attention.

13. Verbs: Daily Life & Activities (日常生活, 活动 - rìcháng shēnghuó, huódòng)

✏️ Usage: Modal Verb + Main Verb

💡 Grammar Tip: Modals & Separable Verbs

Auxiliary modal verbs (like 会 (huì) can/will, 能 (néng) can/be able to, 可以 (kěyǐ) may/can) are placed directly *before* the main verb. Watch out for "separable verbs" like 睡觉 (shuìjiào) and 唱歌 (chànggē); they contain a verb and an object built-in, meaning any details must be placed *inside* them (e.g., 睡了个好觉 (shuì le gè hǎo jiào) means "slept a good sleep").

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
2461	HSK 2	帮助	bāngzhù	to help; assistance	谢谢你的帮助。(Xièxie nǐ de bāngzhù.) — Thank you for your help.	我可以帮助你吗？(Wǒ kěyǐ bāngzhù nǐ ma?) — Can I help you? 他帮助了很多人。(Tā bāngzhùle hěn duō rén.) — He's helped many people. 这本书对我帮助很大。(Zhè běn shū duì wǒ bāngzhù hěn dà.) — This book has helped me a lot. 互相帮助很重要。(Hùxiāng bāngzhù hěn zhòngyào.) — Helping each other matters. 需要帮助就说。(Xūyào bāngzhù jiù shuō.) — Say so if you need help.
2467	HSK 2	画	huà	to draw; to paint; picture	他会画画儿。(Tā huì huà huàr.) — He can draw.	孩子在画一只猫。(Háizi zài huà yì zhī māo.) — The child is drawing a cat. 这张画很漂亮。(Zhè zhāng huà hěn piàoliang.) — This painting is beautiful. 请画一条线。(Qǐng huà yì tiáo xiàn.) — Please draw a line. 她画得很好。(Tā huà de hěn hǎo.) — She draws well. 墙上挂着一张画。(Qiáng shàng guàzhe yì zhāng huà.) — A painting hangs on the wall.
2468	HSK 2	旅游	lǚyóu	to travel; tourism	我喜欢旅游。(Wǒ xǐhuan lǚyóu.) — I like travelling.	暑假我们去旅游吧。(Shǔjià wǒmen qù lǚyóu ba.) — Let's travel in the summer holiday. 他去过很多地方旅游。(Tā qùguo hěn duō dìfang lǚyóu.) — He's travelled to many places. 旅游要带护照。(Lǚyóu yào dài hùzhào.) — You need a passport to travel. 这里是旅游的好地方。(Zhèlǐ shì lǚyóu de hǎo dìfang.) — This is a great place to visit. 旅游让人放松。(Lǚyóu ràng rén fàngsōng.) — Travelling is relaxing.
2470	HSK 2	运动	yùndòng	sports; exercise; to move	我每天运动。(Wǒ měitiān yùndòng.) — I exercise every day.	运动对身体好。(Yùndòng duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Exercise is good for you. 你喜欢什么运动？(Nǐ xǐhuan shénme yùndòng?) — What sport do you like? 他运动得很多。(Tā yùndòng de hěn duō.) — He exercises a lot. 运动以后要喝水。(Yùndòng yǐhòu yào hē shuǐ.) — Drink water after exercising. 学校有很多运动。(Xuéxiào yǒu hěn duō yùndòng.) — The school offers many sports.
2478	HSK 2	可以	kěyǐ	may; can	我可以进来吗？(Wǒ kěyǐ jìnlái ma?) — May I come in?	这里可以拍照。(Zhèlǐ kěyǐ pāizhào.) — You can take photos here. 你可以早点走。(Nǐ kěyǐ zǎodiǎn zǒu.) — You may leave early. 这个可以吗？(Zhège kěyǐ ma?) — Is this all right? 不可以在这里吸烟。(Bù kěyǐ zài zhèlǐ xīyān.) — You may not smoke here. 可以，没问题。(Kěyǐ, méi wèntí.) — Sure, no problem.
2479	HSK 2	应该	yīnggāi	should; ought to	你应该早点睡。(Nǐ yīnggāi zǎodiǎn shuì.) — You should sleep earlier.	我应该走了。(Wǒ yīnggāi zǒu le.) — I should be going. 他应该知道这件事。(Tā yīnggāi zhīdào zhè jiàn shì.) — He ought to know about this. 应该不会下雨。(Yīnggāi bú huì xiàyǔ.) — It probably won't rain. 学生应该努力学习。(Xuésheng yīnggāi nǔlì xuéxí.) — Students should study hard. 这不应该发生。(Zhè bù yīnggāi fāshēng.) — This shouldn't have happened.
2480	HSK 2	必须	bìxū	must; have to	你必须准时到。(Nǐ bìxū zhǔnshí dào.) — You must arrive on time.	出国必须带护照。(Chūguó bìxū dài hùzhào.) — You must take a passport abroad. 这件事必须做完。(Zhè jiàn shì bìxū zuòwán.) — This must be finished. 我们必须走了。(Wǒmen bìxū zǒu le.) — We have to go. 必须先付钱。(Bìxū xiān fù qián.) — You must pay first. 你必须自己决定。(Nǐ bìxū zìjǐ juédìng.) — You have to decide for yourself.
2486	HSK 2	懂	dǒng	to understand; to comprehend	我不懂。(Wǒ bù dǒng.) — I don't understand.	你懂我的意思吗？(Nǐ dǒng wǒ de yìsi ma?) — Do you get what I mean? 他懂三种语言。(Tā dǒng sān zhǒng yǔyán.) — He knows three languages. 这个道理我懂了。(Zhège dàolǐ wǒ dǒng le.) — I understand this now. 听不懂请说慢点。(Tīng bu dǒng qǐng shuō màn diǎn.) — If you don't follow, ask me to slow down. 孩子还小，不懂事。(Háizi hái xiǎo, bù dǒngshì.) — The child is young and doesn't know better.
2488	HSK 2	欢迎	huānyíng	to welcome	欢迎光临！(Huānyíng guānglín!) — Welcome!	欢迎你来我家。(Huānyíng nǐ lái wǒ jiā.) — You're welcome at my home. 大家欢迎新同学。(Dàjiā huānyíng xīn tóngxué.) — Everyone welcome the new classmate. 这本书很受欢迎。(Zhè běn shū hěn shòu huānyíng.) — This book is very popular. 欢迎再来。(Huānyíng zài lái.) — Please come again. 他很受大家欢迎。(Tā hěn shòu dàjiā huānyíng.) — He's well liked by everyone.
2490	HSK 2	洗澡	xǐzǎo	to take a bath/shower	我要去洗澡。(Wǒ yào qù xǐzǎo.) — I'm going to have a shower.	他每天早上洗澡。(Tā měitiān zǎoshang xǐzǎo.) — He showers every morning. 洗完澡就睡觉。(Xǐwán zǎo jiù shuìjiào.) — Go to bed after your shower. 洗澡水太热了。(Xǐzǎo shuǐ tài rè le.) — The shower water is too hot. 孩子不喜欢洗澡。(Háizi bù xǐhuan xǐzǎo.) — The child doesn't like bathing. 运动后要洗澡。(Yùndòng hòu yào xǐzǎo.) — You should shower after exercise.
2497	HSK 2	打算	dǎsuàn	to plan; to intend	你打算做什么？(Nǐ dǎsuàn zuò shénme?) — What do you plan to do?	我打算明年去中国。(Wǒ dǎsuàn míngnián qù Zhōngguó.) — I plan to go to China next year. 他打算换工作。(Tā dǎsuàn huàn gōngzuò.) — He's planning to change jobs. 周末有什么打算？(Zhōumò yǒu shénme dǎsuàn?) — Any plans for the weekend? 我没什么打算。(Wǒ méi shénme dǎsuàn.) — I don't have any plans. 她打算学开车。(Tā dǎsuàn xué kāichē.) — She plans to learn to drive.
2500	HSK 2	相信	xiāngxìn	to believe; trust	我相信你。(Wǒ xiāngxìn nǐ.) — I believe you.	他不相信这件事。(Tā bù xiāngxìn zhè jiàn shì.) — He doesn't believe this. 请相信我一次。(Qǐng xiāngxìn wǒ yí cì.) — Please trust me this once. 我相信他会成功。(Wǒ xiāngxìn tā huì chénggōng.) — I believe he'll succeed. 别相信广告。(Bié xiāngxìn guǎnggào.) — Don't believe the adverts. 相信自己！(Xiāngxìn zìjǐ!) — Believe in yourself!
2503	HSK 2	哭	kū	to cry; weep	孩子哭了。(Háizi kū le.) — The child is crying.	别哭，没事的。(Bié kū, méishì de.) — Don't cry, it's all right. 她哭了一个晚上。(Tā kūle yí gè wǎnshang.) — She cried all night. 他感动得哭了。(Tā gǎndòng de kū le.) — He was moved to tears. 听到消息她就哭了。(Tīngdào xiāoxi tā jiù kū le.) — She cried when she heard the news. 孩子哭着找妈妈。(Háizi kūzhe zhǎo māma.) — The child cried looking for mum.
2530	HSK 2	办	bàn	to do; to handle	这件事怎么办？(Zhè jiàn shì zěnme bàn?) — What do we do about this?	我去办点事。(Wǒ qù bàn diǎn shì.) — I'm going to run some errands. 他办事很快。(Tā bànshì hěn kuài.) — He gets things done quickly. 我去银行办卡。(Wǒ qù yínháng bàn kǎ.) — I'm going to the bank to open a card. 事情办好了。(Shìqing bànhǎo le.) — It's been taken care of. 学校办了个活动。(Xuéxiào bànle gè huódòng.) — The school ran an event.
2531	HSK 2	报名	bàomíng	to sign up; to register	我想报名参加。(Wǒ xiǎng bàomíng cānjiā.) — I'd like to sign up.	报名时间是明天。(Bàomíng shíjiān shì míngtiān.) — Registration is tomorrow. 他报名学汉语了。(Tā bàomíng xué Hànyǔ le.) — He signed up to learn Chinese. 报名要交照片。(Bàomíng yào jiāo zhàopiàn.) — You need a photo to register. 请在网上报名。(Qǐng zài wǎng shàng bàomíng.) — Please register online. 报名的人很多。(Bàomíng de rén hěn duō.) — Many people signed up.
2532	HSK 2	参观	cānguān	to visit (a place)	我们去参观博物馆。(Wǒmen qù cānguān bówùguǎn.) — We're going to visit the museum.	参观要买票吗？(Cānguān yào mǎi piào ma?) — Do we need tickets to visit? 学生参观了工厂。(Xuésheng cānguānle gōngchǎng.) — The students visited a factory. 欢迎参观我们学校。(Huānyíng cānguān wǒmen xuéxiào.) — You're welcome to visit our school. 参观的人很多。(Cānguān de rén hěn duō.) — There are many visitors. 参观时间是两小时。(Cānguān shíjiān shì liǎng xiǎoshí.) — The visit lasts two hours.
2533	HSK 2	参加	cānjiā	to participate; to attend	我想参加这个活动。(Wǒ xiǎng cānjiā zhège huódòng.) — I'd like to join this activity.	他参加了比赛。(Tā cānjiāle bǐsài.) — He took part in the competition. 谢谢大家来参加。(Xièxie dàjiā lái cānjiā.) — Thank you all for coming. 你参加不参加？(Nǐ cānjiā bù cānjiā?) — Are you taking part or not? 参加的人很多。(Cānjiā de rén hěn duō.) — Many people are taking part. 我明天参加考试。(Wǒ míngtiān cānjiā kǎoshì.) — I'm sitting the exam tomorrow.
2534	HSK 2	出发	chūfā	to set off; to depart	我们八点出发。(Wǒmen bā diǎn chūfā.) — We set off at eight.	准备好了就出发。(Zhǔnbèi hǎole jiù chūfā.) — We'll leave once everyone's ready. 出发前检查一下。(Chūfā qián jiǎnchá yíxià.) — Check things before setting off. 他们已经出发了。(Tāmen yǐjīng chūfā le.) — They've already left. 明天几点出发？(Míngtiān jǐ diǎn chūfā?) — What time do we leave tomorrow? 出发时天还没亮。(Chūfā shí tiān hái méi liàng.) — It wasn't light yet when we set off.
2535	HSK 2	出国	chūguó	to go abroad	他明年出国。(Tā míngnián chūguó.) — He's going abroad next year.	出国要办护照。(Chūguó yào bàn hùzhào.) — You need a passport to go abroad. 我从没出过国。(Wǒ cóng méi chūguo guó.) — I've never been abroad. 出国读书很贵。(Chūguó dúshū hěn guì.) — Studying abroad is expensive. 她出国工作了。(Tā chūguó gōngzuò le.) — She went abroad to work. 出国前要准备很多。(Chūguó qián yào zhǔnbèi hěn duō.) — There's a lot to prepare before going abroad.
2536	HSK 2	出门	chūmén	to go out; to leave home	我出门了。(Wǒ chūmén le.) — I'm heading out.	出门要带钥匙。(Chūmén yào dài yàoshi.) — Take your keys when you go out. 下雨天他不爱出门。(Xiàyǔ tiān tā bú ài chūmén.) — He doesn't like going out when it rains. 出门前关好窗。(Chūmén qián guānhǎo chuāng.) — Close the windows before you go out. 她一早就出门了。(Tā yìzǎo jiù chūmén le.) — She went out early. 出门在外要小心。(Chūmén zàiwài yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful when you're away from home.
2537	HSK 2	出生	chūshēng	to be born	我在北京出生。(Wǒ zài Běijīng chūshēng.) — I was born in Beijing.	他是哪年出生的？(Tā shì nǎ nián chūshēng de?) — What year was he born? 孩子上个月出生。(Háizi shàng gè yuè chūshēng.) — The baby was born last month. 出生日期写在这里。(Chūshēng rìqī xiě zài zhèlǐ.) — Write your date of birth here. 她出生在一个小城市。(Tā chūshēng zài yí gè xiǎo chéngshì.) — She was born in a small city. 出生的时候他很小。(Chūshēng de shíhou tā hěn xiǎo.) — He was very small when he was born.
2538	HSK 2	出院	chūyuàn	to leave hospital	他明天出院。(Tā míngtiān chūyuàn.) — He's leaving hospital tomorrow.	医生说可以出院了。(Yīshēng shuō kěyǐ chūyuàn le.) — The doctor says he can be discharged. 出院以后要休息。(Chūyuàn yǐhòu yào xiūxi.) — Rest after leaving hospital. 她住了一周才出院。(Tā zhùle yì zhōu cái chūyuàn.) — She was in for a week before being discharged. 出院手续办好了。(Chūyuàn shǒuxù bànhǎo le.) — The discharge paperwork is done. 他很快就出院了。(Tā hěn kuài jiù chūyuàn le.) — He was discharged quickly.
2539	HSK 2	出租	chūzū	to rent out	这个房子出租。(Zhège fángzi chūzū.) — This house is for rent.	他出租了一间房。(Tā chūzūle yì jiān fáng.) — He rented out a room. 出租的车很方便。(Chūzū de chē hěn fāngbiàn.) — Rental cars are convenient. 这里有房出租吗？(Zhèlǐ yǒu fáng chūzū ma?) — Are there rooms to rent here? 出租的价格不高。(Chūzū de jiàgé bù gāo.) — The rental price isn't high. 他把车出租了。(Tā bǎ chē chūzū le.) — He rented out his car.
2540	HSK 2	打印	dǎyìn	to print	请打印这份文件。(Qǐng dǎyìn zhè fèn wénjiàn.) — Please print this document.	打印机坏了。(Dǎyìnjī huài le.) — The printer is broken. 我打印了两份。(Wǒ dǎyìnle liǎng fèn.) — I printed two copies. 在哪儿可以打印？(Zài nǎr kěyǐ dǎyìn?) — Where can I print? 打印要多少钱？(Dǎyìn yào duōshǎo qián?) — How much does printing cost? 他忘了打印作业。(Tā wàngle dǎyìn zuòyè.) — He forgot to print his homework.
2541	HSK 2	带	dài	to bring; to carry; belt	出门要带钥匙。(Chūmén yào dài yàoshi.) — Take your keys when you go out.	他带我去了公园。(Tā dài wǒ qùle gōngyuán.) — He took me to the park. 我忘了带手机。(Wǒ wàngle dài shǒujī.) — I forgot to bring my phone. 请带上你的护照。(Qǐng dài shàng nǐ de hùzhào.) — Please bring your passport. 她带了很多东西。(Tā dàile hěn duō dōngxi.) — She brought a lot of things. 今天带伞了吗？(Jīntiān dài sǎn le ma?) — Did you bring an umbrella today?
2542	HSK 2	带来	dàilái	to bring along	他给我带来一本书。(Tā gěi wǒ dàiláile yì běn shū.) — He brought me a book.	这件事带来很多麻烦。(Zhè jiàn shì dàilái hěn duō máfan.) — This has caused a lot of trouble. 春天带来了温暖。(Chūntiān dàiláile wēnnuǎn.) — Spring has brought warmth. 请带来你的作业。(Qǐng dàilái nǐ de zuòyè.) — Please bring your homework. 他带来了好消息。(Tā dàiláile hǎo xiāoxi.) — He brought good news. 这本书带来很大帮助。(Zhè běn shū dàilái hěn dà bāngzhù.) — This book has been a great help.
2543	HSK 2	关机	guānjī	to turn off (a device)	上课请关机。(Shàngkè qǐng guānjī.) — Please switch off your phone in class.	他的手机关机了。(Tā de shǒujī guānjī le.) — His phone is switched off. 飞机上要关机。(Fēijī shàng yào guānjī.) — You must switch off on the plane. 关机以后就联系不上了。(Guānjī yǐhòu jiù liánxì bu shàng le.) — You can't be reached once it's off. 晚上我关机睡觉。(Wǎnshang wǒ guānjī shuìjiào.) — I switch off at night to sleep. 电脑用完要关机。(Diànnǎo yòngwán yào guānjī.) — Shut down the computer when you're done.
2544	HSK 2	回国	huíguó	to return to one's country	他下个月回国。(Tā xià gè yuè huíguó.) — He's returning home next month.	我回国以后找工作。(Wǒ huíguó yǐhòu zhǎo gōngzuò.) — I'll look for work after I go back. 她回国过年。(Tā huíguó guònián.) — She's going home for New Year. 回国的票很贵。(Huíguó de piào hěn guì.) — The ticket home is expensive. 他回国三年了。(Tā huíguó sān nián le.) — He's been back three years. 什么时候回国？(Shénme shíhou huíguó?) — When are you going back?
2545	HSK 2	活动	huódòng	activity	今天有个活动。(Jīntiān yǒu gè huódòng.) — There's an event today.	学校组织了活动。(Xuéxiào zǔzhīle huódòng.) — The school organised an activity. 我参加了这个活动。(Wǒ cānjiāle zhège huódòng.) — I took part in this event. 活动几点开始？(Huódòng jǐ diǎn kāishǐ?) — What time does the event start? 老人要多活动。(Lǎorén yào duō huódòng.) — Older people should stay active. 这个活动很有意思。(Zhège huódòng hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This event is interesting.
2546	HSK 2	检查	jiǎnchá	to inspect; to check	医生给我检查身体。(Yīshēng gěi wǒ jiǎnchá shēntǐ.) — The doctor examined me.	请检查一下作业。(Qǐng jiǎnchá yíxià zuòyè.) — Please check the homework. 出发前检查行李。(Chūfā qián jiǎnchá xíngli.) — Check your luggage before leaving. 他检查了三遍。(Tā jiǎnchále sān biàn.) — He checked it three times. 检查结果很好。(Jiǎnchá jiéguǒ hěn hǎo.) — The results are good. 请自己检查错误。(Qǐng zìjǐ jiǎnchá cuòwù.) — Please check your own mistakes.
2547	HSK 2	交	jiāo	to hand over; to submit	作业明天交。(Zuòyè míngtiān jiāo.) — Homework is due tomorrow.	请交学费。(Qǐng jiāo xuéfèi.) — Please pay the tuition. 他交了一个新朋友。(Tā jiāole yí gè xīn péngyou.) — He made a new friend. 把钱交给他。(Bǎ qián jiāo gěi tā.) — Hand the money to him. 我已经交了。(Wǒ yǐjīng jiāo le.) — I've already handed it in. 请按时交作业。(Qǐng ànshí jiāo zuòyè.) — Please hand in homework on time.
2548	HSK 2	交给	jiāogěi	to hand over to	请把书交给老师。(Qǐng bǎ shū jiāogěi lǎoshī.) — Please give the book to the teacher.	这件事交给我吧。(Zhè jiàn shì jiāogěi wǒ ba.) — Leave this to me. 他把钥匙交给了我。(Tā bǎ yàoshi jiāogěile wǒ.) — He handed me the keys. 作业交给谁？(Zuòyè jiāogěi shéi?) — Who do we give the homework to? 请交给下一个人。(Qǐng jiāogěi xià yí gè rén.) — Please pass it to the next person. 他把工作交给同事。(Tā bǎ gōngzuò jiāogěi tóngshì.) — He handed the work to a colleague.
2549	HSK 2	交朋友	jiāo péngyou	to make friends	我喜欢交朋友。(Wǒ xǐhuan jiāo péngyou.) — I like making friends.	在学校容易交朋友。(Zài xuéxiào róngyì jiāo péngyou.) — It's easy to make friends at school. 他交了很多朋友。(Tā jiāole hěn duō péngyou.) — He's made many friends. 交朋友要真心。(Jiāo péngyou yào zhēnxīn.) — Be sincere in making friends. 出国以后要交新朋友。(Chūguó yǐhòu yào jiāo xīn péngyou.) — You'll make new friends after moving abroad. 他不太会交朋友。(Tā bú tài huì jiāo péngyou.) — He isn't great at making friends.
2550	HSK 2	接	jiē	to receive; to meet (someone)	我去机场接他。(Wǒ qù jīchǎng jiē tā.) — I'm meeting him at the airport.	请接电话。(Qǐng jiē diànhuà.) — Please answer the phone. 他没接我的电话。(Tā méi jiē wǒ de diànhuà.) — He didn't answer my call. 妈妈来学校接孩子。(Māma lái xuéxiào jiē háizi.) — Mum comes to school to collect the child. 请接住！(Qǐng jiēzhù!) — Catch it! 谁来接你？(Shéi lái jiē nǐ?) — Who's picking you up?
2551	HSK 2	接到	jiēdào	to receive	我接到了他的电话。(Wǒ jiēdàole tā de diànhuà.) — I got his call.	她接到了通知。(Tā jiēdàole tōngzhī.) — She received the notice. 我刚接到消息。(Wǒ gāng jiēdào xiāoxi.) — I've just had the news. 接到信就回复。(Jiēdào xìn jiù huífù.) — Reply as soon as you get the letter. 他接到了一个任务。(Tā jiēdàole yí gè rènwù.) — He was given a task. 我没接到你的电话。(Wǒ méi jiēdào nǐ de diànhuà.) — I missed your call.
2552	HSK 2	举行	jǔxíng	to hold (an event)	会议明天举行。(Huìyì míngtiān jǔxíng.) — The meeting takes place tomorrow.	比赛在体育馆举行。(Bǐsài zài tǐyùguǎn jǔxíng.) — The match is held at the sports hall. 他们举行了婚礼。(Tāmen jǔxíngle hūnlǐ.) — They held a wedding. 活动什么时候举行？(Huódòng shénme shíhou jǔxíng?) — When will the event be held? 学校举行了考试。(Xuéxiào jǔxíngle kǎoshì.) — The school held exams. 音乐会在广场举行。(Yīnyuèhuì zài guǎngchǎng jǔxíng.) — The concert is held in the square.
2553	HSK 2	开机	kāijī	to turn on (a device)	请开机。(Qǐng kāijī.) — Please switch it on.	电脑开机很慢。(Diànnǎo kāijī hěn màn.) — The computer is slow to boot. 下飞机可以开机了。(Xià fēijī kěyǐ kāijī le.) — You can switch on after landing. 他开机看了看消息。(Tā kāijī kànle kàn xiāoxi.) — He turned it on to check messages. 开机以后请等一下。(Kāijī yǐhòu qǐng děng yíxià.) — Please wait a moment after switching on. 手机开机了吗？(Shǒujī kāijī le ma?) — Is your phone on?
2554	HSK 2	留	liú	to stay; to leave behind	请留下你的电话。(Qǐng liúxià nǐ de diànhuà.) — Please leave your number.	他留在家里了。(Tā liú zài jiā lǐ le.) — He stayed at home. 给我留一个座位。(Gěi wǒ liú yí gè zuòwèi.) — Save me a seat. 妈妈留了饭给我。(Māma liúle fàn gěi wǒ.) — Mum kept some food for me. 他留了长头发。(Tā liúle cháng tóufa.) — He's grown his hair long. 请留点时间给自己。(Qǐng liú diǎn shíjiān gěi zìjǐ.) — Leave some time for yourself.
2555	HSK 2	留下	liúxià	to leave behind	请留下你的名字。(Qǐng liúxià nǐ de míngzi.) — Please leave your name.	他留下一封信。(Tā liúxià yì fēng xìn.) — He left a letter. 只留下我一个人。(Zhǐ liúxià wǒ yí gè rén.) — I was the only one left. 这件事留下很深的印象。(Zhè jiàn shì liúxià hěn shēn de yìnxiàng.) — This left a deep impression. 请留下来吃饭。(Qǐng liú xiàlái chīfàn.) — Please stay for dinner. 他什么也没留下。(Tā shénme yě méi liúxià.) — He left nothing behind.
2556	HSK 2	旅行	lǚxíng	to travel	我喜欢旅行。(Wǒ xǐhuan lǚxíng.) — I love travelling.	我们去旅行吧。(Wǒmen qù lǚxíng ba.) — Let's go travelling. 旅行前要做计划。(Lǚxíng qián yào zuò jìhuà.) — Plan before you travel. 这次旅行很开心。(Zhè cì lǚxíng hěn kāixīn.) — This trip was great fun. 他一个人去旅行。(Tā yí gè rén qù lǚxíng.) — He travels alone. 旅行让人放松。(Lǚxíng ràng rén fàngsōng.) — Travel is relaxing.
2557	HSK 2	排队	páiduì	to line up; to queue	请排队。(Qǐng páiduì.) — Please queue.	大家在排队买票。(Dàjiā zài páiduì mǎi piào.) — Everyone's queuing for tickets. 排队的人很多。(Páiduì de rén hěn duō.) — There's a long queue. 我排了半小时队。(Wǒ páile bàn xiǎoshí duì.) — I queued for half an hour. 请到后面排队。(Qǐng dào hòumiàn páiduì.) — Please join the back of the queue. 不排队不礼貌。(Bù páiduì bù lǐmào.) — Not queuing is impolite.
2558	HSK 2	骑	qí	to ride (a bike/horse)	我骑自行车上班。(Wǒ qí zìxíngchē shàngbān.) — I cycle to work.	他会骑马。(Tā huì qí mǎ.) — He can ride a horse. 骑车要小心。(Qíchē yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful when cycling. 她骑得很快。(Tā qí de hěn kuài.) — She rides fast. 我不会骑自行车。(Wǒ bú huì qí zìxíngchē.) — I can't ride a bike. 骑车比走路快。(Qíchē bǐ zǒulù kuài.) — Cycling is faster than walking.
2559	HSK 2	骑车	qíchē	to ride a bike	我每天骑车上学。(Wǒ měitiān qíchē shàngxué.) — I cycle to school every day.	骑车要戴头盔。(Qíchē yào dài tóukuī.) — Wear a helmet when cycling. 下雨天别骑车。(Xiàyǔ tiān bié qíchē.) — Don't cycle when it rains. 骑车三十分钟到。(Qíchē sānshí fēnzhōng dào.) — It's thirty minutes by bike. 他骑车去公园了。(Tā qíchē qù gōngyuán le.) — He cycled to the park. 骑车对身体好。(Qíchē duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Cycling is good for you.
2560	HSK 2	起飞	qǐfēi	to take off (aircraft)	飞机几点起飞？(Fēijī jǐ diǎn qǐfēi?) — What time does the plane take off?	飞机准时起飞了。(Fēijī zhǔnshí qǐfēi le.) — The plane took off on time. 起飞前要关机。(Qǐfēi qián yào guānjī.) — Switch off before take-off. 天气不好，不能起飞。(Tiānqì bù hǎo, bù néng qǐfēi.) — The weather's bad, it can't take off. 起飞的时候有点晃。(Qǐfēi de shíhou yǒudiǎn huàng.) — It's a bit bumpy at take-off. 飞机马上就要起飞了。(Fēijī mǎshàng jiùyào qǐfēi le.) — The plane is about to take off.
2561	HSK 2	请客	qǐngkè	to treat someone (to a meal)	今天我请客。(Jīntiān wǒ qǐngkè.) — It's on me today.	他请客吃饭。(Tā qǐngkè chīfàn.) — He's treating us to a meal. 谁请客？(Shéi qǐngkè?) — Who's paying? 生日的时候要请客。(Shēngrì de shíhou yào qǐngkè.) — You treat people on your birthday. 上次你请客，这次我来。(Shàng cì nǐ qǐngkè, zhè cì wǒ lái.) — You paid last time, my turn now. 他常常请客。(Tā chángcháng qǐngkè.) — He often treats people.
2562	HSK 2	送到	sòngdào	to deliver to	请送到我家。(Qǐng sòngdào wǒ jiā.) — Please deliver it to my home.	他把我送到车站。(Tā bǎ wǒ sòngdào chēzhàn.) — He saw me to the station. 东西已经送到了。(Dōngxi yǐjīng sòngdào le.) — The things have been delivered. 外卖送到门口。(Wàimài sòngdào ménkǒu.) — The takeaway is delivered to the door. 请把信送到公司。(Qǐng bǎ xìn sòngdào gōngsī.) — Please deliver the letter to the office. 他送到一半就回去了。(Tā sòngdào yíbàn jiù huíqù le.) — He turned back halfway.
2563	HSK 2	送给	sònggěi	to give (as a gift) to	这个送给你。(Zhège sònggěi nǐ.) — This is for you.	他送给我一本书。(Tā sònggěi wǒ yì běn shū.) — He gave me a book. 我想送给她一个礼物。(Wǒ xiǎng sònggěi tā yí gè lǐwù.) — I want to give her a present. 这是送给妈妈的。(Zhè shì sònggěi māma de.) — This is for Mum. 他把画送给了学校。(Tā bǎ huà sònggěile xuéxiào.) — He donated the painting to the school. 送给朋友什么好？(Sònggěi péngyou shénme hǎo?) — What would make a good gift for a friend?
2564	HSK 2	停车	tíngchē	to park a car	这里不能停车。(Zhèlǐ bù néng tíngchē.) — You can't park here.	请在那边停车。(Qǐng zài nàbiān tíngchē.) — Please park over there. 停车要多少钱？(Tíngchē yào duōshǎo qián?) — How much is parking? 他在楼下停车。(Tā zài lóu xià tíngchē.) — He parks downstairs. 停车场满了。(Tíngchēchǎng mǎn le.) — The car park is full. 停车前要看清楚。(Tíngchē qián yào kàn qīngchu.) — Look carefully before parking.
2565	HSK 2	晚会	wǎnhuì	evening party	今晚学校有晚会。(Jīnwǎn xuéxiào yǒu wǎnhuì.) — There's a party at school tonight.	晚会八点开始。(Wǎnhuì bā diǎn kāishǐ.) — The party starts at eight. 他参加了新年晚会。(Tā cānjiāle xīnnián wǎnhuì.) — He went to the New Year party. 晚会很热闹。(Wǎnhuì hěn rènao.) — The party was lively. 我们一起去晚会吧。(Wǒmen yìqǐ qù wǎnhuì ba.) — Let's go to the party together. 晚会上有音乐和跳舞。(Wǎnhuì shàng yǒu yīnyuè hé tiàowǔ.) — There's music and dancing at the party.
2566	HSK 2	问路	wènlù	to ask for directions	我迷路了，要问路。(Wǒ mílù le, yào wènlù.) — I'm lost, I need to ask directions.	他向警察问路。(Tā xiàng jǐngchá wènlù.) — He asked a policeman for directions. 问路的时候要客气。(Wènlù de shíhou yào kèqi.) — Be polite when asking directions. 我问了三次路。(Wǒ wènle sān cì lù.) — I asked for directions three times. 不认识路就问路。(Bú rènshi lù jiù wènlù.) — Ask if you don't know the way. 问路比看地图快。(Wènlù bǐ kàn dìtú kuài.) — Asking is faster than reading a map.
2567	HSK 2	午睡	wǔshuì	afternoon nap	我习惯午睡。(Wǒ xíguàn wǔshuì.) — I usually nap after lunch.	午睡半小时就够了。(Wǔshuì bàn xiǎoshí jiù gòu le.) — Half an hour's nap is enough. 他每天中午午睡。(Tā měitiān zhōngwǔ wǔshuì.) — He naps at midday every day. 午睡以后精神好。(Wǔshuì yǐhòu jīngshen hǎo.) — You feel refreshed after a nap. 孩子在午睡，别吵。(Háizi zài wǔshuì, bié chǎo.) — The child is napping, keep quiet. 我不习惯午睡。(Wǒ bù xíguàn wǔshuì.) — I'm not used to napping.
2568	HSK 2	养	yǎng	to raise (animals/children); to support	他养了一只猫。(Tā yǎngle yì zhī māo.) — He keeps a cat.	养孩子很不容易。(Yǎng háizi hěn bù róngyì.) — Raising children isn't easy. 我想养一只狗。(Wǒ xiǎng yǎng yì zhī gǒu.) — I'd like to get a dog. 养花要每天浇水。(Yǎng huā yào měitiān jiāoshuǐ.) — Flowers need daily watering. 他一个人养家。(Tā yí gè rén yǎngjiā.) — He supports the family alone. 养成好习惯很重要。(Yǎngchéng hǎo xíguàn hěn zhòngyào.) — Forming good habits matters.
2569	HSK 2	照顾	zhàogù	to take care of	请照顾好自己。(Qǐng zhàogù hǎo zìjǐ.) — Please take care of yourself.	她在照顾生病的妈妈。(Tā zài zhàogù shēngbìng de māma.) — She's looking after her sick mother. 谢谢你的照顾。(Xièxie nǐ de zhàogù.) — Thank you for looking after me. 请多照顾新同学。(Qǐng duō zhàogù xīn tóngxué.) — Please look after the new classmate. 他很会照顾人。(Tā hěn huì zhàogù rén.) — He's very caring. 照顾孩子很累。(Zhàogù háizi hěn lèi.) — Looking after children is tiring.
2570	HSK 2	照相	zhàoxiàng	to take a photo	我们照张相吧。(Wǒmen zhào zhāng xiàng ba.) — Let's take a photo.	他喜欢照相。(Tā xǐhuan zhàoxiàng.) — He likes taking photos. 这里不能照相。(Zhèlǐ bù néng zhàoxiàng.) — You can't take photos here. 请帮我们照相。(Qǐng bāng wǒmen zhàoxiàng.) — Could you take a photo of us? 照相的时候要笑。(Zhàoxiàng de shíhou yào xiào.) — Smile when the photo's taken. 他照相照得很好。(Tā zhàoxiàng zhào de hěn hǎo.) — He takes good photos.
2571	HSK 2	住院	zhùyuàn	to be hospitalized	他住院了。(Tā zhùyuàn le.) — He's been admitted to hospital.	她住院一个星期。(Tā zhùyuàn yí gè xīngqī.) — She was in hospital for a week. 住院要办手续。(Zhùyuàn yào bàn shǒuxù.) — There's paperwork for admission. 我去医院看住院的朋友。(Wǒ qù yīyuàn kàn zhùyuàn de péngyou.) — I'm visiting a friend in hospital. 住院期间要好好休息。(Zhùyuàn qījiān yào hǎohǎo xiūxi.) — Rest well while you're in hospital. 他不用住院。(Tā búyòng zhùyuàn.) — He doesn't need to be admitted.
2572	HSK 2	租	zū	to rent	我租了一间房。(Wǒ zūle yì jiān fáng.) — I rented a room.	这个房子租多少钱？(Zhège fángzi zū duōshǎo qián?) — How much is the rent for this house? 我们租辆车吧。(Wǒmen zū liàng chē ba.) — Let's rent a car. 他租的房子很小。(Tā zū de fángzi hěn xiǎo.) — The place he rents is small. 租房要签合同。(Zūfáng yào qiān hétong.) — You sign a contract to rent. 这里的房租很贵。(Zhèlǐ de fángzū hěn guì.) — Rent here is expensive.
2573	HSK 2	做饭	zuòfàn	to cook a meal	妈妈在做饭。(Māma zài zuòfàn.) — Mum is cooking.	我不会做饭。(Wǒ bú huì zuòfàn.) — I can't cook. 今天谁做饭？(Jīntiān shéi zuòfàn?) — Who's cooking today? 他做饭做得很好。(Tā zuòfàn zuò de hěn hǎo.) — He cooks very well. 做饭比买菜容易。(Zuòfàn bǐ mǎi cài róngyì.) — Cooking is easier than shopping. 周末我自己做饭。(Zhōumò wǒ zìjǐ zuòfàn.) — I cook for myself at weekends.

14. Adjectives (形容词 - xíngróngcí)

✏️ Usage: Subject + 很 + Adjective

💡 Grammar Tip: Predicative Adjectives & 很

In Chinese, predicate adjectives act like verbs. You **do not** use the verb 是 (shì) to link a subject and an adjective. Instead, use the modifier 很 (hěn) (e.g., 我累 (wǒ lèi) becomes 我很累 (wǒ hěn lèi)). When 很 (hěn) is used in this way, it loses its literal meaning of "very" and simply connects the adjective.

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
2692	HSK 2	快乐	kuàilè	happy; joyful	生日快乐！(Shēngrì kuàilè!) — Happy birthday!	祝你快乐。(Zhù nǐ kuàilè.) — Wishing you happiness. 他看起来很快乐。(Tā kàn qǐlái hěn kuàilè.) — He looks happy. 和朋友在一起很快乐。(Hé péngyou zài yìqǐ hěn kuàilè.) — It's lovely being with friends. 童年很快乐。(Tóngnián hěn kuàilè.) — Childhood was happy. 快乐最重要。(Kuàilè zuì zhòngyào.) — Happiness matters most.
2699	HSK 2	便宜	piányi	cheap; inexpensive	这个很便宜。(Zhège hěn piányi.) — This is cheap.	有便宜一点的吗？(Yǒu piányi yìdiǎn de ma?) — Do you have anything cheaper? 这里的菜很便宜。(Zhèlǐ de cài hěn piányi.) — The food here is inexpensive. 便宜没好货。(Piányi méi hǎo huò.) — You get what you pay for. 能便宜点吗？(Néng piányi diǎn ma?) — Could you make it cheaper? 比昨天便宜多了。(Bǐ zuótiān piányi duō le.) — It's much cheaper than yesterday.
2707	HSK 2	脏	zāng	dirty; filthy	手很脏，去洗洗。(Shǒu hěn zāng, qù xǐxi.) — Your hands are dirty, go wash them.	这件衣服脏了。(Zhè jiàn yīfu zāng le.) — These clothes are dirty. 房间有点脏。(Fángjiān yǒudiǎn zāng.) — The room is a bit dirty. 别把桌子弄脏。(Bié bǎ zhuōzi nòngzāng.) — Don't get the table dirty. 下雨天鞋很容易脏。(Xiàyǔ tiān xié hěn róngyì zāng.) — Shoes get dirty easily when it rains. 脏衣服放这里。(Zāng yīfu fàng zhèlǐ.) — Put dirty clothes here.
2709	HSK 2	凉快	liángkuai	cool (weather)	今天很凉快。(Jīntiān hěn liángkuai.) — It's pleasantly cool today.	树下很凉快。(Shù xià hěn liángkuai.) — It's cool under the tree. 晚上凉快一点。(Wǎnshang liángkuai yìdiǎn.) — It's cooler in the evening. 开窗就凉快了。(Kāi chuāng jiù liángkuai le.) — It'll cool down if you open the window. 秋天很凉快。(Qiūtiān hěn liángkuai.) — Autumn is nice and cool. 这里比外面凉快。(Zhèlǐ bǐ wàimiàn liángkuai.) — It's cooler in here than outside.
2710	HSK 2	聪明	cōngming	clever; smart	他很聪明。(Tā hěn cōngming.) — He's very clever.	这个孩子真聪明。(Zhège háizi zhēn cōngming.) — This child is really bright. 聪明的人也要努力。(Cōngming de rén yě yào nǔlì.) — Even clever people must work hard. 她想了个聪明的办法。(Tā xiǎngle gè cōngming de bànfǎ.) — She thought of a clever solution. 猫很聪明。(Māo hěn cōngming.) — Cats are clever. 你太聪明了！(Nǐ tài cōngming le!) — You're so clever!
2711	HSK 2	漂亮	piàoliang	beautiful; pretty	她很漂亮。(Tā hěn piàoliang.) — She's beautiful.	这件衣服真漂亮。(Zhè jiàn yīfu zhēn piàoliang.) — This outfit is lovely. 花园很漂亮。(Huāyuán hěn piàoliang.) — The garden is beautiful. 你的字写得很漂亮。(Nǐ de zì xiě de hěn piàoliang.) — Your handwriting is lovely. 这个地方很漂亮。(Zhège dìfang hěn piàoliang.) — This place is beautiful. 他做得很漂亮。(Tā zuò de hěn piàoliang.) — He did it beautifully.
2713	HSK 2	清楚	qīngchu	clear; distinct	我听清楚了。(Wǒ tīng qīngchu le.) — I heard clearly.	请说清楚一点。(Qǐng shuō qīngchu yìdiǎn.) — Please speak more clearly. 这个字看不清楚。(Zhège zì kàn bu qīngchu.) — I can't see this character clearly. 他解释得很清楚。(Tā jiěshì de hěn qīngchu.) — He explained clearly. 我心里很清楚。(Wǒ xīnlǐ hěn qīngchu.) — I know perfectly well. 照片不太清楚。(Zhàopiàn bú tài qīngchu.) — The photo isn't very clear.
2714	HSK 2	安全	ānquán	safe; secure	注意安全。(Zhùyì ānquán.) — Mind your safety.	这里很安全。(Zhèlǐ hěn ānquán.) — It's safe here. 坐飞机很安全。(Zuò fēijī hěn ānquán.) — Flying is safe. 安全最重要。(Ānquán zuì zhòngyào.) — Safety comes first. 晚上一个人不安全。(Wǎnshang yí gè rén bù ānquán.) — It isn't safe alone at night. 请系好安全带。(Qǐng jìhǎo ānquándài.) — Please fasten your seatbelt.
2715	HSK 2	安静	ānjìng	quiet; peaceful	请安静。(Qǐng ānjìng.) — Quiet, please.	图书馆很安静。(Túshūguǎn hěn ānjìng.) — The library is quiet. 夜里很安静。(Yè lǐ hěn ānjìng.) — It's quiet at night. 孩子安静下来了。(Háizi ānjìng xiàlái le.) — The children have quietened down. 我喜欢安静的地方。(Wǒ xǐhuan ānjìng de dìfang.) — I like quiet places. 这个房间很安静。(Zhège fángjiān hěn ānjìng.) — This room is quiet.
2716	HSK 2	健康	jiànkāng	healthy; health	祝你身体健康！(Zhù nǐ shēntǐ jiànkāng!) — Wishing you good health!	他很健康。(Tā hěn jiànkāng.) — He's healthy. 运动让人更健康。(Yùndòng ràng rén gèng jiànkāng.) — Exercise makes you healthier. 健康比钱重要。(Jiànkāng bǐ qián zhòngyào.) — Health matters more than money. 吃菜对健康好。(Chī cài duì jiànkāng hǎo.) — Eating vegetables is good for your health. 他的身体不太健康。(Tā de shēntǐ bú tài jiànkāng.) — He isn't in great health.
2718	HSK 2	方便	fāngbiàn	convenient	这里很方便。(Zhèlǐ hěn fāngbiàn.) — It's very convenient here.	你什么时候方便？(Nǐ shénme shíhou fāngbiàn?) — When is convenient for you? 坐地铁很方便。(Zuò dìtiě hěn fāngbiàn.) — Taking the metro is convenient. 现在方便说话吗？(Xiànzài fāngbiàn shuōhuà ma?) — Is now a good time to talk? 手机让生活更方便。(Shǒujī ràng shēnghuó gèng fāngbiàn.) — Phones make life more convenient. 不方便就算了。(Bù fāngbiàn jiù suàn le.) — Never mind if it's inconvenient.
2719	HSK 2	舒服	shūfu	comfortable	这把椅子很舒服。(Zhè bǎ yǐzi hěn shūfu.) — This chair is comfortable.	我今天不太舒服。(Wǒ jīntiān bú tài shūfu.) — I don't feel well today. 洗完澡很舒服。(Xǐwán zǎo hěn shūfu.) — It feels good after a shower. 这双鞋穿着舒服。(Zhè shuāng xié chuānzhe shūfu.) — These shoes are comfortable to wear. 房间很舒服。(Fángjiān hěn shūfu.) — The room is comfortable. 哪里不舒服？(Nǎlǐ bù shūfu?) — Where does it hurt?
2741	HSK 2	饱	bǎo	full (after eating)	我吃饱了。(Wǒ chībǎo le.) — I'm full.	你饱了吗？(Nǐ bǎo le ma?) — Are you full? 吃饱了才有力气。(Chībǎole cái yǒu lìqi.) — You need to eat well to have energy. 他没吃饱。(Tā méi chībǎo.) — He didn't eat enough. 吃太饱不舒服。(Chī tài bǎo bù shūfu.) — Eating too much is uncomfortable. 一碗饭就饱了。(Yì wǎn fàn jiù bǎo le.) — One bowl of rice is enough.
2742	HSK 2	不错	búcuò	not bad; pretty good	这个菜不错。(Zhège cài búcuò.) — This dish is pretty good.	他汉语说得不错。(Tā Hànyǔ shuō de búcuò.) — He speaks Chinese quite well. 今天天气不错。(Jīntiān tiānqì búcuò.) — The weather's nice today. 这家店不错。(Zhè jiā diàn búcuò.) — This shop is good. 成绩不错，继续努力。(Chéngjì búcuò, jìxù nǔlì.) — Good marks, keep it up. 这个主意不错。(Zhège zhǔyi búcuò.) — That's a decent idea.
2743	HSK 2	不够	búgòu	not enough	钱不够。(Qián bú gòu.) — There isn't enough money.	时间不够用。(Shíjiān bú gòu yòng.) — There isn't enough time. 这些菜不够吃。(Zhèxiē cài bú gòu chī.) — There isn't enough food. 他的努力还不够。(Tā de nǔlì hái bú gòu.) — His effort still isn't enough. 不够就再买点。(Bú gòu jiù zài mǎi diǎn.) — Buy more if there isn't enough. 一个人不够，要两个。(Yí gè rén bú gòu, yào liǎng gè.) — One person isn't enough, we need two.
2744	HSK 2	不满	bùmǎn	dissatisfied	他对结果很不满。(Tā duì jiéguǒ hěn bùmǎn.) — He's dissatisfied with the result.	顾客不满意，要求换一个。(Gùkè bù mǎnyì, yāoqiú huàn yí gè.) — The customer wasn't happy and asked for a replacement. 大家对这个决定不满。(Dàjiā duì zhège juédìng bùmǎn.) — Everyone is unhappy with this decision. 她心里有点不满。(Tā xīnlǐ yǒudiǎn bùmǎn.) — She feels a little resentful. 不满就说出来吧。(Bùmǎn jiù shuō chūlái ba.) — If you're unhappy, say so. 他不满地看了我一眼。(Tā bùmǎn de kànle wǒ yì yǎn.) — He gave me a displeased look.
2745	HSK 2	不如	bùrú	not as good as	我不如他聪明。(Wǒ bùrú tā cōngming.) — I'm not as clever as him.	坐地铁不如骑车快。(Zuò dìtiě bùrú qíchē kuài.) — The metro isn't as fast as cycling. 与其等着，不如现在走。(Yǔqí děngzhe, bùrú xiànzài zǒu.) — Rather than waiting, let's go now. 今天不如昨天热。(Jīntiān bùrú zuótiān rè.) — Today isn't as hot as yesterday. 这家店不如那家好。(Zhè jiā diàn bùrú nà jiā hǎo.) — This shop isn't as good as that one. 说不如做。(Shuō bùrú zuò.) — Doing beats talking.
2746	HSK 2	不同	bùtóng	different	我们的想法不同。(Wǒmen de xiǎngfǎ bùtóng.) — We think differently.	这两个词意思不同。(Zhè liǎng gè cí yìsi bùtóng.) — These two words mean different things. 每个人的情况不同。(Měi gè rén de qíngkuàng bùtóng.) — Everyone's situation is different. 南方和北方很不同。(Nánfāng hé běifāng hěn bùtóng.) — The south and north are very different. 他有不同的看法。(Tā yǒu bùtóng de kànfǎ.) — He has a different view. 结果和以前不同。(Jiéguǒ hé yǐqián bùtóng.) — The result is different from before.
2747	HSK 2	不行	bùxíng	won't do; not okay	这样不行。(Zhèyàng bù xíng.) — That won't do.	今天不行，改天吧。(Jīntiān bù xíng, gǎitiān ba.) — Today doesn't work, another day. 他的身体不行了。(Tā de shēntǐ bù xíng le.) — His health is failing. 不行就换个办法。(Bù xíng jiù huàn gè bànfǎ.) — If it doesn't work, try another way. 我的汉语还不行。(Wǒ de Hànyǔ hái bù xíng.) — My Chinese still isn't good enough. 不行，我不同意。(Bù xíng, wǒ bù tóngyì.) — No, I don't agree.
2748	HSK 2	长	cháng	long	这条路很长。(Zhè tiáo lù hěn cháng.) — This road is long.	她的头发比我长。(Tā de tóufa bǐ wǒ cháng.) — Her hair is longer than mine. 会议开了很长时间。(Huìyì kāile hěn cháng shíjiān.) — The meeting went on a long time. 这本书太长了。(Zhè běn shū tài cháng le.) — This book is too long. 夏天白天比较长。(Xiàtiān báitiān bǐjiào cháng.) — Days are longer in summer. 你要等很长时间吗？(Nǐ yào děng hěn cháng shíjiān ma?) — Do you have to wait long?
2749	HSK 2	常见	chángjiàn	common; frequently seen	这种情况很常见。(Zhè zhǒng qíngkuàng hěn chángjiàn.) — This situation is common.	这是常见的问题。(Zhè shì chángjiàn de wèntí.) — This is a common problem. 这个姓不太常见。(Zhège xìng bú tài chángjiàn.) — This surname isn't very common. 冬天感冒很常见。(Dōngtiān gǎnmào hěn chángjiàn.) — Colds are common in winter. 常见的错误要注意。(Chángjiàn de cuòwù yào zhùyì.) — Watch out for common mistakes. 这种花在南方常见。(Zhè zhǒng huā zài nánfāng chángjiàn.) — This flower is common in the south.
2750	HSK 2	常用	chángyòng	commonly used	这是常用的词。(Zhè shì chángyòng de cí.) — This is a common word.	常用的东西放外面。(Chángyòng de dōngxi fàng wàimiàn.) — Keep frequently used things to hand. 这个字很常用。(Zhège zì hěn chángyòng.) — This character is used a lot. 先学常用词比较好。(Xiān xué chángyòng cí bǐjiào hǎo.) — It's better to learn common words first. 这不是常用的说法。(Zhè bú shì chángyòng de shuōfǎ.) — This isn't a common way of saying it. 常用的软件在这里。(Chángyòng de ruǎnjiàn zài zhèlǐ.) — The frequently used programs are here.
2751	HSK 2	大声	dàshēng	loud voice	请大声一点。(Qǐng dàshēng yìdiǎn.) — A bit louder, please.	他大声喊我的名字。(Tā dàshēng hǎn wǒ de míngzi.) — He shouted my name loudly. 别大声说话。(Bié dàshēng shuōhuà.) — Don't talk loudly. 老师大声念了一遍。(Lǎoshī dàshēng niànle yí biàn.) — The teacher read it aloud once. 图书馆里不能大声。(Túshūguǎn lǐ bù néng dàshēng.) — You mustn't be loud in the library. 他大声笑了起来。(Tā dàshēng xiàole qǐlái.) — He burst out laughing.
2752	HSK 2	低	dī	low	这个桌子太低了。(Zhège zhuōzi tài dī le.) — This table is too low.	今天气温很低。(Jīntiān qìwēn hěn dī.) — The temperature is low today. 请把声音放低。(Qǐng bǎ shēngyīn fàngdī.) — Please turn the volume down. 他低着头不说话。(Tā dīzhe tóu bù shuōhuà.) — He lowered his head and said nothing. 价格比去年低。(Jiàgé bǐ qùnián dī.) — Prices are lower than last year. 这个位子有点低。(Zhège wèizi yǒudiǎn dī.) — This seat is a bit low.
2753	HSK 2	短	duǎn	short (length)	这条裤子太短了。(Zhè tiáo kùzi tài duǎn le.) — These trousers are too short.	冬天白天很短。(Dōngtiān báitiān hěn duǎn.) — Winter days are short. 他的头发很短。(Tā de tóufa hěn duǎn.) — His hair is short. 时间太短，来不及。(Shíjiān tài duǎn, láibují.) — There's too little time. 这篇文章很短。(Zhè piān wénzhāng hěn duǎn.) — This article is short. 假期比去年短。(Jiàqī bǐ qùnián duǎn.) — The holiday is shorter than last year.
2754	HSK 2	高级	gāojí	advanced; high-level	这是高级饭馆。(Zhè shì gāojí fànguǎn.) — This is an upmarket restaurant.	他上高级班。(Tā shàng gāojí bān.) — He's in the advanced class. 高级的东西比较贵。(Gāojí de dōngxi bǐjiào guì.) — High-end things are pricier. 这个酒店很高级。(Zhège jiǔdiàn hěn gāojí.) — This hotel is upmarket. 她的汉语到了高级。(Tā de Hànyǔ dàole gāojí.) — Her Chinese has reached advanced level. 高级课比较难。(Gāojí kè bǐjiào nán.) — Advanced classes are harder.
2755	HSK 2	公平	gōngpíng	fair; just	这样不公平。(Zhèyàng bù gōngpíng.) — This isn't fair.	比赛要公平。(Bǐsài yào gōngpíng.) — Competitions should be fair. 老师对大家很公平。(Lǎoshī duì dàjiā hěn gōngpíng.) — The teacher is fair to everyone. 公平地说，他很努力。(Gōngpíng de shuō, tā hěn nǔlì.) — To be fair, he works hard. 每个人都想要公平。(Měi gè rén dōu xiǎng yào gōngpíng.) — Everyone wants fairness. 这个价格很公平。(Zhège jiàgé hěn gōngpíng.) — This price is fair.
2756	HSK 2	够	gòu	enough	钱够了吗？(Qián gòu le ma?) — Is there enough money?	这些菜够我们吃。(Zhèxiē cài gòu wǒmen chī.) — There's enough food for us. 时间不够，快一点。(Shíjiān bú gòu, kuài yìdiǎn.) — There isn't enough time, hurry up. 够了，别再说了。(Gòu le, bié zài shuō le.) — That's enough, stop talking. 我够不着上面的书。(Wǒ gòu bu zháo shàngmiàn de shū.) — I can't reach the books up there. 一天够不够？(Yì tiān gòu bú gòu?) — Is one day enough?
2757	HSK 2	合适	héshì	suitable; appropriate	这件衣服很合适。(Zhè jiàn yīfu hěn héshì.) — These clothes fit well.	这个时间合适吗？(Zhège shíjiān héshì ma?) — Is this time suitable? 他很合适这份工作。(Tā hěn héshì zhè fèn gōngzuò.) — He's well suited to this job. 现在说不太合适。(Xiànzài shuō bú tài héshì.) — Now isn't quite the right time to say it. 找个合适的机会再说。(Zhǎo gè héshì de jīhuì zài shuō.) — Wait for a suitable moment. 这双鞋大小正合适。(Zhè shuāng xié dàxiǎo zhèng héshì.) — These shoes are exactly the right size.
2758	HSK 2	急	jí	urgent; anxious	别急，慢慢来。(Bié jí, mànmàn lái.) — Don't rush, take your time.	他有急事要走。(Tā yǒu jíshì yào zǒu.) — He has something urgent and must go. 我急着去上班。(Wǒ jízhe qù shàngbān.) — I'm in a rush to get to work. 着急也没用。(Zháojí yě méiyòng.) — There's no use worrying. 这件事很急。(Zhè jiàn shì hěn jí.) — This is urgent. 妈妈急得哭了。(Māma jí de kū le.) — Mum was so anxious she cried.
2759	HSK 2	近	jìn	near; close	学校离我家很近。(Xuéxiào lí wǒ jiā hěn jìn.) — The school is close to my home.	最近他很忙。(Zuìjìn tā hěn máng.) — He's been busy lately. 坐得近一点。(Zuò de jìn yìdiǎn.) — Sit a bit closer. 这两个地方很近。(Zhè liǎng gè dìfang hěn jìn.) — These two places are close together. 考试的日子越来越近。(Kǎoshì de rìzi yuèláiyuè jìn.) — The exam is getting closer. 近的地方走路去。(Jìn de dìfang zǒulù qù.) — Walk if it's nearby.
2760	HSK 2	开心	kāixīn	happy; joyful	今天玩得很开心。(Jīntiān wán de hěn kāixīn.) — We had a great time today.	看到你我很开心。(Kàndào nǐ wǒ hěn kāixīn.) — I'm happy to see you. 他不太开心。(Tā bú tài kāixīn.) — He isn't very happy. 祝你天天开心。(Zhù nǐ tiāntiān kāixīn.) — Wishing you happiness every day. 孩子们玩得很开心。(Háizimen wán de hěn kāixīn.) — The children are having fun. 开心一点，别难过。(Kāixīn yìdiǎn, bié nánguò.) — Cheer up, don't be sad.
2761	HSK 2	可爱	kě'ài	cute; adorable	这只猫真可爱。(Zhè zhī māo zhēn kě'ài.) — This cat is adorable.	她的孩子很可爱。(Tā de háizi hěn kě'ài.) — Her child is lovely. 这个杯子很可爱。(Zhège bēizi hěn kě'ài.) — This cup is cute. 小狗可爱极了。(Xiǎo gǒu kě'ài jíle.) — The puppy is incredibly cute. 他笑起来很可爱。(Tā xiào qǐlái hěn kě'ài.) — He looks sweet when he smiles. 可爱的东西大家都喜欢。(Kě'ài de dōngxi dàjiā dōu xǐhuan.) — Everyone likes cute things.
2762	HSK 2	可怕	kěpà	scary; frightening	这个故事很可怕。(Zhège gùshi hěn kěpà.) — This story is frightening.	昨晚的雨很可怕。(Zuówǎn de yǔ hěn kěpà.) — Last night's rain was terrifying. 他说的事太可怕了。(Tā shuō de shì tài kěpà le.) — What he described is dreadful. 黑夜让孩子觉得可怕。(Hēiyè ràng háizi juéde kěpà.) — The dark feels scary to children. 这不可怕，别担心。(Zhè bù kěpà, bié dānxīn.) — It isn't scary, don't worry. 可怕的事已经过去了。(Kěpà de shì yǐjīng guòqù le.) — The frightening part is over.
2763	HSK 2	亮	liàng	bright	房间很亮。(Fángjiān hěn liàng.) — The room is bright.	天亮了。(Tiān liàng le.) — It's getting light. 这个灯太亮了。(Zhège dēng tài liàng le.) — This light is too bright. 月亮今晚很亮。(Yuèliang jīnwǎn hěn liàng.) — The moon is bright tonight. 她的眼睛很亮。(Tā de yǎnjing hěn liàng.) — Her eyes are bright. 把灯开亮一点。(Bǎ dēng kāi liàng yìdiǎn.) — Turn the light up a bit.
2764	HSK 2	流利	liúlì	fluent	他汉语说得很流利。(Tā Hànyǔ shuō de hěn liúlì.) — He speaks Chinese fluently.	我想说得更流利。(Wǒ xiǎng shuō de gèng liúlì.) — I want to speak more fluently. 多练习才能流利。(Duō liànxí cái néng liúlì.) — Fluency comes from practice. 她的英语很流利。(Tā de Yīngyǔ hěn liúlì.) — Her English is fluent. 读得流利一点。(Dú de liúlì yìdiǎn.) — Read a bit more fluently. 流利不等于没有错。(Liúlì bù děngyú méiyǒu cuò.) — Fluent doesn't mean error-free.
2765	HSK 2	流行	liúxíng	popular; in fashion	这首歌很流行。(Zhè shǒu gē hěn liúxíng.) — This song is popular.	今年流行这种衣服。(Jīnnián liúxíng zhè zhǒng yīfu.) — This style is in fashion this year. 流行的东西变得很快。(Liúxíng de dōngxi biàn de hěn kuài.) — Trends change quickly. 这个说法很流行。(Zhège shuōfǎ hěn liúxíng.) — This expression is very common. 冬天流行感冒。(Dōngtiān liúxíng gǎnmào.) — Colds go around in winter. 年轻人喜欢流行音乐。(Niánqīng rén xǐhuan liúxíng yīnyuè.) — Young people like pop music.
2766	HSK 2	满	mǎn	full	杯子满了。(Bēizi mǎn le.) — The cup is full.	停车场已经满了。(Tíngchēchǎng yǐjīng mǎn le.) — The car park is already full. 他满脸都是汗。(Tā mǎn liǎn dōu shì hàn.) — His face is covered in sweat. 请把水加满。(Qǐng bǎ shuǐ jiāmǎn.) — Please fill it up with water. 房间坐满了人。(Fángjiān zuòmǎnle rén.) — The room is packed with people. 他今年满二十岁。(Tā jīnnián mǎn èrshí suì.) — He turns twenty this year.
2767	HSK 2	满意	mǎnyì	satisfied	我对结果很满意。(Wǒ duì jiéguǒ hěn mǎnyì.) — I'm pleased with the result.	老板对他的工作很满意。(Lǎobǎn duì tā de gōngzuò hěn mǎnyì.) — The boss is happy with his work. 你满意这个价格吗？(Nǐ mǎnyì zhège jiàgé ma?) — Are you happy with this price? 她不太满意这件衣服。(Tā bú tài mǎnyì zhè jiàn yīfu.) — She isn't quite happy with this outfit. 让顾客满意最重要。(Ràng gùkè mǎnyì zuì zhòngyào.) — Keeping customers happy matters most. 他满意地笑了。(Tā mǎnyì de xiào le.) — He smiled with satisfaction.
2768	HSK 2	难过	nánguò	sad; feel bad	听到这个消息我很难过。(Tīngdào zhège xiāoxi wǒ hěn nánguò.) — I was sad to hear this news.	别难过，会好起来的。(Bié nánguò, huì hǎo qǐlái de.) — Don't be sad, it'll get better. 她难过得哭了。(Tā nánguò de kū le.) — She was so upset she cried. 他心里很难过。(Tā xīnlǐ hěn nánguò.) — He feels awful inside. 考试没考好，我很难过。(Kǎoshì méi kǎo hǎo, wǒ hěn nánguò.) — I did badly in the exam and feel down. 看到他难过，我也难过。(Kàndào tā nánguò, wǒ yě nánguò.) — Seeing him upset makes me upset too.
2769	HSK 2	难看	nánkàn	ugly	这个颜色很难看。(Zhège yánsè hěn nánkàn.) — This colour is ugly.	他的脸色很难看。(Tā de liǎnsè hěn nánkàn.) — He looks grim. 我的字写得很难看。(Wǒ de zì xiě de hěn nánkàn.) — My handwriting is awful. 这件衣服穿着难看。(Zhè jiàn yīfu chuānzhe nánkàn.) — This outfit looks bad on me. 输了比赛，很难看。(Shūle bǐsài, hěn nánkàn.) — Losing the match was embarrassing. 别把房间弄得那么难看。(Bié bǎ fángjiān nòng de nàme nánkàn.) — Don't make the room look so awful.
2770	HSK 2	难受	nánshòu	uncomfortable; unwell	我今天很难受。(Wǒ jīntiān hěn nánshòu.) — I feel awful today.	吃太多了，肚子难受。(Chī tài duō le, dùzi nánshòu.) — I ate too much, my stomach hurts. 天气热得让人难受。(Tiānqì rè de ràng rén nánshòu.) — The heat is unbearable. 听他这么说我很难受。(Tīng tā zhème shuō wǒ hěn nánshòu.) — It hurt to hear him say that. 哪里难受？告诉医生。(Nǎlǐ nánshòu? Gàosu yīshēng.) — Where does it hurt? Tell the doctor. 难受就早点休息。(Nánshòu jiù zǎodiǎn xiūxi.) — If you feel unwell, rest early.
2771	HSK 2	难听	nántīng	unpleasant to hear	这首歌很难听。(Zhè shǒu gē hěn nántīng.) — This song sounds terrible.	他说话很难听。(Tā shuōhuà hěn nántīng.) — He speaks harshly. 别说难听的话。(Bié shuō nántīng de huà.) — Don't say hurtful things. 我唱歌很难听。(Wǒ chànggē hěn nántīng.) — I sing badly. 这个名字有点难听。(Zhège míngzi yǒudiǎn nántīng.) — This name sounds a bit awkward. 难听是难听，可是有道理。(Nántīng shì nántīng, kěshì yǒu dàolǐ.) — It's blunt, but he has a point.
2772	HSK 2	年轻	niánqīng	young	他很年轻。(Tā hěn niánqīng.) — He's young.	年轻的时候我常运动。(Niánqīng de shíhou wǒ cháng yùndòng.) — I exercised a lot when I was young. 她看起来比我年轻。(Tā kàn qǐlái bǐ wǒ niánqīng.) — She looks younger than me. 年轻人喜欢新东西。(Niánqīng rén xǐhuan xīn dōngxi.) — Young people like new things. 妈妈还很年轻。(Māma hái hěn niánqīng.) — Mum is still young. 趁年轻多学习。(Chèn niánqīng duō xuéxí.) — Study while you're young.
2773	HSK 2	努力	nǔlì	to work hard; hardworking	他学习很努力。(Tā xuéxí hěn nǔlì.) — He studies hard.	我会努力的。(Wǒ huì nǔlì de.) — I'll do my best. 努力就有希望。(Nǔlì jiù yǒu xīwàng.) — Effort brings hope. 大家一起努力吧。(Dàjiā yìqǐ nǔlì ba.) — Let's all work hard together. 他努力了很多年。(Tā nǔlìle hěn duō nián.) — He worked hard for many years. 不努力就没有进步。(Bù nǔlì jiù méiyǒu jìnbù.) — No effort, no progress.
2774	HSK 2	平	píng	flat; level	这条路很平。(Zhè tiáo lù hěn píng.) — This road is flat.	桌子不平，有点晃。(Zhuōzi bù píng, yǒudiǎn huàng.) — The table isn't level, it wobbles. 把纸放平。(Bǎ zhǐ fàngpíng.) — Lay the paper flat. 比赛打平了。(Bǐsài dǎpíng le.) — The match ended in a draw. 这块地很平。(Zhè kuài dì hěn píng.) — This piece of land is flat. 心平气和地说吧。(Xīn píng qì hé de shuō ba.) — Let's talk about it calmly.
2775	HSK 2	平安	píng'ān	safe and sound	祝你一路平安。(Zhù nǐ yílù píng'ān.) — Have a safe trip.	他平安到家了。(Tā píng'ān dào jiā le.) — He got home safely. 平安最重要。(Píng'ān zuì zhòngyào.) — Safety matters most. 一家人平平安安。(Yì jiā rén píngpíng'ān'ān.) — The whole family is safe and well. 希望大家平安。(Xīwàng dàjiā píng'ān.) — I hope everyone is safe. 平安夜在十二月。(Píng'ān yè zài shí'èr yuè.) — Christmas Eve is in December.
2776	HSK 2	平等	píngděng	equal; equality	人人平等。(Rén rén píngděng.) — Everyone is equal.	男女应该平等。(Nán nǚ yīnggāi píngděng.) — Men and women should be equal. 我们的关系很平等。(Wǒmen de guānxi hěn píngděng.) — Our relationship is an equal one. 平等地对待每个人。(Píngděng de duìdài měi gè rén.) — Treat everyone equally. 学生之间是平等的。(Xuéshēng zhījiān shì píngděng de.) — Students are equals. 平等不等于一样。(Píngděng bù děngyú yíyàng.) — Equal doesn't mean identical.
2777	HSK 2	普通	pǔtōng	ordinary; common	这是普通的房子。(Zhè shì pǔtōng de fángzi.) — This is an ordinary house.	我是个普通人。(Wǒ shì gè pǔtōng rén.) — I'm just an ordinary person. 他说普通话。(Tā shuō Pǔtōnghuà.) — He speaks Mandarin. 今天是普通的一天。(Jīntiān shì pǔtōng de yì tiān.) — Today is a normal day. 普通的票比较便宜。(Pǔtōng de piào bǐjiào piányi.) — Standard tickets are cheaper. 这个词很普通。(Zhège cí hěn pǔtōng.) — This is a very ordinary word.
2778	HSK 2	轻	qīng	light (weight)	这个包很轻。(Zhège bāo hěn qīng.) — This bag is light.	他轻轻地关上门。(Tā qīngqīng de guānshàng mén.) — He closed the door gently. 说话轻一点。(Shuōhuà qīng yìdiǎn.) — Speak more softly. 她比我轻十公斤。(Tā bǐ wǒ qīng shí gōngjīn.) — She's ten kilos lighter than me. 病不轻，要去医院。(Bìng bù qīng, yào qù yīyuàn.) — It isn't a minor illness, go to hospital. 轻的东西我来拿。(Qīng de dōngxi wǒ lái ná.) — I'll carry the light things.
2779	HSK 2	热情	rèqíng	enthusiastic; warm-hearted	他对客人很热情。(Tā duì kèrén hěn rèqíng.) — He's warm towards guests.	谢谢你的热情帮助。(Xièxie nǐ de rèqíng bāngzhù.) — Thank you for your kind help. 这里的人很热情。(Zhèlǐ de rén hěn rèqíng.) — People here are very friendly. 她热情地跟我打招呼。(Tā rèqíng de gēn wǒ dǎ zhāohu.) — She greeted me warmly. 他对工作很有热情。(Tā duì gōngzuò hěn yǒu rèqíng.) — He's enthusiastic about his work. 热情一点，别太冷。(Rèqíng yìdiǎn, bié tài lěng.) — Be a bit warmer, not so cold.
2780	HSK 2	实际	shíjì	actual; practical	实际情况不是这样。(Shíjì qíngkuàng bú shì zhèyàng.) — The actual situation isn't like this.	他这个人很实际。(Tā zhège rén hěn shíjì.) — He's a practical person. 实际上我不同意。(Shíjì shàng wǒ bù tóngyì.) — Actually, I don't agree. 实际的价格更高。(Shíjì de jiàgé gèng gāo.) — The actual price is higher. 计划要符合实际。(Jìhuà yào fúhé shíjì.) — Plans must be realistic. 说得好不如做得实际。(Shuō de hǎo bùrú zuò de shíjì.) — Practical action beats fine words.
2781	HSK 2	熟	shú	ripe; cooked; familiar with	肉熟了吗？(Ròu shú le ma?) — Is the meat cooked?	我们很熟。(Wǒmen hěn shú.) — We know each other well. 这条路我很熟。(Zhè tiáo lù wǒ hěn shú.) — I know this road well. 苹果还没熟。(Píngguǒ hái méi shú.) — The apples aren't ripe yet. 他对这里不太熟。(Tā duì zhèlǐ bú tài shú.) — He isn't very familiar with this place. 多练几次就熟了。(Duō liàn jǐ cì jiù shú le.) — Practise a few more times and you'll get it.
2782	HSK 2	顺利	shùnlì	smooth; successful	祝你一切顺利。(Zhù nǐ yíqiè shùnlì.) — I wish you all the best.	工作进行得很顺利。(Gōngzuò jìnxíng de hěn shùnlì.) — The work is going smoothly. 考试很顺利。(Kǎoshì hěn shùnlì.) — The exam went well. 不是每件事都顺利。(Bú shì měi jiàn shì dōu shùnlì.) — Not everything goes smoothly. 他顺利找到了工作。(Tā shùnlì zhǎodàole gōngzuò.) — He found a job without trouble. 希望明天顺利。(Xīwàng míngtiān shùnlì.) — I hope tomorrow goes well.
2783	HSK 2	挺好	tǐng hǎo	quite good	这个主意挺好。(Zhège zhǔyi tǐng hǎo.) — That's a pretty good idea.	我最近挺好的。(Wǒ zuìjìn tǐng hǎo de.) — I've been doing pretty well. 他汉语说得挺好。(Tā Hànyǔ shuō de tǐng hǎo.) — He speaks Chinese quite well. 天气挺好，出去走走。(Tiānqì tǐng hǎo, chūqù zǒuzou.) — Nice weather, let's go for a walk. 这家店挺好的。(Zhè jiā diàn tǐng hǎo de.) — This shop is pretty good. 挺好，就这么办。(Tǐng hǎo, jiù zhème bàn.) — Good enough, let's do it that way.
2784	HSK 2	同样	tóngyàng	the same; likewise	我也有同样的问题。(Wǒ yě yǒu tóngyàng de wèntí.) — I have the same problem.	同样的话别说两遍。(Tóngyàng de huà bié shuō liǎng biàn.) — Don't say the same thing twice. 他们做同样的工作。(Tāmen zuò tóngyàng de gōngzuò.) — They do the same job. 同样是学生，情况不同。(Tóngyàng shì xuéshēng, qíngkuàng bùtóng.) — Both are students, but their situations differ. 我同样很高兴。(Wǒ tóngyàng hěn gāoxìng.) — I'm equally pleased. 同样的错误不能再犯。(Tóngyàng de cuòwù bù néng zài fàn.) — Don't make the same mistake again.
2785	HSK 2	相同	xiāngtóng	identical; the same	我们的想法相同。(Wǒmen de xiǎngfǎ xiāngtóng.) — We think the same way.	这两个字读音相同。(Zhè liǎng gè zì dúyīn xiāngtóng.) — These two characters sound the same. 价格相同，选哪个都行。(Jiàgé xiāngtóng, xuǎn nǎge dōu xíng.) — The prices are the same, pick either. 他们有相同的爱好。(Tāmen yǒu xiāngtóng de àihào.) — They share the same hobby. 结果和上次相同。(Jiéguǒ hé shàng cì xiāngtóng.) — The result is the same as last time. 完全相同的两件衣服。(Wánquán xiāngtóng de liǎng jiàn yīfu.) — Two completely identical outfits.
2786	HSK 2	小声	xiǎoshēng	in a low voice	请小声一点。(Qǐng xiǎoshēng yìdiǎn.) — A bit quieter, please.	他小声跟我说话。(Tā xiǎoshēng gēn wǒ shuōhuà.) — He spoke to me quietly. 孩子睡了，小声点。(Háizi shuì le, xiǎoshēng diǎn.) — The child's asleep, keep it down. 她小声地笑了。(Tā xiǎoshēng de xiào le.) — She laughed softly. 在图书馆要小声。(Zài túshūguǎn yào xiǎoshēng.) — Keep your voice down in the library. 小声我听不见。(Xiǎoshēng wǒ tīng bu jiàn.) — I can't hear you if you're too quiet.
2787	HSK 2	友好	yǒuhǎo	friendly	他对我很友好。(Tā duì wǒ hěn yǒuhǎo.) — He's friendly towards me.	这里的人都很友好。(Zhèlǐ de rén dōu hěn yǒuhǎo.) — Everyone here is friendly. 两国关系很友好。(Liǎng guó guānxi hěn yǒuhǎo.) — The two countries have friendly relations. 她友好地笑了笑。(Tā yǒuhǎo de xiàole xiào.) — She smiled kindly. 友好一点，别吵架。(Yǒuhǎo yìdiǎn, bié chǎojià.) — Be nicer, don't argue. 他们是友好的邻居。(Tāmen shì yǒuhǎo de línjū.) — They're friendly neighbours.
2788	HSK 2	有意思	yǒuyìsi	interesting	这本书很有意思。(Zhè běn shū hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This book is interesting.	学汉语很有意思。(Xué Hànyǔ hěn yǒu yìsi.) — Learning Chinese is interesting. 他说的话很有意思。(Tā shuō de huà hěn yǒu yìsi.) — What he said is interesting. 这个游戏很有意思。(Zhège yóuxì hěn yǒu yìsi.) — This game is very interesting. 今天过得很有意思。(Jīntiān guò de hěn yǒu yìsi.) — Today was fun. 有意思的地方我都想去。(Yǒu yìsi de dìfang wǒ dōu xiǎng qù.) — I want to visit every interesting place.
2789	HSK 2	真正	zhēnzhèng	genuine; truly	这才是真正的朋友。(Zhè cái shì zhēnzhèng de péngyou.) — This is a true friend.	真正的原因是什么？(Zhēnzhèng de yuányīn shì shénme?) — What's the real reason? 他真正想要的是时间。(Tā zhēnzhèng xiǎng yào de shì shíjiān.) — What he really wants is time. 真正会做的人不多。(Zhēnzhèng huì zuò de rén bù duō.) — Few people can really do it. 这是真正的中国菜。(Zhè shì zhēnzhèng de Zhōngguó cài.) — This is authentic Chinese food. 真正的学习要靠自己。(Zhēnzhèng de xuéxí yào kào zìjǐ.) — Real learning depends on yourself.
2790	HSK 2	正常	zhèngcháng	normal	一切都很正常。(Yíqiè dōu hěn zhèngcháng.) — Everything is normal.	这是正常的情况。(Zhè shì zhèngcháng de qíngkuàng.) — This is a normal situation. 他的身体很正常。(Tā de shēntǐ hěn zhèngcháng.) — His health is fine. 车又正常了。(Chē yòu zhèngcháng le.) — The car is working normally again. 紧张是正常的。(Jǐnzhāng shì zhèngcháng de.) — Being nervous is normal. 今天不太正常。(Jīntiān bú tài zhèngcháng.) — Something's off today.
2791	HSK 2	正确	zhèngquè	correct	这个答案正确。(Zhège dá'àn zhèngquè.) — This answer is correct.	请选择正确的说法。(Qǐng xuǎnzé zhèngquè de shuōfǎ.) — Please choose the correct expression. 他的做法很正确。(Tā de zuòfǎ hěn zhèngquè.) — His approach is right. 正确的路在左边。(Zhèngquè de lù zài zuǒbian.) — The correct road is on the left. 不知道哪个正确。(Bù zhīdào nǎge zhèngquè.) — I don't know which is right. 正确使用很重要。(Zhèngquè shǐyòng hěn zhòngyào.) — Using it correctly matters.
2792	HSK 2	准确	zhǔnquè	accurate	他的回答很准确。(Tā de huídá hěn zhǔnquè.) — His answer is accurate.	时间要说得准确。(Shíjiān yào shuō de zhǔnquè.) — State the time precisely. 这个数字不准确。(Zhège shùzì bù zhǔnquè.) — This figure isn't accurate. 他的发音很准确。(Tā de fāyīn hěn zhǔnquè.) — His pronunciation is accurate. 准确地记住了地址。(Zhǔnquè de jìzhùle dìzhǐ.) — He remembered the address exactly. 天气预报不太准确。(Tiānqì yùbào bú tài zhǔnquè.) — The forecast isn't very accurate.
2793	HSK 2	自由	zìyóu	freedom; free	我很喜欢自由。(Wǒ hěn xǐhuan zìyóu.) — I love freedom.	周末我比较自由。(Zhōumò wǒ bǐjiào zìyóu.) — I'm freer at weekends. 你可以自由选择。(Nǐ kěyǐ zìyóu xuǎnzé.) — You may choose freely. 鸟在天上自由地飞。(Niǎo zài tiānshàng zìyóu de fēi.) — Birds fly freely in the sky. 自由不等于随便。(Zìyóu bù děngyú suíbiàn.) — Freedom isn't the same as anything goes. 他想过自由的生活。(Tā xiǎng guò zìyóu de shēnghuó.) — He wants to live a free life.

15. Adverbs & Particles (副词, 助词 - fùcí, zhùcí)

✏️ Usage: Adverb + Verb/Adjective + 了/吗/吧/呢

💡 Grammar Tip: Modifying Words & Sentence Moods

Adverbs modify verbs and adjectives, and they must appear directly **before** the words they modify (e.g., 已经买过了 (yǐjīng mǎiguo le)). Grammatical particles are placed at the end of sentences to indicate tone or grammatical status: 吗 (ma) for questions, 了 (le) to show completed actions or state changes, 吧 (ba) for suggestions, and 呢 (ne) for follow-up queries ("what about...?").

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
3118	HSK 2	喂	wèi	hey; hello (on the phone)	喂，你好。(Wéi, nǐ hǎo.) — Hello? (on the phone)	喂，请问是王老师吗？(Wéi, qǐngwèn shì Wáng lǎoshī ma?) — Hello, is that Mr Wang? 喂，你在听吗？(Wéi, nǐ zài tīng ma?) — Hello, are you there? 喂，等一下！(Wèi, děng yíxià!) — Hey, hold on! 喂，那是我的书。(Wèi, nà shì wǒ de shū.) — Hey, that's my book. 接电话先说"喂"。(Jiē diànhuà xiān shuō "wéi".) — You say "wéi" when you pick up.
3124	HSK 2	已经	yǐjīng	already	我已经吃过了。(Wǒ yǐjīng chīguò le.) — I've already eaten.	他已经走了。(Tā yǐjīng zǒu le.) — He's already left. 已经十点了，快睡吧。(Yǐjīng shí diǎn le, kuài shuì ba.) — It's already ten, go to bed. 我已经学了两年汉语。(Wǒ yǐjīng xuéle liǎng nián Hànyǔ.) — I've been learning Chinese for two years. 东西已经买好了。(Dōngxi yǐjīng mǎihǎo le.) — The shopping is already done. 你已经知道了吗？(Nǐ yǐjīng zhīdào le ma?) — Do you know already?
3129	HSK 2	只	zhǐ	only; merely	我有一只猫。(Wǒ yǒu yì zhī māo.) — I have one cat.	那只狗很大。(Nà zhī gǒu hěn dà.) — That dog is big. 她买了两只鸟。(Tā mǎile liǎng zhī niǎo.) — She bought two birds. 这只手很疼。(Zhè zhī shǒu hěn téng.) — This hand hurts. 家里有三只猫。(Jiā lǐ yǒu sān zhī māo.) — There are three cats at home. 那只鸡很小。(Nà zhī jī hěn xiǎo.) — That chicken is small.
3130	HSK 2	更	gèng	even more; further	今天比昨天更热。(Jīntiān bǐ zuótiān gèng rè.) — Today is even hotter than yesterday.	我更喜欢这个。(Wǒ gèng xǐhuan zhège.) — I prefer this one. 他跑得更快。(Tā pǎo de gèng kuài.) — He runs faster. 练习让人更流利。(Liànxí ràng rén gèng liúlì.) — Practice makes you more fluent. 这个办法更好。(Zhège bànfǎ gèng hǎo.) — This method is better. 下雨以后更凉快了。(Xiàyǔ yǐhòu gèng liángkuai le.) — It's even cooler after the rain.
3131	HSK 2	越	yuè	the more... (e.g. 越来越)	雨越下越大。(Yǔ yuè xià yuè dà.) — The rain is getting heavier.	他越说越快。(Tā yuè shuō yuè kuài.) — The more he talks the faster he goes. 天越来越冷了。(Tiān yuèláiyuè lěng le.) — It's getting colder and colder. 越学越有意思。(Yuè xué yuè yǒu yìsi.) — The more you study the more interesting it gets. 人越多越热闹。(Rén yuè duō yuè rènao.) — The more people the livelier it is. 我越想越难过。(Wǒ yuè xiǎng yuè nánguò.) — The more I think the sadder I get.
3132	HSK 2	特别	tèbié	especially; particularly	今天特别热。(Jīntiān tèbié rè.) — It's especially hot today.	我特别喜欢这首歌。(Wǒ tèbié xǐhuan zhè shǒu gē.) — I particularly like this song. 他做的菜特别好吃。(Tā zuò de cài tèbié hǎochī.) — His cooking is especially good. 这没什么特别的。(Zhè méi shénme tèbié de.) — There's nothing special about this. 特别是周末，人很多。(Tèbié shì zhōumò, rén hěn duō.) — Especially at weekends, it's crowded. 她今天特别开心。(Tā jīntiān tèbié kāixīn.) — She's particularly cheerful today.
3135	HSK 2	一定	yīdìng	definitely; certainly	我一定去。(Wǒ yídìng qù.) — I'll definitely go.	你一定要小心。(Nǐ yídìng yào xiǎoxīn.) — You must be careful. 他一定会来的。(Tā yídìng huì lái de.) — He'll certainly come. 不一定是他的错。(Bù yídìng shì tā de cuò.) — It isn't necessarily his fault. 明天一定还你。(Míngtiān yídìng huán nǐ.) — I'll definitely return it tomorrow. 一定要记住这个词。(Yídìng yào jìzhù zhège cí.) — Be sure to remember this word.
3136	HSK 2	得	de	structural particle (used after a verb)	他跑得很快。(Tā pǎo de hěn kuài.) — He runs fast.	你说得对。(Nǐ shuō de duì.) — You're right. 我得走了。(Wǒ děi zǒu le.) — I have to go. 明天得早起。(Míngtiān děi zǎoqǐ.) — I have to get up early tomorrow. 她唱得比我好。(Tā chàng de bǐ wǒ hǎo.) — She sings better than me. 这件事得慢慢来。(Zhè jiàn shì děi mànmàn lái.) — This has to be taken slowly.
3159	HSK 2	啊	a	ah; oh (exclamation particle)	真好啊！(Zhēn hǎo a!) — That's great!	是啊，我也这么想。(Shì a, wǒ yě zhème xiǎng.) — Yes, I think so too. 快点啊！(Kuài diǎn a!) — Hurry up! 你怎么才来啊？(Nǐ zěnme cái lái a?) — How come you're only just here? 好啊，我们一起去。(Hǎo a, wǒmen yìqǐ qù.) — Sure, let's go together. 多漂亮的花啊！(Duō piàoliang de huā a!) — What beautiful flowers!
3160	HSK 2	比如	bǐrú	for example	我喜欢水果，比如苹果。(Wǒ xǐhuan shuǐguǒ, bǐrú píngguǒ.) — I like fruit, apples for instance.	有些字很难，比如"熟"。(Yǒuxiē zì hěn nán, bǐrú "shú".) — Some characters are hard, like "shú". 比如今天，我就很忙。(Bǐrú jīntiān, wǒ jiù hěn máng.) — Take today, I'm very busy. 你可以运动，比如跑步。(Nǐ kěyǐ yùndòng, bǐrú pǎobù.) — You could exercise, running for example. 比如这个，就不太贵。(Bǐrú zhège, jiù bú tài guì.) — This one, for instance, isn't expensive. 比如说的时候要举例子。(Bǐrú shuō de shíhou yào jǔ lìzi.) — When you say "for example", give one.
3161	HSK 2	比如说	bǐrú shuō	for example	比如说，你可以坐地铁。(Bǐrú shuō, nǐ kěyǐ zuò dìtiě.) — For example, you could take the metro.	比如说这个词，很常用。(Bǐrú shuō zhège cí, hěn chángyòng.) — Take this word, it's very common. 比如说昨天，就下雨了。(Bǐrú shuō zuótiān, jiù xiàyǔ le.) — Yesterday, for instance, it rained. 比如说他，就很努力。(Bǐrú shuō tā, jiù hěn nǔlì.) — Take him, he works very hard. 比如说吃的，你想吃什么？(Bǐrú shuō chī de, nǐ xiǎng chī shénme?) — Food, say — what do you fancy? 比如说，明天怎么样？(Bǐrú shuō, míngtiān zěnmeyàng?) — How about tomorrow, for example?
3162	HSK 2	不太	bútài	not very	我不太懂。(Wǒ bú tài dǒng.) — I don't quite understand.	今天不太冷。(Jīntiān bú tài lěng.) — It isn't too cold today. 他不太喜欢运动。(Tā bú tài xǐhuan yùndòng.) — He isn't very keen on sport. 这个办法不太好。(Zhège bànfǎ bú tài hǎo.) — This method isn't very good. 她不太舒服，回家了。(Tā bú tài shūfu, huí jiā le.) — She felt unwell and went home. 我不太确定。(Wǒ bú tài quèdìng.) — I'm not quite sure.
3163	HSK 2	不要	búyào	don't (imperative)	不要着急。(Búyào zháojí.) — Don't worry.	不要在这里停车。(Búyào zài zhèlǐ tíngchē.) — Don't park here. 不要忘了带钥匙。(Búyào wàngle dài yàoshi.) — Don't forget your keys. 我不要这个，谢谢。(Wǒ búyào zhège, xièxie.) — I don't want this one, thanks. 不要说话，考试开始了。(Búyào shuōhuà, kǎoshì kāishǐ le.) — No talking, the exam has started. 不要太累了。(Búyào tài lèi le.) — Don't wear yourself out.
3164	HSK 2	不久	bùjiǔ	not long after; soon	他不久就回来。(Tā bùjiǔ jiù huílái.) — He'll be back soon.	不久以前我见过他。(Bùjiǔ yǐqián wǒ jiànguò tā.) — I saw him not long ago. 不久他们就结婚了。(Bùjiǔ tāmen jiù jiéhūn le.) — They got married soon after. 考试不久就要开始了。(Kǎoshì bùjiǔ jiù yào kāishǐ le.) — The exam starts before long. 来这里不久，我还不熟。(Lái zhèlǐ bùjiǔ, wǒ hái bù shú.) — I haven't been here long, I don't know it well. 不久前搬到这里。(Bùjiǔ qián bāndào zhèlǐ.) — I moved here not long ago.
3165	HSK 2	不少	bùshǎo	quite a lot	今天来了不少人。(Jīntiān láile bù shǎo rén.) — Quite a few people came today.	他会不少汉字。(Tā huì bù shǎo Hànzì.) — He knows quite a lot of characters. 这次花了不少钱。(Zhè cì huāle bù shǎo qián.) — This cost quite a bit of money. 我学到了不少东西。(Wǒ xuédàole bù shǎo dōngxi.) — I learned quite a lot. 路上有不少车。(Lùshang yǒu bù shǎo chē.) — There's a fair bit of traffic. 不少人喜欢这本书。(Bù shǎo rén xǐhuan zhè běn shū.) — Quite a few people like this book.
3166	HSK 2	不一定	bùyídìng	not necessarily	他不一定来。(Tā bù yídìng lái.) — He won't necessarily come.	贵的不一定好。(Guì de bù yídìng hǎo.) — Expensive doesn't always mean good. 明天不一定下雨。(Míngtiān bù yídìng xiàyǔ.) — It might not rain tomorrow. 我不一定有时间。(Wǒ bù yídìng yǒu shíjiān.) — I may not have time. 多不一定是好事。(Duō bù yídìng shì hǎoshì.) — More isn't always better. 答案不一定只有一个。(Dá'àn bù yídìng zhǐ yǒu yí gè.) — There isn't necessarily just one answer.
3167	HSK 2	不一会儿	bù yíhuìr	in a little while	不一会儿他就来了。(Bùyíhuìr tā jiù lái le.) — He arrived shortly after.	不一会儿雨就停了。(Bùyíhuìr yǔ jiù tíng le.) — The rain stopped in no time. 不一会儿菜就好了。(Bùyíhuìr cài jiù hǎo le.) — The food was ready in a moment. 不一会儿她就睡着了。(Bùyíhuìr tā jiù shuìzháo le.) — She fell asleep before long. 等了不一会儿就到了。(Děngle bùyíhuìr jiù dào le.) — After a short wait it arrived. 不一会儿人就多了。(Bùyíhuìr rén jiù duō le.) — It got crowded within minutes.
3168	HSK 2	才	cái	only then; just	他八点才来。(Tā bā diǎn cái lái.) — He didn't come until eight.	我昨天才知道。(Wǒ zuótiān cái zhīdào.) — I only found out yesterday. 学了三年才学会。(Xuéle sān nián cái xuéhuì.) — It took three years to learn. 这才是真正的问题。(Zhè cái shì zhēnzhèng de wèntí.) — This is the real problem. 他才五岁。(Tā cái wǔ suì.) — He's only five. 努力了才有结果。(Nǔlìle cái yǒu jiéguǒ.) — Only effort brings results.
3169	HSK 2	差不多	chàbuduō	almost; nearly	我们差不多高。(Wǒmen chàbuduō gāo.) — We're about the same height.	差不多可以走了。(Chàbuduō kěyǐ zǒu le.) — We can pretty much go now. 两个价格差不多。(Liǎng gè jiàgé chàbuduō.) — The two prices are about the same. 差不多有五十个人。(Chàbuduō yǒu wǔshí gè rén.) — There are around fifty people. 菜差不多做好了。(Cài chàbuduō zuòhǎo le.) — The food is nearly ready. 差不多就行了。(Chàbuduō jiù xíng le.) — Close enough will do.
3170	HSK 2	重新	chóngxīn	again; anew	请重新写一遍。(Qǐng chóngxīn xiě yí biàn.) — Please write it out again.	我们重新开始吧。(Wǒmen chóngxīn kāishǐ ba.) — Let's start over. 他重新做了一次。(Tā chóngxīn zuòle yí cì.) — He did it again from scratch. 重新想一个办法。(Chóngxīn xiǎng yí gè bànfǎ.) — Come up with another approach. 电脑要重新开机。(Diànnǎo yào chóngxīn kāijī.) — The computer needs restarting. 重新学一次也不难。(Chóngxīn xué yí cì yě bù nán.) — Relearning it isn't hard either.
3171	HSK 2	从小	cóngxiǎo	since childhood	他从小学汉语。(Tā cóngxiǎo xué Hànyǔ.) — He's studied Chinese since childhood.	我从小住在这里。(Wǒ cóngxiǎo zhù zài zhèlǐ.) — I've lived here since I was little. 她从小就很聪明。(Tā cóngxiǎo jiù hěn cōngming.) — She's been bright since she was small. 从小的习惯很难改。(Cóngxiǎo de xíguàn hěn nán gǎi.) — Childhood habits are hard to change. 他们从小是朋友。(Tāmen cóngxiǎo shì péngyou.) — They've been friends since childhood. 从小要养成好习惯。(Cóngxiǎo yào yǎngchéng hǎo xíguàn.) — Good habits should start young.
3172	HSK 2	大大	dàdà	greatly; enormously	价格大大降低了。(Jiàgé dàdà jiàngdī le.) — Prices have dropped a lot.	这样大大方便了大家。(Zhèyàng dàdà fāngbiànle dàjiā.) — This makes things far easier for everyone. 时间大大减少了。(Shíjiān dàdà jiǎnshǎo le.) — The time needed has been greatly cut. 他的汉语大大进步了。(Tā de Hànyǔ dàdà jìnbù le.) — His Chinese has improved a great deal. 人数大大增加了。(Rénshù dàdà zēngjiā le.) — Numbers have risen sharply. 这大大帮助了我。(Zhè dàdà bāngzhùle wǒ.) — This helped me enormously.
3173	HSK 2	大量	dàliàng	a large amount	他喝了大量的水。(Tā hēle dàliàng de shuǐ.) — He drank a lot of water.	这里有大量的书。(Zhèlǐ yǒu dàliàng de shū.) — There are a great many books here. 大量的人来参加。(Dàliàng de rén lái cānjiā.) — A large number of people took part. 学习需要大量练习。(Xuéxí xūyào dàliàng liànxí.) — Learning takes a lot of practice. 他花了大量时间。(Tā huāle dàliàng shíjiān.) — He spent a great deal of time. 大量不等于有用。(Dàliàng bù děngyú yǒuyòng.) — A large amount isn't the same as useful.
3174	HSK 2	等到	děngdào	by the time; until	等到明天再说吧。(Děngdào míngtiān zài shuō ba.) — Let's talk about it tomorrow.	等到他来我们就走。(Děngdào tā lái wǒmen jiù zǒu.) — We'll leave once he arrives. 等到下雨停了再出去。(Děngdào xiàyǔ tíngle zài chūqù.) — Go out after the rain stops. 等到你有空的时候。(Děngdào nǐ yǒu kòng de shíhou.) — When you have time. 等到那时就晚了。(Děngdào nà shí jiù wǎn le.) — By then it'll be too late. 等到放假我要回家。(Děngdào fàngjià wǒ yào huí jiā.) — I'll go home when the holiday comes.
3175	HSK 2	多么	duōme	how (exclamatory)	多么漂亮的花！(Duōme piàoliang de huā!) — What beautiful flowers!	你多么努力啊！(Nǐ duōme nǔlì a!) — How hard you work! 多么好的一天！(Duōme hǎo de yì tiān!) — What a lovely day! 他多么想去中国。(Tā duōme xiǎng qù Zhōngguó.) — How much he wants to go to China. 这个故事多么有意思。(Zhège gùshi duōme yǒu yìsi.) — What an interesting story. 不管多么难也要试。(Bùguǎn duōme nán yě yào shì.) — However hard it is, give it a try.
3176	HSK 2	该	gāi	should; ought to	该走了。(Gāi zǒu le.) — It's time to go.	现在该谁了？(Xiànzài gāi shéi le?) — Whose turn is it now? 你该多休息。(Nǐ gāi duō xiūxi.) — You should rest more. 该说的话我都说了。(Gāi shuō de huà wǒ dōu shuō le.) — I've said everything I should. 明天该考试了。(Míngtiān gāi kǎoshì le.) — The exam is tomorrow. 不该做的事别做。(Bù gāi zuò de shì bié zuò.) — Don't do what you shouldn't.
3177	HSK 2	刚	gāng	just (now)	他刚走。(Tā gāng zǒu.) — He just left.	我刚吃完饭。(Wǒ gāng chīwán fàn.) — I've just finished eating. 天刚亮就出发了。(Tiān gāng liàng jiù chūfā le.) — We set off as soon as it got light. 她刚来这个学校。(Tā gāng lái zhège xuéxiào.) — She's new at this school. 刚开始有点难。(Gāng kāishǐ yǒudiǎn nán.) — It's a bit hard at first. 这件衣服大小刚好。(Zhè jiàn yīfu dàxiǎo gānghǎo.) — These clothes fit just right.
3178	HSK 2	刚刚	gānggāng	just now	他刚刚回来。(Tā gānggāng huílái.) — He came back just now.	我刚刚给你打电话。(Wǒ gānggāng gěi nǐ dǎ diànhuà.) — I called you a moment ago. 刚刚下过雨。(Gānggāng xiàguò yǔ.) — It rained just now. 刚刚谁在说话？(Gānggāng shéi zài shuōhuà?) — Who was talking just now? 她刚刚睡着。(Tā gānggāng shuìzháo.) — She's only just fallen asleep. 刚刚的问题我没听懂。(Gānggāng de wèntí wǒ méi tīngdǒng.) — I didn't catch the question just now.
3179	HSK 2	故意	gùyì	intentionally; on purpose	他不是故意的。(Tā bú shì gùyì de.) — He didn't do it on purpose.	你故意气我吗？(Nǐ gùyì qì wǒ ma?) — Are you annoying me on purpose? 她故意走得很慢。(Tā gùyì zǒu de hěn màn.) — She walked slowly on purpose. 我故意不告诉他。(Wǒ gùyì bú gàosu tā.) — I deliberately didn't tell him. 故意的错误更难原谅。(Gùyì de cuòwù gèng nán yuánliàng.) — Deliberate mistakes are harder to forgive. 对不起，不是故意的。(Duìbuqǐ, bú shì gùyì de.) — Sorry, it wasn't intentional.
3180	HSK 2	好多	hǎoduō	many; a lot of	今天来了好多人。(Jīntiān láile hǎoduō rén.) — Lots of people came today.	我有好多话想说。(Wǒ yǒu hǎoduō huà xiǎng shuō.) — I have so much to say. 好多年没见了。(Hǎoduō nián méi jiàn le.) — We haven't met in years. 他买了好多东西。(Tā mǎile hǎoduō dōngxi.) — He bought a lot of things. 好多字我还不认识。(Hǎoduō zì wǒ hái bú rènshi.) — There are lots of characters I don't know yet. 今天比昨天好多了。(Jīntiān bǐ zuótiān hǎo duō le.) — Today is much better than yesterday.
3181	HSK 2	好像	hǎoxiàng	to seem; as if	他好像很累。(Tā hǎoxiàng hěn lèi.) — He seems tired.	好像要下雨了。(Hǎoxiàng yào xiàyǔ le.) — It looks like rain. 我好像见过他。(Wǒ hǎoxiàng jiànguò tā.) — I think I've met him before. 她好像不太高兴。(Tā hǎoxiàng bú tài gāoxìng.) — She doesn't seem very happy. 这个字好像写错了。(Zhège zì hǎoxiàng xiěcuò le.) — This character looks wrong. 时间过得好像很快。(Shíjiān guò de hǎoxiàng hěn kuài.) — Time seems to fly.
3182	HSK 2	忽然	hūrán	suddenly	他忽然站了起来。(Tā hūrán zhànle qǐlái.) — He suddenly stood up.	忽然下起了大雨。(Hūrán xiàqǐle dàyǔ.) — It suddenly started pouring. 我忽然想起一件事。(Wǒ hūrán xiǎngqǐ yí jiàn shì.) — Something suddenly came to mind. 灯忽然灭了。(Dēng hūrán miè le.) — The light suddenly went out. 她忽然不说话了。(Tā hūrán bù shuōhuà le.) — She suddenly fell silent. 忽然听见有人叫我。(Hūrán tīngjiàn yǒu rén jiào wǒ.) — I suddenly heard someone calling me.
3183	HSK 2	接下来	jiēxiàlái	next; following that	接下来我们休息。(Jiē xiàlái wǒmen xiūxi.) — Next we'll take a break.	接下来做什么？(Jiē xiàlái zuò shénme?) — What's next? 接下来是第二课。(Jiē xiàlái shì dì èr kè.) — Lesson two comes next. 接下来的几天很忙。(Jiē xiàlái de jǐ tiān hěn máng.) — The next few days are busy. 接下来请他说几句。(Jiē xiàlái qǐng tā shuō jǐ jù.) — Next, let's hear a few words from him. 接下来该你了。(Jiē xiàlái gāi nǐ le.) — You're up next.
3184	HSK 2	接着	jiēzhe	to go on to; then	他接着说下去。(Tā jiēzhe shuō xiàqù.) — He carried on talking.	吃完饭接着看书。(Chīwán fàn jiēzhe kànshū.) — After eating he went straight back to reading. 接着发生了什么？(Jiēzhe fāshēngle shénme?) — What happened next? 下课以后接着上班。(Xiàkè yǐhòu jiēzhe shàngbān.) — After class he went straight to work. 接着往前走就到了。(Jiēzhe wǎng qián zǒu jiù dào le.) — Keep going straight and you'll be there. 一个接着一个进来。(Yí gè jiēzhe yí gè jìnlái.) — They came in one after another.
3185	HSK 2	就要	jiùyào	about to; on the verge of	火车就要开了。(Huǒchē jiù yào kāi le.) — The train is about to leave.	他就要回来了。(Tā jiù yào huílái le.) — He'll be back any moment. 考试就要开始了。(Kǎoshì jiù yào kāishǐ le.) — The exam is about to start. 天就要黑了。(Tiān jiù yào hēi le.) — It'll be dark soon. 我们就要毕业了。(Wǒmen jiù yào bìyè le.) — We're about to graduate. 下个月就要搬家了。(Xià gè yuè jiù yào bānjiā le.) — We're moving next month.
3186	HSK 2	可能	kěnéng	possible; maybe	他可能不来了。(Tā kěnéng bù lái le.) — He might not come.	明天可能下雨。(Míngtiān kěnéng xiàyǔ.) — It may rain tomorrow. 这不可能。(Zhè bù kěnéng.) — That's impossible. 有可能，但是很难。(Yǒu kěnéng, dànshì hěn nán.) — It's possible, but hard. 我可能记错了。(Wǒ kěnéng jìcuò le.) — I may have misremembered. 尽可能早一点来。(Jǐn kěnéng zǎo yìdiǎn lái.) — Come as early as you can.
3187	HSK 2	快点儿	kuàidiǎnr	hurry up; a bit faster	快点儿，要迟到了。(Kuài diǎnr, yào chídào le.) — Hurry up, we'll be late.	快点儿吃吧。(Kuài diǎnr chī ba.) — Eat up quickly. 你能快点儿吗？(Nǐ néng kuài diǎnr ma?) — Could you be a bit quicker? 快点儿走，车来了。(Kuài diǎnr zǒu, chē lái le.) — Hurry, the bus is here. 快点儿好起来。(Kuài diǎnr hǎo qǐlái.) — Get well soon. 说快点儿我听不懂。(Shuō kuài diǎnr wǒ tīng bu dǒng.) — If you speak faster I won't follow.
3188	HSK 2	快要	kuàiyào	about to; soon	快要下课了。(Kuài yào xiàkè le.) — Class is nearly over.	他快要到家了。(Tā kuài yào dào jiā le.) — He's almost home. 天快要亮了。(Tiān kuài yào liàng le.) — It's nearly dawn. 钱快要用完了。(Qián kuài yào yòngwán le.) — The money is nearly gone. 快要过年了。(Kuài yào guònián le.) — New Year is nearly here. 她快要三十岁了。(Tā kuài yào sānshí suì le.) — She's turning thirty soon.
3189	HSK 2	老是	lǎoshi	always; invariably	他老是迟到。(Tā lǎoshì chídào.) — He's always late.	你老是忘记带钥匙。(Nǐ lǎoshì wàngjì dài yàoshi.) — You always forget your keys. 这个电脑老是出问题。(Zhège diànnǎo lǎoshì chū wèntí.) — This computer keeps going wrong. 她老是说同样的话。(Tā lǎoshì shuō tóngyàng de huà.) — She keeps saying the same thing. 别老是看手机。(Bié lǎoshì kàn shǒujī.) — Stop looking at your phone all the time. 我老是记不住这个字。(Wǒ lǎoshì jì bu zhù zhège zì.) — I can never remember this character.
3190	HSK 2	例如	lìrú	for example	很多水果，例如苹果。(Hěn duō shuǐguǒ, lìrú píngguǒ.) — Many fruits, apples for example.	例如这个词就很难。(Lìrú zhège cí jiù hěn nán.) — This word, for example, is hard. 有些人，例如老人，走得慢。(Yǒuxiē rén, lìrú lǎorén, zǒu de màn.) — Some people, the elderly for instance, walk slowly. 例如昨天，就很忙。(Lìrú zuótiān, jiù hěn máng.) — Yesterday, for example, was busy. 例如坐车比走路快。(Lìrú zuòchē bǐ zǒulù kuài.) — For instance, riding beats walking. 请举个例如的句子。(Qǐng jǔ gè lìrú de jùzi.) — Please give an example sentence.
3191	HSK 2	那么	nàme	like that; in that case	今天那么冷。(Jīntiān nàme lěng.) — It's so cold today.	别那么着急。(Bié nàme zháojí.) — Don't be in such a rush. 那么，我们开始吧。(Nàme, wǒmen kāishǐ ba.) — Well then, let's begin. 他没有那么高。(Tā méiyǒu nàme gāo.) — He isn't that tall. 你怎么那么忙？(Nǐ zěnme nàme máng?) — Why are you so busy? 不要吃那么多。(Búyào chī nàme duō.) — Don't eat so much.
3192	HSK 2	那样	nàyàng	like that; so	别那样说他。(Bié nàyàng shuō tā.) — Don't talk about him like that.	就像那样做。(Jiù xiàng nàyàng zuò.) — Do it just like that. 事情不是那样的。(Shìqing bú shì nàyàng de.) — That isn't how it is. 我不想像他那样。(Wǒ bù xiǎng xiàng tā nàyàng.) — I don't want to be like him. 那样比较方便。(Nàyàng bǐjiào fāngbiàn.) — That way is more convenient. 那样的话我就不去了。(Nàyàng dehuà wǒ jiù bú qù le.) — In that case I won't go.
3193	HSK 2	平常	píngcháng	usually; ordinary	我平常六点起床。(Wǒ píngcháng liù diǎn qǐchuáng.) — I normally get up at six.	平常他很安静。(Píngcháng tā hěn ānjìng.) — He's usually quiet. 这是平常的事。(Zhè shì píngcháng de shì.) — This is an everyday matter. 平常我不喝咖啡。(Píngcháng wǒ bù hē kāfēi.) — I don't normally drink coffee. 平常的日子过得很快。(Píngcháng de rìzi guò de hěn kuài.) — Ordinary days go by quickly. 今天跟平常不一样。(Jīntiān gēn píngcháng bù yíyàng.) — Today isn't like usual.
3194	HSK 2	其他	qítā	other	其他人都走了。(Qítā rén dōu zǒu le.) — Everyone else has left.	还有其他问题吗？(Hái yǒu qítā wèntí ma?) — Any other questions? 其他的事以后再说。(Qítā de shì yǐhòu zài shuō.) — We'll deal with the rest later. 我想看看其他颜色。(Wǒ xiǎng kànkan qítā yánsè.) — I'd like to see other colours. 其他学生在教室里。(Qítā xuéshēng zài jiàoshì lǐ.) — The other students are in the classroom. 除了他，其他人不知道。(Chúle tā, qítā rén bù zhīdào.) — Apart from him, nobody knows.
3195	HSK 2	其中	qízhōng	among (which); therein	其中一个是我的。(Qízhōng yí gè shì wǒ de.) — One of them is mine.	五个人，其中三个是学生。(Wǔ gè rén, qízhōng sān gè shì xuéshēng.) — Of the five, three are students. 其中的原因很复杂。(Qízhōng de yuányīn hěn fùzá.) — The reasons behind it are complicated. 这些书其中有一本很难。(Zhèxiē shū qízhōng yǒu yì běn hěn nán.) — One of these books is very hard. 其中最好的是这个。(Qízhōng zuì hǎo de shì zhège.) — The best of them is this one. 他也在其中。(Tā yě zài qízhōng.) — He's among them too.
3196	HSK 2	全	quán	whole; entire	全班都来了。(Quán bān dōu lái le.) — The whole class came.	我全都明白了。(Wǒ quán dōu míngbai le.) — I understand it all. 他全家去旅游了。(Tā quánjiā qù lǚyóu le.) — His whole family went travelling. 书全在桌子上。(Shū quán zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The books are all on the table. 菜还没全好。(Cài hái méi quán hǎo.) — The food isn't all ready yet. 全世界都知道。(Quán shìjiè dōu zhīdào.) — The whole world knows.
3197	HSK 2	全部	quánbù	all; entirely	这是全部的钱。(Zhè shì quánbù de qián.) — This is all the money.	我全部都看完了。(Wǒ quánbù dōu kànwán le.) — I've finished reading all of it. 全部人都同意。(Quánbù rén dōu tóngyì.) — Everybody agrees. 请把全部的书放好。(Qǐng bǎ quánbù de shū fànghǎo.) — Please put all the books away. 全部加起来多少钱？(Quánbù jiā qǐlái duōshǎo qián?) — How much is it altogether? 不是全部，只有一半。(Bú shì quánbù, zhǐ yǒu yíbàn.) — Not all of it, only half.
3198	HSK 2	全体	quántǐ	all (members); as a whole	全体同学请注意。(Quántǐ tóngxué qǐng zhùyì.) — Attention, all students.	全体起立！(Quántǐ qǐlì!) — Everybody stand up! 全体老师都参加了。(Quántǐ lǎoshī dōu cānjiā le.) — All the teachers took part. 这是全体的意思。(Zhè shì quántǐ de yìsi.) — This is everyone's view. 全体人员在门口等。(Quántǐ rényuán zài ménkǒu děng.) — All staff wait at the entrance. 全体同意这个办法。(Quántǐ tóngyì zhège bànfǎ.) — Everyone agrees with this approach.
3199	HSK 2	十分	shífēn	very; extremely	我十分高兴。(Wǒ shífēn gāoxìng.) — I'm extremely pleased.	这件事十分重要。(Zhè jiàn shì shífēn zhòngyào.) — This matter is extremely important. 他十分努力。(Tā shífēn nǔlì.) — He works extremely hard. 十分感谢你的帮助。(Shífēn gǎnxiè nǐ de bāngzhù.) — Many thanks for your help. 这个问题十分难。(Zhège wèntí shífēn nán.) — This question is extremely hard. 她十分喜欢这本书。(Tā shífēn xǐhuan zhè běn shū.) — She likes this book enormously.
3200	HSK 2	实在	shízài	really; indeed	我实在太累了。(Wǒ shízài tài lèi le.) — I'm honestly exhausted.	实在对不起。(Shízài duìbuqǐ.) — I'm truly sorry. 这实在没办法。(Zhè shízài méi bànfǎ.) — There's really nothing to be done. 他实在不想去。(Tā shízài bù xiǎng qù.) — He really doesn't want to go. 东西实在太贵了。(Dōngxi shízài tài guì le.) — Things are honestly too expensive. 他这个人很实在。(Tā zhège rén hěn shízài.) — He's a down-to-earth person.
3201	HSK 2	随便	suíbiàn	as one wishes; casual	随便坐。(Suíbiàn zuò.) — Sit anywhere you like.	吃什么都随便。(Chī shénme dōu suíbiàn.) — Anything's fine to eat. 别随便动我的东西。(Bié suíbiàn dòng wǒ de dōngxi.) — Don't touch my things without asking. 你随便挑一个。(Nǐ suíbiàn tiāo yí gè.) — Pick whichever you like. 他说话很随便。(Tā shuōhuà hěn suíbiàn.) — He speaks very casually. 随便不等于自由。(Suíbiàn bù děngyú zìyóu.) — Doing as you please isn't the same as freedom.
3202	HSK 2	随时	suíshí	at any time	有问题随时问我。(Yǒu wèntí suíshí wèn wǒ.) — Ask me any time.	你随时可以来。(Nǐ suíshí kěyǐ lái.) — You can come whenever you like. 天气随时会变。(Tiānqì suíshí huì biàn.) — The weather can change at any moment. 我随时准备好了。(Wǒ suíshí zhǔnbèi hǎo le.) — I'm ready at any time. 随时告诉我情况。(Suíshí gàosu wǒ qíngkuàng.) — Keep me posted. 医生随时都在。(Yīshēng suíshí dōu zài.) — The doctor is available at all times.
3203	HSK 2	所有	suǒyǒu	all; every	所有的书都在这里。(Suǒyǒu de shū dōu zài zhèlǐ.) — All the books are here.	所有人都同意了。(Suǒyǒu rén dōu tóngyì le.) — Everyone agreed. 他花光了所有的钱。(Tā huāguāngle suǒyǒu de qián.) — He spent all his money. 所有的门都关着。(Suǒyǒu de mén dōu guānzhe.) — All the doors are shut. 我记住了所有的词。(Wǒ jìzhùle suǒyǒu de cí.) — I've memorised all the words. 所有的问题都解决了。(Suǒyǒu de wèntí dōu jiějué le.) — All the problems are sorted.
3204	HSK 2	挺	tǐng	quite; rather	这个菜挺好吃。(Zhège cài tǐng hǎochī.) — This dish is pretty tasty.	他挺忙的。(Tā tǐng máng de.) — He's fairly busy. 今天挺冷的。(Jīntiān tǐng lěng de.) — It's rather cold today. 她汉语说得挺流利。(Tā Hànyǔ shuō de tǐng liúlì.) — She speaks Chinese quite fluently. 这本书挺有意思。(Zhè běn shū tǐng yǒu yìsi.) — This book is quite interesting. 路挺远，坐车去吧。(Lù tǐng yuǎn, zuòchē qù ba.) — It's fairly far, let's take the bus.
3205	HSK 2	同时	tóngshí	at the same time	他同时做两件事。(Tā tóngshí zuò liǎng jiàn shì.) — He does two things at once.	我们同时到的。(Wǒmen tóngshí dào de.) — We arrived at the same time. 同时学两门语言很难。(Tóngshí xué liǎng mén yǔyán hěn nán.) — Learning two languages at once is hard. 他同时是老师和作家。(Tā tóngshí shì lǎoshī hé zuòjiā.) — He's a teacher and a writer both. 两个人同时说话了。(Liǎng gè rén tóngshí shuōhuà le.) — The two spoke at the same moment. 工作的同时也要休息。(Gōngzuò de tóngshí yě yào xiūxi.) — You need rest as well as work.
3206	HSK 2	完全	wánquán	completely; entirely	我完全同意。(Wǒ wánquán tóngyì.) — I completely agree.	他完全不知道。(Tā wánquán bù zhīdào.) — He has no idea at all. 这两个词完全不同。(Zhè liǎng gè cí wánquán bùtóng.) — These two words are entirely different. 病完全好了。(Bìng wánquán hǎo le.) — He's fully recovered. 我完全听懂了。(Wǒ wánquán tīngdǒng le.) — I understood every word. 这不完全对。(Zhè bù wánquán duì.) — That isn't entirely right.
3207	HSK 2	许多	xǔduō	many; a lot of	这里有许多人。(Zhèlǐ yǒu xǔduō rén.) — There are many people here.	他懂许多汉字。(Tā dǒng xǔduō Hànzì.) — He knows a great many characters. 许多年过去了。(Xǔduō nián guòqù le.) — Many years have gone by. 她有许多好朋友。(Tā yǒu xǔduō hǎo péngyou.) — She has many good friends. 许多事情要做。(Xǔduō shìqing yào zuò.) — There's a lot to do. 路上有许多车。(Lùshang yǒu xǔduō chē.) — There are lots of cars on the road.
3208	HSK 2	也许	yěxǔ	perhaps; maybe	他也许不来了。(Tā yěxǔ bù lái le.) — Maybe he won't come.	也许明天会下雨。(Yěxǔ míngtiān huì xiàyǔ.) — Perhaps it'll rain tomorrow. 你也许是对的。(Nǐ yěxǔ shì duì de.) — You may well be right. 也许我记错了。(Yěxǔ wǒ jìcuò le.) — Perhaps I remembered wrong. 也许我们该早点走。(Yěxǔ wǒmen gāi zǎodiǎn zǒu.) — Maybe we should leave earlier. 也许有更好的办法。(Yěxǔ yǒu gèng hǎo de bànfǎ.) — There may be a better way.
3209	HSK 2	一部分	yíbùfen	a part (of)	一部分人已经走了。(Yíbùfen rén yǐjīng zǒu le.) — Some of them have already left.	这只是一部分。(Zhè zhǐ shì yíbùfen.) — This is only part of it. 一部分作业还没做。(Yíbùfen zuòyè hái méi zuò.) — Part of the homework isn't done. 钱的一部分给妈妈。(Qián de yíbùfen gěi māma.) — Part of the money goes to Mum. 一部分同学参加了。(Yíbùfen tóngxué cānjiā le.) — Some of the students took part. 这是问题的一部分。(Zhè shì wèntí de yíbùfen.) — This is part of the problem.
3210	HSK 2	一共	yígòng	altogether; in total	一共多少钱？(Yígòng duōshǎo qián?) — How much altogether?	一共来了十个人。(Yígòng láile shí gè rén.) — Ten people came in total. 我一共买了三本书。(Wǒ yígòng mǎile sān běn shū.) — I bought three books in all. 一共要等多久？(Yígòng yào děng duōjiǔ?) — How long is the wait in total? 这个月一共放四天假。(Zhège yuè yígòng fàng sì tiān jià.) — There are four days off this month. 一共有二十七课。(Yígòng yǒu èrshíqī kè.) — There are twenty-seven lessons in all.
3211	HSK 2	一般	yìbān	generally; ordinary	一般我七点起床。(Yìbān wǒ qī diǎn qǐchuáng.) — I usually get up at seven.	他的成绩一般。(Tā de chéngjì yìbān.) — His marks are average. 这家店的菜很一般。(Zhè jiā diàn de cài hěn yìbān.) — The food here is nothing special. 一般人都这么说。(Yìbān rén dōu zhème shuō.) — Most people say it this way. 一般来说，周末人多。(Yìbān lái shuō, zhōumò rén duō.) — Generally speaking, weekends are busy. 一般的问题我能回答。(Yìbān de wèntí wǒ néng huídá.) — I can answer ordinary questions.
3212	HSK 2	一点点	yìdiǎndiǎn	just a little bit	只有一点点。(Zhǐ yǒu yìdiǎndiǎn.) — Just a tiny bit.	我会一点点汉语。(Wǒ huì yìdiǎndiǎn Hànyǔ.) — I speak a little Chinese. 再加一点点盐。(Zài jiā yìdiǎndiǎn yán.) — Add a touch more salt. 一点点进步也是进步。(Yìdiǎndiǎn jìnbù yě shì jìnbù.) — Even small progress is progress. 他只吃了一点点。(Tā zhǐ chīle yìdiǎndiǎn.) — He ate only a little. 每天学一点点。(Měitiān xué yìdiǎndiǎn.) — Learn a little every day.
3213	HSK 2	一直	yìzhí	always; continuously	他一直在等你。(Tā yìzhí zài děng nǐ.) — He's been waiting for you all along.	一直往前走。(Yìzhí wǎng qián zǒu.) — Keep going straight ahead. 我一直想去中国。(Wǒ yìzhí xiǎng qù Zhōngguó.) — I've always wanted to go to China. 雨一直下到晚上。(Yǔ yìzhí xiàdào wǎnshang.) — It rained right through to evening. 她一直很努力。(Tā yìzhí hěn nǔlì.) — She's always worked hard. 我一直不太明白。(Wǒ yìzhí bú tài míngbai.) — I've never quite understood.
3214	HSK 2	永远	yǒngyuǎn	forever	我永远记得那一天。(Wǒ yǒngyuǎn jìde nà yì tiān.) — I'll always remember that day.	他永远不会忘记你。(Tā yǒngyuǎn bú huì wàngjì nǐ.) — He'll never forget you. 永远不要放弃。(Yǒngyuǎn búyào fàngqì.) — Never give up. 我们永远是朋友。(Wǒmen yǒngyuǎn shì péngyou.) — We'll always be friends. 没有什么永远不变。(Méiyǒu shénme yǒngyuǎn bú biàn.) — Nothing stays the same forever. 她永远那么开心。(Tā yǒngyuǎn nàme kāixīn.) — She's always so cheerful.
3215	HSK 2	有空儿	yǒukòngr	to have free time	你今天有空儿吗？(Nǐ jīntiān yǒu kòngr ma?) — Are you free today?	有空儿来我家玩。(Yǒu kòngr lái wǒ jiā wán.) — Come over when you're free. 我明天没有空儿。(Wǒ míngtiān méiyǒu kòngr.) — I'm not free tomorrow. 有空儿我们一起吃饭。(Yǒu kòngr wǒmen yìqǐ chīfàn.) — Let's eat together when we're free. 他一有空儿就看书。(Tā yì yǒu kòngr jiù kànshū.) — He reads whenever he has a moment. 周末比较有空儿。(Zhōumò bǐjiào yǒu kòngr.) — I'm freer at weekends.
3216	HSK 2	有点儿	yǒudiǎnr	a little; somewhat	我有点儿累。(Wǒ yǒudiǎnr lèi.) — I'm a bit tired.	今天有点儿冷。(Jīntiān yǒudiǎnr lěng.) — It's a little cold today. 这个有点儿贵。(Zhège yǒudiǎnr guì.) — This is a bit pricey. 他有点儿不高兴。(Tā yǒudiǎnr bù gāoxìng.) — He's a little upset. 菜有点儿咸。(Cài yǒudiǎnr xián.) — The food is slightly salty. 我有点儿担心他。(Wǒ yǒudiǎnr dānxīn tā.) — I'm a bit worried about him.
3217	HSK 2	又	yòu	again	他又迟到了。(Tā yòu chídào le.) — He's late again.	今天又下雨了。(Jīntiān yòu xiàyǔ le.) — It's raining again today. 这个菜又好吃又便宜。(Zhège cài yòu hǎochī yòu piányi.) — This dish is tasty and cheap. 她又高又瘦。(Tā yòu gāo yòu shòu.) — She's tall and slim. 我又忘了带钥匙。(Wǒ yòu wàngle dài yàoshi.) — I forgot my keys again. 他昨天来了，今天又来了。(Tā zuótiān lái le, jīntiān yòu lái le.) — He came yesterday and again today.
3218	HSK 2	原来	yuánlái	originally; it turns out that	原来是你啊！(Yuánlái shì nǐ a!) — Oh, so it's you!	我原来住在北京。(Wǒ yuánlái zhù zài Běijīng.) — I used to live in Beijing. 原来他早就知道了。(Yuánlái tā zǎojiù zhīdào le.) — So he knew all along. 东西还在原来的地方。(Dōngxi hái zài yuánlái de dìfang.) — It's still in its original place. 原来这么简单。(Yuánlái zhème jiǎndān.) — So it's this simple after all. 他原来的工作更好。(Tā yuánlái de gōngzuò gèng hǎo.) — His previous job was better.
3219	HSK 2	越来越	yuèláiyuè	more and more	天越来越冷了。(Tiān yuèláiyuè lěng le.) — It's getting colder and colder.	他的汉语越来越好。(Tā de Hànyǔ yuèláiyuè hǎo.) — His Chinese keeps getting better. 人越来越多了。(Rén yuèláiyuè duō le.) — There are more and more people. 我越来越喜欢这里。(Wǒ yuèláiyuè xǐhuan zhèlǐ.) — I like it here more and more. 东西越来越贵了。(Dōngxi yuèláiyuè guì le.) — Things are getting more expensive. 时间越来越少了。(Shíjiān yuèláiyuè shǎo le.) — There's less and less time.
3220	HSK 2	早就	zǎojiù	long ago; already	我早就知道了。(Wǒ zǎojiù zhīdào le.) — I knew ages ago.	他早就走了。(Tā zǎojiù zǒu le.) — He left long ago. 饭早就做好了。(Fàn zǎojiù zuòhǎo le.) — The meal was ready ages ago. 我早就想问你了。(Wǒ zǎojiù xiǎng wèn nǐ le.) — I've been meaning to ask you for ages. 这本书我早就看完了。(Zhè běn shū wǒ zǎojiù kànwán le.) — I finished this book long ago. 早就该告诉他。(Zǎojiù gāi gàosu tā.) — We should have told him long ago.
3221	HSK 2	这么	zhème	like this; so	别这么着急。(Bié zhème zháojí.) — Don't be in such a hurry.	今天这么热。(Jīntiān zhème rè.) — It's so hot today. 你怎么这么早？(Nǐ zěnme zhème zǎo?) — Why are you so early? 这么做就对了。(Zhème zuò jiù duì le.) — Doing it this way is right. 他这么说也有道理。(Tā zhème shuō yě yǒu dàolǐ.) — What he says makes sense too. 不要吃这么多。(Búyào chī zhème duō.) — Don't eat this much.
3222	HSK 2	这样	zhèyàng	like this; this way	就这样吧。(Jiù zhèyàng ba.) — Let's leave it like this.	这样做比较快。(Zhèyàng zuò bǐjiào kuài.) — Doing it this way is quicker. 事情就是这样。(Shìqing jiùshì zhèyàng.) — That's how it is. 这样的天气最舒服。(Zhèyàng de tiānqì zuì shūfu.) — This kind of weather is the nicest. 你别这样说。(Nǐ bié zhèyàng shuō.) — Don't talk like that. 这样的话我就放心了。(Zhèyàng dehuà wǒ jiù fàngxīn le.) — In that case I feel better.
3223	HSK 2	正好	zhènghǎo	just right; happen to	你来得正好。(Nǐ lái de zhènghǎo.) — You've come at just the right moment.	这件衣服正好合适。(Zhè jiàn yīfu zhènghǎo héshì.) — These clothes fit perfectly. 我正好也要去那里。(Wǒ zhènghǎo yě yào qù nàlǐ.) — I happen to be going there too. 正好十点，开始吧。(Zhènghǎo shí diǎn, kāishǐ ba.) — It's exactly ten, let's begin. 钱正好，不用找了。(Qián zhènghǎo, búyòng zhǎo le.) — That's the exact amount, no change needed. 正好碰见了老朋友。(Zhènghǎo pèngjiànle lǎo péngyou.) — I happened to bump into an old friend.
3224	HSK 2	正是	zhèngshì	precisely; exactly	这正是我要的。(Zhè zhèngshì wǒ yào de.) — This is exactly what I want.	他正是那个人。(Tā zhèngshì nàge rén.) — He's precisely that person. 现在正是好时候。(Xiànzài zhèngshì hǎo shíhou.) — Now is exactly the right time. 正是因为这样我才来。(Zhèngshì yīnwèi zhèyàng wǒ cái lái.) — That's exactly why I came. 这正是问题所在。(Zhè zhèngshì wèntí suǒzài.) — This is precisely the problem. 春天正是学习的好季节。(Chūntiān zhèngshì xuéxí de hǎo jìjié.) — Spring is just the season for study.
3225	HSK 2	直接	zhíjiē	direct; directly	你直接去就行了。(Nǐ zhíjiē qù jiù xíng le.) — Just go straight there.	他直接回家了。(Tā zhíjiē huí jiā le.) — He went straight home. 直接告诉我吧。(Zhíjiē gàosu wǒ ba.) — Just tell me directly. 这班车直接到机场。(Zhè bān chē zhíjiē dào jīchǎng.) — This bus goes direct to the airport. 他说话很直接。(Tā shuōhuà hěn zhíjiē.) — He speaks very directly. 直接问老师比较好。(Zhíjiē wèn lǎoshī bǐjiào hǎo.) — It's better to ask the teacher directly.
3226	HSK 2	只能	zhǐnéng	can only	我只能等他。(Wǒ zhǐ néng děng tā.) — I can only wait for him.	下雨了，只能坐车。(Xiàyǔ le, zhǐ néng zuòchē.) — It's raining, we'll have to take the bus. 只能选一个。(Zhǐ néng xuǎn yí gè.) — You may pick only one. 没有票，只能明天来。(Méiyǒu piào, zhǐ néng míngtiān lái.) — No tickets, we'll have to come tomorrow. 他只能说一点儿汉语。(Tā zhǐ néng shuō yìdiǎnr Hànyǔ.) — He can only speak a little Chinese. 这样我只能同意。(Zhèyàng wǒ zhǐ néng tóngyì.) — Given that, I can only agree.
3227	HSK 2	主要	zhǔyào	main; principal	主要的问题是钱。(Zhǔyào de wèntí shì qián.) — The main problem is money.	他主要负责这件事。(Tā zhǔyào fùzé zhè jiàn shì.) — He's mainly responsible for this. 我主要学汉语。(Wǒ zhǔyào xué Hànyǔ.) — I mainly study Chinese. 主要原因很简单。(Zhǔyào yuányīn hěn jiǎndān.) — The main reason is simple. 这里主要卖水果。(Zhèlǐ zhǔyào mài shuǐguǒ.) — This place mainly sells fruit. 主要是时间不够。(Zhǔyào shì shíjiān bú gòu.) — The main thing is there isn't enough time.

16. Conjunctions & Prepositions (连词, 介词 - liáncí, jiècí)

✏️ Usage: A + 比 + B + Adjective

💡 Grammar Tip: Formatting Sentences & Logic

Prepositions (like 从 (cóng) from, 向 (xiàng) towards, 在 (zài) at) introduce spatial or directional details and always sit **before** the main verb (e.g., 从北京来 (cóng Běijīng lái) means "come from Beijing"). Conjunction pairs like 虽然...但是... (suīrán...dànshì...) (although... but...) always work together to frame contrast and logic. Additionally, 比 (bǐ) structures help make comparative statements: A + 比 + B + Adjective (e.g., 他比我高 (tā bǐ wǒ gāo) means "He is taller than me").

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
3583	HSK 2	因为	yīnwèi	because	因为下雨，我没去。(Yīnwèi xiàyǔ, wǒ méi qù.) — I didn't go because it rained.	他因为生病请假了。(Tā yīnwèi shēngbìng qǐngjià le.) — He took leave because he was ill. 因为太累，早点睡了。(Yīnwèi tài lèi, zǎodiǎn shuì le.) — I went to bed early because I was tired. 你为什么迟到？因为堵车。(Nǐ wèishénme chídào? Yīnwèi dǔchē.) — Why were you late? Because of traffic. 因为喜欢，所以坚持。(Yīnwèi xǐhuan, suǒyǐ jiānchí.) — I keep at it because I enjoy it. 因为他，我学会了汉语。(Yīnwèi tā, wǒ xuéhuìle Hànyǔ.) — Thanks to him I learned Chinese.
3584	HSK 2	所以	suǒyǐ	therefore; so	下雨了，所以我没去。(Xiàyǔ le, suǒyǐ wǒ méi qù.) — It rained, so I didn't go.	他很累，所以早睡了。(Tā hěn lèi, suǒyǐ zǎo shuì le.) — He was tired, so he went to bed early. 因为便宜，所以买了两个。(Yīnwèi piányi, suǒyǐ mǎile liǎng gè.) — It was cheap, so I bought two. 所以你到底去不去？(Suǒyǐ nǐ dàodǐ qù bú qù?) — So are you going or not? 我没吃饭，所以很饿。(Wǒ méi chīfàn, suǒyǐ hěn è.) — I haven't eaten, so I'm hungry. 所以我们要多练习。(Suǒyǐ wǒmen yào duō liànxí.) — That's why we need more practice.
3585	HSK 2	但是	dànshì	but; however	我想去，但是没时间。(Wǒ xiǎng qù, dànshì méi shíjiān.) — I want to go, but I've no time.	菜很好吃，但是有点贵。(Cài hěn hǎochī, dànshì yǒudiǎn guì.) — The food is good but a bit pricey. 他很努力，但是没考好。(Tā hěn nǔlì, dànshì méi kǎo hǎo.) — He worked hard, but did badly in the exam. 天冷，但是很干净。(Tiān lěng, dànshì hěn gānjìng.) — It's cold, but the air is clean. 我懂了，但是还有问题。(Wǒ dǒng le, dànshì hái yǒu wèntí.) — I understand, but I still have questions. 她想帮忙，但是不知道怎么做。(Tā xiǎng bāngmáng, dànshì bù zhīdào zěnme zuò.) — She wants to help but doesn't know how.
3586	HSK 2	如果	rúguǒ	if; in case	如果下雨，我就不去。(Rúguǒ xiàyǔ, wǒ jiù bú qù.) — If it rains, I won't go.	如果你有空，来我家。(Rúguǒ nǐ yǒu kòng, lái wǒ jiā.) — Come round if you're free. 如果不懂，就问老师。(Rúguǒ bù dǒng, jiù wèn lǎoshī.) — Ask the teacher if you don't understand. 如果我是你，我会去。(Rúguǒ wǒ shì nǐ, wǒ huì qù.) — If I were you, I'd go. 如果太贵，就不买了。(Rúguǒ tài guì, jiù bù mǎi le.) — If it's too dear, I won't buy it. 如果明天好天气就出去。(Rúguǒ míngtiān hǎo tiānqì jiù chūqù.) — If tomorrow's fine, we'll go out.
3587	HSK 2	虽然	suīrán	although; though	虽然很累，但是很开心。(Suīrán hěn lèi, dànshì hěn kāixīn.) — Tiring, but I enjoyed it.	虽然下雨，他还是来了。(Suīrán xiàyǔ, tā háishì lái le.) — He came even though it rained. 虽然贵，可是质量好。(Suīrán guì, kěshì zhìliàng hǎo.) — Expensive, but good quality. 虽然他年轻，经验却多。(Suīrán tā niánqīng, jīngyàn què duō.) — Young though he is, he has experience. 虽然不容易，我会试试。(Suīrán bù róngyì, wǒ huì shìshi.) — It isn't easy, but I'll try. 虽然远，坐车很方便。(Suīrán yuǎn, zuòchē hěn fāngbiàn.) — It's far, but the bus makes it easy.
3588	HSK 2	虽然...但是	suīrán... dànshì	although... but...	虽然很忙，但是很快乐。(Suīrán hěn máng, dànshì hěn kuàilè.) — Busy, but happy.	虽然天冷，但是很干净。(Suīrán tiān lěng, dànshì hěn gānjìng.) — It's cold, but the air is clean. 虽然学了很久，但是还不流利。(Suīrán xuéle hěn jiǔ, dànshì hái bù liúlì.) — I've studied a long time but still am not fluent. 虽然他没来，但是打电话了。(Suīrán tā méi lái, dànshì dǎ diànhuà le.) — He didn't come, but he did call. 虽然便宜，但是不太好。(Suīrán piányi, dànshì bú tài hǎo.) — Cheap, but not very good. 虽然我不懂，但是我想学。(Suīrán wǒ bù dǒng, dànshì wǒ xiǎng xué.) — I don't understand it, but I want to learn.
3589	HSK 2	或者	huòzhě	or (used in statements)	喝茶或者喝咖啡都行。(Hē chá huòzhě hē kāfēi dōu xíng.) — Tea or coffee, either is fine.	明天或者后天都可以。(Míngtiān huòzhě hòutiān dōu kěyǐ.) — Tomorrow or the day after works. 你去或者我去。(Nǐ qù huòzhě wǒ qù.) — Either you go or I do. 坐车或者走路都不远。(Zuòchē huòzhě zǒulù dōu bù yuǎn.) — By bus or on foot, it isn't far. 可以用笔或者用电脑。(Kěyǐ yòng bǐ huòzhě yòng diànnǎo.) — You can use a pen or a computer. 周六或者周日见面吧。(Zhōuliù huòzhě zhōurì jiànmiàn ba.) — Let's meet Saturday or Sunday.
3593	HSK 2	向	xiàng	towards; to	请向前走。(Qǐng xiàng qián zǒu.) — Please walk forwards.	他向我笑了笑。(Tā xiàng wǒ xiàole xiào.) — He smiled at me. 向左转就到了。(Xiàng zuǒ zhuǎn jiù dào le.) — Turn left and you're there. 我向老师问了问题。(Wǒ xiàng lǎoshī wènle wèntí.) — I asked the teacher a question. 向他学习吧。(Xiàng tā xuéxí ba.) — Follow his example. 车向东开走了。(Chē xiàng dōng kāizǒu le.) — The car drove off eastwards.
3594	HSK 2	离	lí	away from; distance from	学校离我家很近。(Xuéxiào lí wǒ jiā hěn jìn.) — The school is near my home.	离考试还有三天。(Lí kǎoshì hái yǒu sān tiān.) — Three days until the exam. 这里离车站多远？(Zhèlǐ lí chēzhàn duō yuǎn?) — How far is it from here to the station? 离下课还有十分钟。(Lí xiàkè hái yǒu shí fēnzhōng.) — Ten minutes until class ends. 他离开了这个城市。(Tā líkāile zhège chéngshì.) — He left this city. 医院离这儿不太远。(Yīyuàn lí zhèr bú tài yuǎn.) — The hospital isn't far from here.
3595	HSK 2	往	wǎng	towards; head to	往前走两百米。(Wǎng qián zǒu liǎng bǎi mǐ.) — Go two hundred metres ahead.	这班车往北开。(Zhè bān chē wǎng běi kāi.) — This bus heads north. 请往右边看。(Qǐng wǎng yòubian kàn.) — Please look to the right. 往里面坐一点。(Wǎng lǐmiàn zuò yìdiǎn.) — Move a bit further in. 往哪个方向走？(Wǎng nǎge fāngxiàng zǒu?) — Which way do we go? 水往低处流。(Shuǐ wǎng dī chù liú.) — Water flows downhill.
3598	HSK 2	为	wèi	for; because of	这是为你准备的。(Zhè shì wèi nǐ zhǔnbèi de.) — This is prepared for you.	他为家人努力工作。(Tā wèi jiārén nǔlì gōngzuò.) — He works hard for his family. 为什么这么晚？(Wèishénme zhème wǎn?) — Why so late? 我为他高兴。(Wǒ wèi tā gāoxìng.) — I'm happy for him. 为了考试，他每天复习。(Wèile kǎoshì, tā měitiān fùxí.) — He revises daily for the exam. 为大家做点事。(Wèi dàjiā zuò diǎn shì.) — Do something for everyone.
3607	HSK 2	不但	búdàn	not only	他不但会汉语，还会英语。(Tā búdàn huì Hànyǔ, hái huì Yīngyǔ.) — He speaks not only Chinese but English.	这里不但便宜，而且干净。(Zhèlǐ búdàn piányi, érqiě gānjìng.) — It's not only cheap here but clean. 她不但漂亮，也很聪明。(Tā búdàn piàoliang, yě hěn cōngming.) — She's not just pretty, she's clever. 不但没休息，还加班了。(Búdàn méi xiūxi, hái jiābān le.) — Not only did he not rest, he worked overtime. 不但我知道，大家都知道。(Búdàn wǒ zhīdào, dàjiā dōu zhīdào.) — Not only I know, everyone does. 这本书不但长，而且难。(Zhè běn shū búdàn cháng, érqiě nán.) — This book is both long and hard.
3608	HSK 2	不过	búguò	however; but	我想去，不过太远了。(Wǒ xiǎng qù, búguò tài yuǎn le.) — I'd like to go, only it's too far.	菜不错，不过有点咸。(Cài búcuò, búguò yǒudiǎn xián.) — The food's good, though a bit salty. 他很努力，不过还不够。(Tā hěn nǔlì, búguò hái bú gòu.) — He tries hard, but not hard enough. 不过是件小事。(Búguò shì jiàn xiǎoshì.) — It's only a small matter. 可以去，不过要早点回来。(Kěyǐ qù, búguò yào zǎodiǎn huílái.) — You can go, but come back early. 不过五分钟就到了。(Búguò wǔ fēnzhōng jiù dào le.) — It took no more than five minutes.
3609	HSK 2	但	dàn	but	我想去，但没时间。(Wǒ xiǎng qù, dàn méi shíjiān.) — I'd like to go, but I've no time.	他懂但不说。(Tā dǒng dàn bù shuō.) — He understands but doesn't say. 天冷但很干净。(Tiān lěng dàn hěn gānjìng.) — Cold, but clean. 东西好但太贵。(Dōngxi hǎo dàn tài guì.) — Good stuff, but too expensive. 她累但很开心。(Tā lèi dàn hěn kāixīn.) — She's tired but happy. 简单但很有用。(Jiǎndān dàn hěn yǒuyòng.) — Simple but useful.
3610	HSK 2	的话	dehuà	if (used after a clause)	下雨的话就别去了。(Xiàyǔ dehuà jiù bié qù le.) — If it rains, don't go.	有时间的话来看我。(Yǒu shíjiān dehuà lái kàn wǒ.) — Come and see me if you have time. 太贵的话就不买。(Tài guì dehuà jiù bù mǎi.) — If it's too dear, don't buy it. 你去的话我也去。(Nǐ qù dehuà wǒ yě qù.) — If you go, I'll go too. 不忙的话一起吃饭。(Bù máng dehuà yìqǐ chīfàn.) — If you're not busy, let's eat together. 这样的话就好办了。(Zhèyàng dehuà jiù hǎo bàn le.) — In that case it's easy to sort.
3611	HSK 2	而且	érqiě	moreover; furthermore	他很聪明，而且很努力。(Tā hěn cōngming, érqiě hěn nǔlì.) — He's clever and hardworking too.	这里便宜，而且很近。(Zhèlǐ piányi, érqiě hěn jìn.) — It's cheap here, and close as well. 菜好吃，而且不贵。(Cài hǎochī, érqiě bú guì.) — Tasty food, and not expensive. 天气好，而且不热。(Tiānqì hǎo, érqiě bú rè.) — Fine weather, and not hot either. 他会开车，而且开得很好。(Tā huì kāichē, érqiě kāi de hěn hǎo.) — He can drive, and drives well. 书新，而且很干净。(Shū xīn, érqiě hěn gānjìng.) — The book is new and clean.
3612	HSK 2	或	huò	or	你或他去都行。(Nǐ huò tā qù dōu xíng.) — Either you or he can go.	茶或咖啡，请选一个。(Chá huò kāfēi, qǐng xuǎn yí gè.) — Tea or coffee, please pick one. 明天或后天都可以。(Míngtiān huò hòutiān dōu kěyǐ.) — Tomorrow or the next day is fine. 用笔或电脑都行。(Yòng bǐ huò diànnǎo dōu xíng.) — Pen or computer, either works. 多或少都没关系。(Duō huò shǎo dōu méi guānxi.) — More or less, it doesn't matter. 坐车或走路都不远。(Zuòchē huò zǒulù dōu bù yuǎn.) — By bus or on foot, it's not far.
3613	HSK 2	可是	kěshì	but; however	我想买，可是太贵了。(Wǒ xiǎng mǎi, kěshì tài guì le.) — I'd like to buy it, but it's too dear.	他来了，可是没进来。(Tā lái le, kěshì méi jìnlái.) — He came, but didn't come in. 天很冷，可是没下雪。(Tiān hěn lěng, kěshì méi xiàxuě.) — It's cold, but no snow. 我努力了，可是没做好。(Wǒ nǔlì le, kěshì méi zuòhǎo.) — I tried, but didn't do it well. 菜很多，可是不好吃。(Cài hěn duō, kěshì bù hǎochī.) — Plenty of food, but not tasty. 可是你昨天说过了。(Kěshì nǐ zuótiān shuōguò le.) — But you said so yesterday.
3614	HSK 2	然后	ránhòu	and then; afterwards	先吃饭，然后休息。(Xiān chīfàn, ránhòu xiūxi.) — Eat first, then rest.	我们先看书，然后做题。(Wǒmen xiān kànshū, ránhòu zuò tí.) — We read first, then do exercises. 然后发生了什么？(Ránhòu fāshēngle shénme?) — And then what happened? 下课然后回家。(Xiàkè ránhòu huí jiā.) — After class I go home. 先向左，然后向右。(Xiān xiàng zuǒ, ránhòu xiàng yòu.) — Left first, then right. 然后我们再商量。(Ránhòu wǒmen zài shāngliang.) — Then we'll discuss it again.
3615	HSK 2	只要	zhǐyào	as long as	只要努力就有进步。(Zhǐyào nǔlì jiù yǒu jìnbù.) — As long as you try, you'll improve.	只要你来，我就等。(Zhǐyào nǐ lái, wǒ jiù děng.) — As long as you come, I'll wait. 只要不下雨就出去。(Zhǐyào bú xiàyǔ jiù chūqù.) — We'll go out as long as it doesn't rain. 只要五分钟就够了。(Zhǐyào wǔ fēnzhōng jiù gòu le.) — Five minutes is all it takes. 只要有时间我就看书。(Zhǐyào yǒu shíjiān wǒ jiù kànshū.) — Whenever I have time I read. 只要开心就好。(Zhǐyào kāixīn jiù hǎo.) — As long as you're happy, that's what counts.

17. Nouns: School & Education (学校, 教育 - xuéxiào, jiàoyù)

✏️ Usage: 上 / 下 + 课 / 班 / 学

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About School Life

上/下 + activity: Use 上课 (shàngkè) for "to attend/start class" and 下课 (xiàkè) for "class is over" — the same pattern applies to 上班/下班 (shàngbān/xiàbān) (start/finish work) and 上学/放学 (shàngxué/fàngxué) (go to/finish school).

Student levels: 小学生 (xiǎoxuéshēng) (elementary student), 中学生 (zhōngxuéshēng) (middle/high school student), and 大学生 (dàxuéshēng) (university student) are built by adding 生 (shēng) — "student/person" — to the school type.

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
3719	HSK 2	笔记	bǐjì	notes	上课要记笔记。(Shàngkè yào jì bǐjì.) — Take notes in class.	我的笔记很清楚。(Wǒ de bǐjì hěn qīngchu.) — My notes are clear. 借我看看你的笔记。(Jiè wǒ kànkan nǐ de bǐjì.) — Lend me your notes. 他的笔记记得很全。(Tā de bǐjì jì de hěn quán.) — His notes are very complete. 考试前看一遍笔记。(Kǎoshì qián kàn yí biàn bǐjì.) — Read through your notes before the exam. 笔记比书好用。(Bǐjì bǐ shū hǎo yòng.) — Notes are handier than the textbook.
3720	HSK 2	笔记本	bǐjìběn	notebook	我买了一个笔记本。(Wǒ mǎile yí gè bǐjìběn.) — I bought a notebook.	笔记本放在书包里。(Bǐjìběn fàng zài shūbāo lǐ.) — The notebook is in my bag. 这个笔记本很好看。(Zhège bǐjìběn hěn hǎokàn.) — This notebook is nice-looking. 他用笔记本电脑工作。(Tā yòng bǐjìběn diànnǎo gōngzuò.) — He works on a laptop. 笔记本写满了。(Bǐjìběn xiěmǎn le.) — The notebook is full. 请打开你的笔记本。(Qǐng dǎkāi nǐ de bǐjìběn.) — Please open your notebook.
3721	HSK 2	成绩	chéngjì	grades; academic achievement	他的成绩很好。(Tā de chéngjì hěn hǎo.) — His marks are good.	这次成绩不太理想。(Zhè cì chéngjì bú tài lǐxiǎng.) — The results this time aren't great. 成绩下星期出来。(Chéngjì xià xīngqī chūlái.) — The results come out next week. 努力才有好成绩。(Nǔlì cái yǒu hǎo chéngjì.) — Good marks come from hard work. 她的成绩进步了。(Tā de chéngjì jìnbù le.) — Her marks have improved. 成绩不是最重要的。(Chéngjì bú shì zuì zhòngyào de.) — Marks aren't the most important thing.
3722	HSK 2	词	cí	word	这个词是什么意思？(Zhège cí shì shénme yìsi?) — What does this word mean?	我今天学了十个词。(Wǒ jīntiān xuéle shí gè cí.) — I learned ten words today. 这个词很常用。(Zhège cí hěn chángyòng.) — This word is very common. 两个词的意思不同。(Liǎng gè cí de yìsi bùtóng.) — The two words mean different things. 请用这个词造句。(Qǐng yòng zhège cí zàojù.) — Please make a sentence with this word. 生词太多，记不住。(Shēngcí tài duō, jì bu zhù.) — Too many new words to remember.
3723	HSK 2	读音	dúyīn	pronunciation	这个字的读音很难。(Zhège zì de dúyīn hěn nán.) — This character's pronunciation is hard.	两个字读音相同。(Liǎng gè zì dúyīn xiāngtóng.) — The two characters sound the same. 请注意读音。(Qǐng zhùyì dúyīn.) — Pay attention to the pronunciation. 我读音不太准。(Wǒ dúyīn bú tài zhǔn.) — My pronunciation isn't very accurate. 老师教了正确的读音。(Lǎoshī jiāole zhèngquè de dúyīn.) — The teacher taught the correct pronunciation. 读音和写法都要学。(Dúyīn hé xiěfǎ dōu yào xué.) — Learn both the sound and the writing.
3724	HSK 2	分数	fēnshù	grade; score	我的分数不高。(Wǒ de fēnshù bù gāo.) — My score isn't high.	分数明天公布。(Fēnshù míngtiān gōngbù.) — The scores come out tomorrow. 他考了很高的分数。(Tā kǎole hěn gāo de fēnshù.) — He got a very high score. 分数只是一个数字。(Fēnshù zhǐ shì yí gè shùzì.) — A score is just a number. 这次分数比上次好。(Zhè cì fēnshù bǐ shàng cì hǎo.) — This score beats last time's. 多少分数才能过？(Duōshǎo fēnshù cái néng guò?) — What score do you need to pass?
3725	HSK 2	复习	fùxí	to review (lessons)	考试前要好好复习。(Kǎoshì qián yào hǎohǎo fùxí.) — Revise properly before the exam.	我每天复习生词。(Wǒ měitiān fùxí shēngcí.) — I revise new words every day. 他在复习第三课。(Tā zài fùxí dì sān kè.) — He's revising lesson three. 复习比预习更重要。(Fùxí bǐ yùxí gèng zhòngyào.) — Reviewing matters more than previewing. 没复习就去考试了。(Méi fùxí jiù qù kǎoshì le.) — He sat the exam without revising. 复习了三遍才记住。(Fùxíle sān biàn cái jìzhù.) — It took three reviews to remember.
3726	HSK 2	高中	gāozhōng	senior high school	他在上高中。(Tā zài shàng gāozhōng.) — He's in secondary school.	高中的功课很多。(Gāozhōng de gōngkè hěn duō.) — There's a lot of homework in high school. 我高中的时候学过。(Wǒ gāozhōng de shíhou xuéguò.) — I studied it in high school. 高中三年过得很快。(Gāozhōng sān nián guò de hěn kuài.) — The three high school years went fast. 她高中毕业了。(Tā gāozhōng bìyè le.) — She's graduated from high school. 高中在城市的南边。(Gāozhōng zài chéngshì de nánbian.) — The high school is south of the city.
3727	HSK 2	级	jí	level; grade	我是二级的学生。(Wǒ shì èr jí de xuéshēng.) — I'm a level-two student.	他考过了三级。(Tā kǎoguòle sān jí.) — He passed level three. 这个班是高级班。(Zhège bān shì gāojí bān.) — This class is the advanced one. 从一级学到六级。(Cóng yī jí xué dào liù jí.) — Study from level one to level six. 你在哪一级？(Nǐ zài nǎ yì jí?) — Which level are you in? 每一级都比前面难。(Měi yì jí dōu bǐ qiánmiàn nán.) — Each level is harder than the last.
3728	HSK 2	教学	jiàoxué	teaching	老师的教学很好。(Lǎoshī de jiàoxué hěn hǎo.) — The teacher's instruction is good.	教学要有方法。(Jiàoxué yào yǒu fāngfǎ.) — Teaching needs method. 这里的教学水平高。(Zhèlǐ de jiàoxué shuǐpíng gāo.) — The teaching standard here is high. 教学楼在校园东边。(Jiàoxué lóu zài xiàoyuán dōngbian.) — The teaching building is east of campus. 他有二十年教学经验。(Tā yǒu èrshí nián jiàoxué jīngyàn.) — He has twenty years' teaching experience. 教学和学习一样重要。(Jiàoxué hé xuéxí yíyàng zhòngyào.) — Teaching matters as much as learning.
3729	HSK 2	教育	jiàoyù	education	教育很重要。(Jiàoyù hěn zhòngyào.) — Education is important.	他受过很好的教育。(Tā shòuguò hěn hǎo de jiàoyù.) — He had a good education. 父母也要教育孩子。(Fùmǔ yě yào jiàoyù háizi.) — Parents must educate children too. 教育不只是考试。(Jiàoyù bù zhǐ shì kǎoshì.) — Education isn't only exams. 她在教育部门工作。(Tā zài jiàoyù bùmén gōngzuò.) — She works in education. 好的教育改变一生。(Hǎo de jiàoyù gǎibiàn yìshēng.) — A good education changes a life.
3730	HSK 2	开学	kāixué	school starts	下星期就开学了。(Xià xīngqī jiù kāixué le.) — Term starts next week.	开学第一天很热闹。(Kāixué dì yī tiān hěn rènao.) — The first day of term is lively. 开学以前要买书。(Kāixué yǐqián yào mǎi shū.) — Buy your books before term starts. 九月一号开学。(Jiǔ yuè yī hào kāixué.) — Term starts on the first of September. 开学了，假期结束了。(Kāixué le, jiàqī jiéshù le.) — Term's begun, the holiday's over. 你们什么时候开学？(Nǐmen shénme shíhou kāixué?) — When does your term start?
3731	HSK 2	考生	kǎoshēng	exam candidate	考生请安静。(Kǎoshēng qǐng ānjìng.) — Candidates, please be quiet.	今年的考生很多。(Jīnnián de kǎoshēng hěn duō.) — There are many candidates this year. 考生要带身份证。(Kǎoshēng yào dài shēnfènzhèng.) — Candidates must bring ID. 所有考生都进来了。(Suǒyǒu kǎoshēng dōu jìnlái le.) — All the candidates have come in. 他是今年的考生。(Tā shì jīnnián de kǎoshēng.) — He's sitting the exam this year. 考生在门口等。(Kǎoshēng zài ménkǒu děng.) — The candidates wait at the door.
3732	HSK 2	科	kē	academic department; branch of study	他学的是什么科？(Tā xué de shì shénme kē?) — What subject does he study?	这一科我最喜欢。(Zhè yì kē wǒ zuì xǐhuan.) — This is my favourite subject. 每一科都要考。(Měi yì kē dōu yào kǎo.) — Every subject has an exam. 他在医院的内科。(Tā zài yīyuàn de nèikē.) — He's in internal medicine at the hospital. 这科的老师很好。(Zhè kē de lǎoshī hěn hǎo.) — The teacher for this subject is good. 我这科考得不好。(Wǒ zhè kē kǎo de bù hǎo.) — I did badly in this subject.
3733	HSK 2	课堂	kètáng	classroom (as a setting)	课堂上要认真听。(Kètáng shàng yào rènzhēn tīng.) — Listen carefully in class.	课堂很安静。(Kètáng hěn ānjìng.) — The classroom is quiet. 他在课堂上问了问题。(Tā zài kètáng shàng wènle wèntí.) — He asked a question in class. 课堂练习做完了吗？(Kètáng liànxí zuòwán le ma?) — Have you finished the class exercises? 课堂时间不长。(Kètáng shíjiān bù cháng.) — Class time isn't long. 课堂上不能玩手机。(Kètáng shàng bù néng wán shǒujī.) — No phones in class.
3734	HSK 2	练习	liànxí	to practice; exercise	每天练习很重要。(Měitiān liànxí hěn zhòngyào.) — Daily practice matters.	这是今天的练习。(Zhè shì jīntiān de liànxí.) — These are today's exercises. 我在练习写汉字。(Wǒ zài liànxí xiě Hànzì.) — I'm practising writing characters. 多练习就会好。(Duō liànxí jiù huì hǎo.) — You'll get better with practice. 练习做完了没有？(Liànxí zuòwán le méiyǒu?) — Have you finished the exercises? 练习听力最难。(Liànxí tīnglì zuì nán.) — Listening practice is the hardest.
3735	HSK 2	留学生	liúxuéshēng	international student	他是中国的留学生。(Tā shì Zhōngguó de liúxuéshēng.) — He's an international student in China.	留学生住在宿舍。(Liúxuéshēng zhù zài sùshè.) — International students live in the dorms. 班上有五个留学生。(Bān shàng yǒu wǔ gè liúxuéshēng.) — There are five foreign students in the class. 留学生要学汉语。(Liúxuéshēng yào xué Hànyǔ.) — International students study Chinese. 她当过留学生。(Tā dāngguò liúxuéshēng.) — She studied abroad once. 留学生的生活不容易。(Liúxuéshēng de shēnghuó bù róngyì.) — Life as a foreign student isn't easy.
3736	HSK 2	难题	nántí	difficult problem	这是个难题。(Zhè shì gè nántí.) — This is a tough problem.	老师帮我解决了难题。(Lǎoshī bāng wǒ jiějuéle nántí.) — The teacher helped me solve a hard problem. 考试有三个难题。(Kǎoshì yǒu sān gè nántí.) — There were three hard questions on the exam. 遇到难题别放弃。(Yùdào nántí bié fàngqì.) — Don't give up when things get hard. 难题也有办法。(Nántí yě yǒu bànfǎ.) — Even hard problems have solutions. 这个难题想了很久。(Zhège nántí xiǎngle hěn jiǔ.) — I thought about this one a long time.
3737	HSK 2	年级	niánjí	grade; year (in school)	他是三年级的学生。(Tā shì sān niánjí de xuéshēng.) — He's a third-year student.	你上几年级？(Nǐ shàng jǐ niánjí?) — What year are you in? 高年级的功课比较多。(Gāo niánjí de gōngkè bǐjiào duō.) — Upper years have more homework. 我们同年级但不同班。(Wǒmen tóng niánjí dàn bùtóng bān.) — Same year, different class. 一年级的孩子很小。(Yī niánjí de háizi hěn xiǎo.) — First-year children are very young. 下学期就上二年级了。(Xià xuéqī jiù shàng èr niánjí le.) — Next term I'll be in year two.
3738	HSK 2	普通话	Pǔtōnghuà	Standard Mandarin	他普通话说得很好。(Tā Pǔtōnghuà shuō de hěn hǎo.) — He speaks Mandarin well.	请说普通话。(Qǐng shuō Pǔtōnghuà.) — Please speak Mandarin. 普通话是中国的国语。(Pǔtōnghuà shì Zhōngguó de guóyǔ.) — Mandarin is China's national language. 我在学普通话。(Wǒ zài xué Pǔtōnghuà.) — I'm learning Mandarin. 普通话和方言不同。(Pǔtōnghuà hé fāngyán bùtóng.) — Mandarin differs from dialects. 听普通话比说容易。(Tīng Pǔtōnghuà bǐ shuō róngyì.) — Understanding Mandarin is easier than speaking it.
3739	HSK 2	生词	shēngcí	new word (in a lesson)	今天有二十个生词。(Jīntiān yǒu èrshí gè shēngcí.) — There are twenty new words today.	生词太多记不住。(Shēngcí tài duō jì bu zhù.) — Too many new words to remember. 把生词写在本子上。(Bǎ shēngcí xiě zài běnzi shàng.) — Write the new words in your book. 每天学十个生词。(Měitiān xué shí gè shēngcí.) — Learn ten new words a day. 这课的生词不难。(Zhè kè de shēngcí bù nán.) — This lesson's new words aren't hard. 复习生词最有用。(Fùxí shēngcí zuì yǒuyòng.) — Reviewing new words helps most.
3740	HSK 2	水平	shuǐpíng	level; standard	他的汉语水平很高。(Tā de Hànyǔ shuǐpíng hěn gāo.) — His Chinese level is high.	我的水平还不够。(Wǒ de shuǐpíng hái bú gòu.) — My level still isn't good enough. 水平提高了不少。(Shuǐpíng tígāole bù shǎo.) — My level has improved a lot. 这里的教学水平很好。(Zhèlǐ de jiàoxué shuǐpíng hěn hǎo.) — The teaching standard here is good. 考试看的是水平。(Kǎoshì kàn de shì shuǐpíng.) — Exams measure your level. 两个人的水平差不多。(Liǎng gè rén de shuǐpíng chàbuduō.) — The two are at about the same level.
3741	HSK 2	题	tí	question; topic (in an exam)	这道题很难。(Zhè dào tí hěn nán.) — This question is hard.	我做完所有的题了。(Wǒ zuòwán suǒyǒu de tí le.) — I've done all the questions. 这题的答案是什么？(Zhè tí de dá'àn shì shénme?) — What's the answer to this question? 考试一共二十题。(Kǎoshì yígòng èrshí tí.) — The exam has twenty questions in all. 他做错了三道题。(Tā zuòcuòle sān dào tí.) — He got three questions wrong. 先做容易的题。(Xiān zuò róngyì de tí.) — Do the easy questions first.
3742	HSK 2	听讲	tīngjiǎng	to listen to a lecture	上课要认真听讲。(Shàngkè yào rènzhēn tīngjiǎng.) — Listen attentively in class.	他听讲很认真。(Tā tīngjiǎng hěn rènzhēn.) — He listens attentively. 不听讲就学不好。(Bù tīngjiǎng jiù xué bù hǎo.) — You won't learn well without listening. 听讲比记笔记重要。(Tīngjiǎng bǐ jì bǐjì zhòngyào.) — Listening matters more than note-taking. 他上课不听讲。(Tā shàngkè bù tīngjiǎng.) — He doesn't pay attention in class. 听讲的时候别说话。(Tīngjiǎng de shíhou bié shuōhuà.) — Don't talk while you're listening.
3743	HSK 2	小组	xiǎozǔ	(small) group	我们分成四个小组。(Wǒmen fēnchéng sì gè xiǎozǔ.) — We split into four groups.	小组一起做练习。(Xiǎozǔ yìqǐ zuò liànxí.) — The group does the exercises together. 每个小组有五个人。(Měi gè xiǎozǔ yǒu wǔ gè rén.) — Each group has five people. 他是我们小组的。(Tā shì wǒmen xiǎozǔ de.) — He's in our group. 小组讨论很有意思。(Xiǎozǔ tǎolùn hěn yǒu yìsi.) — Group discussion is interesting. 请各小组开始吧。(Qǐng gè xiǎozǔ kāishǐ ba.) — Groups, please begin.
3744	HSK 2	校园	xiàoyuán	campus	校园很大很干净。(Xiàoyuán hěn dà hěn gānjìng.) — The campus is big and clean.	我喜欢在校园里走。(Wǒ xǐhuan zài xiàoyuán lǐ zǒu.) — I like walking around campus. 校园里有很多树。(Xiàoyuán lǐ yǒu hěn duō shù.) — There are many trees on campus. 春天的校园最漂亮。(Chūntiān de xiàoyuán zuì piàoliang.) — The campus is loveliest in spring. 校园东边是图书馆。(Xiàoyuán dōngbian shì túshūguǎn.) — The library is on the east side of campus. 晚上校园很安静。(Wǎnshang xiàoyuán hěn ānjìng.) — The campus is quiet at night.
3745	HSK 2	音节	yīnjié	syllable	这个词有两个音节。(Zhège cí yǒu liǎng gè yīnjié.) — This word has two syllables.	汉字一个字一个音节。(Hànzì yí gè zì yí gè yīnjié.) — Each character is one syllable. 请读第一个音节。(Qǐng dú dì yī gè yīnjié.) — Please read the first syllable. 音节的声调很重要。(Yīnjié de shēngdiào hěn zhòngyào.) — The tone of a syllable matters. 这个音节我读不准。(Zhège yīnjié wǒ dú bù zhǔn.) — I can't pronounce this syllable accurately. 慢慢读每个音节。(Mànmàn dú měi gè yīnjié.) — Read each syllable slowly.
3746	HSK 2	英文	Yīngwén	English (language)	他会说英文。(Tā huì shuō Yīngwén.) — He can speak English.	这本书是英文的。(Zhè běn shū shì Yīngwén de.) — This book is in English. 请写英文名字。(Qǐng xiě Yīngwén míngzi.) — Please write your English name. 英文和中文都要学。(Yīngwén hé Zhōngwén dōu yào xué.) — Study both English and Chinese. 她的英文水平很高。(Tā de Yīngwén shuǐpíng hěn gāo.) — Her English level is high. 用英文说一遍。(Yòng Yīngwén shuō yí biàn.) — Say it once in English.
3747	HSK 2	英语	Yīngyǔ	English (language)	我在学英语。(Wǒ zài xué Yīngyǔ.) — I'm learning English.	他英语说得很流利。(Tā Yīngyǔ shuō de hěn liúlì.) — He speaks English fluently. 今天有英语课。(Jīntiān yǒu Yīngyǔ kè.) — There's an English class today. 英语老师很热情。(Yīngyǔ lǎoshī hěn rèqíng.) — The English teacher is very warm. 英语比汉语容易吗？(Yīngyǔ bǐ Hànyǔ róngyì ma?) — Is English easier than Chinese? 学英语要多听多说。(Xué Yīngyǔ yào duō tīng duō shuō.) — Learning English takes listening and speaking.
3748	HSK 2	语言	yǔyán	language	汉语是很美的语言。(Hànyǔ shì hěn měi de yǔyán.) — Chinese is a beautiful language.	他会三种语言。(Tā huì sān zhǒng yǔyán.) — He speaks three languages. 学语言需要时间。(Xué yǔyán xūyào shíjiān.) — Learning a language takes time. 语言是交流的工具。(Yǔyán shì jiāoliú de gōngjù.) — Language is a tool for communication. 这个国家有很多语言。(Zhège guójiā yǒu hěn duō yǔyán.) — This country has many languages. 语言和文化分不开。(Yǔyán hé wénhuà fēn bù kāi.) — Language and culture are inseparable.
3749	HSK 2	中级	zhōngjí	intermediate level	我在中级班。(Wǒ zài zhōngjí bān.) — I'm in the intermediate class.	中级比初级难。(Zhōngjí bǐ chūjí nán.) — Intermediate is harder than beginner. 他考过了中级。(Tā kǎoguòle zhōngjí.) — He passed the intermediate level. 中级的生词更多。(Zhōngjí de shēngcí gèng duō.) — Intermediate has more new words. 从中级学到高级。(Cóng zhōngjí xué dào gāojí.) — Study from intermediate up to advanced. 这本书是中级水平。(Zhè běn shū shì zhōngjí shuǐpíng.) — This book is at intermediate level.
3750	HSK 2	中小学	zhōngxiǎoxué	primary and secondary schools	他在中小学教书。(Tā zài zhōngxiǎoxué jiāoshū.) — He teaches in primary and secondary schools.	中小学都放假了。(Zhōngxiǎoxué dōu fàngjià le.) — The schools are all on holiday. 中小学的课很多。(Zhōngxiǎoxué de kè hěn duō.) — Schools have a lot of classes. 这个城市有二十所中小学。(Zhège chéngshì yǒu èrshí suǒ zhōngxiǎoxué.) — This city has twenty schools. 中小学生九月开学。(Zhōngxiǎo xuéshēng jiǔ yuè kāixué.) — School pupils start in September. 中小学教育很重要。(Zhōngxiǎoxué jiàoyù hěn zhòngyào.) — School education is important.
3751	HSK 2	重点	zhòngdiǎn	key point; emphasis	这是今天的重点。(Zhè shì jīntiān de zhòngdiǎn.) — This is today's key point.	请记住重点。(Qǐng jìzhù zhòngdiǎn.) — Please remember the main points. 老师讲了三个重点。(Lǎoshī jiǎngle sān gè zhòngdiǎn.) — The teacher covered three key points. 重点复习这一课。(Zhòngdiǎn fùxí zhè yí kè.) — Focus your revision on this lesson. 考试的重点是语法。(Kǎoshì de zhòngdiǎn shì yǔfǎ.) — The exam focuses on grammar. 这不是重点。(Zhè bú shì zhòngdiǎn.) — That isn't the point.
3752	HSK 2	字典	zìdiǎn	dictionary	我买了一本字典。(Wǒ mǎile yì běn zìdiǎn.) — I bought a dictionary.	不认识的字查字典。(Bú rènshi de zì chá zìdiǎn.) — Look up characters you don't know. 这本字典很好用。(Zhè běn zìdiǎn hěn hǎo yòng.) — This dictionary is very handy. 现在用手机查字典。(Xiànzài yòng shǒujī chá zìdiǎn.) — These days people use phone dictionaries. 字典放在书架上。(Zìdiǎn fàng zài shūjià shàng.) — The dictionary is on the shelf. 借我用一下字典。(Jiè wǒ yòng yíxià zìdiǎn.) — Lend me the dictionary a moment.
3753	HSK 2	组	zǔ	group	我们分成三组。(Wǒmen fēnchéng sān zǔ.) — We split into three groups.	他和我一组。(Tā hé wǒ yì zǔ.) — He's in my group. 第一组先来。(Dì yī zǔ xiān lái.) — Group one goes first. 每组做一个练习。(Měi zǔ zuò yí gè liànxí.) — Each group does one exercise. 这一组人最多。(Zhè yì zǔ rén zuì duō.) — This group has the most people. 请按组坐好。(Qǐng àn zǔ zuòhǎo.) — Please sit in your groups.
3754	HSK 2	组长	zǔzhǎng	group leader	他是我们的组长。(Tā shì wǒmen de zǔzhǎng.) — He's our group leader.	组长负责收作业。(Zǔzhǎng fùzé shōu zuòyè.) — The group leader collects the homework. 请组长过来一下。(Qǐng zǔzhǎng guòlái yíxià.) — Group leaders, come over please. 她当了三年组长。(Tā dāngle sān nián zǔzhǎng.) — She's been group leader for three years. 组长要多帮助别人。(Zǔzhǎng yào duō bāngzhù biérén.) — A group leader should help others. 每组选一个组长。(Měi zǔ xuǎn yí gè zǔzhǎng.) — Each group picks a leader.
3755	HSK 2	作文	zuòwén	composition (essay)	今天要写作文。(Jīntiān yào xiě zuòwén.) — We have to write an essay today.	他的作文写得很好。(Tā de zuòwén xiě de hěn hǎo.) — His essay is well written. 作文题目是"我的家"。(Zuòwén tímù shì "wǒ de jiā".) — The essay title is "My Family". 作文要写五百个字。(Zuòwén yào xiě wǔ bǎi gè zì.) — The essay must be five hundred characters. 老师改了我的作文。(Lǎoshī gǎile wǒ de zuòwén.) — The teacher corrected my essay. 写作文比说话难。(Xiě zuòwén bǐ shuōhuà nán.) — Writing essays is harder than speaking.

18. Colors (颜色 - yánsè)

✏️ Usage: Color + 色 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Naming Colors

Color + 色 (sè): Most basic colors can drop the 色 (sè) suffix in casual speech (e.g. 红 (hóng) or 红色 (hóngsè) both mean "red"), but 色 (sè) is required after less common colors and in formal writing. Use colors directly before a noun as an adjective: 红苹果 (hóng píngguǒ) (red apple).

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
3859	HSK 2	白色	báisè	white (color)	我喜欢白色。(Wǒ xǐhuan báisè.) — I like white.	他穿白色的衬衫。(Tā chuān báisè de chènshān.) — He's wearing a white shirt. 白色的墙很干净。(Báisè de qiáng hěn gānjìng.) — White walls look clean. 这辆车是白色的。(Zhè liàng chē shì báisè de.) — This car is white. 白色比黑色好看。(Báisè bǐ hēisè hǎokàn.) — White looks better than black. 有白色的吗？(Yǒu báisè de ma?) — Do you have it in white?
3860	HSK 2	黑	hēi	black	天黑了。(Tiān hēi le.) — It's got dark.	她的头发很黑。(Tā de tóufa hěn hēi.) — Her hair is very black. 房间里太黑了。(Fángjiān lǐ tài hēi le.) — It's too dark in the room. 他穿了一件黑衣服。(Tā chuānle yí jiàn hēi yīfu.) — He's wearing black clothes. 黑猫在门口。(Hēi māo zài ménkǒu.) — The black cat is at the door. 天黑以后别出去。(Tiān hēi yǐhòu bié chūqù.) — Don't go out after dark.
3861	HSK 2	黑色	hēisè	black (color)	我买了黑色的鞋。(Wǒ mǎile hēisè de xié.) — I bought black shoes.	黑色的车很多。(Hēisè de chē hěn duō.) — There are lots of black cars. 他喜欢黑色。(Tā xǐhuan hēisè.) — He likes black. 黑色的笔在桌子上。(Hēisè de bǐ zài zhuōzi shàng.) — The black pen is on the desk. 这件黑色的很合适。(Zhè jiàn hēisè de hěn héshì.) — This black one fits well. 黑色配白色很好看。(Hēisè pèi báisè hěn hǎokàn.) — Black goes well with white.
3862	HSK 2	红	hóng	red	她的脸红了。(Tā de liǎn hóng le.) — She blushed.	苹果又红又大。(Píngguǒ yòu hóng yòu dà.) — The apples are red and big. 红灯了，停一下。(Hóngdēng le, tíng yíxià.) — Red light, stop a moment. 春节要挂红灯笼。(Chūnjié yào guà hóng dēnglong.) — Red lanterns go up at New Year. 我喜欢红的那件。(Wǒ xǐhuan hóng de nà jiàn.) — I like the red one. 天边红了。(Tiānbiān hóng le.) — The sky turned red.
3863	HSK 2	红色	hóngsè	red (color)	红色代表运气好。(Hóngsè dàibiǎo yùnqi hǎo.) — Red stands for good luck.	她穿了红色的裙子。(Tā chuānle hóngsè de qúnzi.) — She's wearing a red skirt. 红色的花很漂亮。(Hóngsè de huā hěn piàoliang.) — The red flowers are lovely. 中国人喜欢红色。(Zhōngguó rén xǐhuan hóngsè.) — Chinese people like red. 请用红色的笔改。(Qǐng yòng hóngsè de bǐ gǎi.) — Please correct it in red. 这个红色太亮了。(Zhège hóngsè tài liàng le.) — This red is too bright.
3864	HSK 2	黄	huáng	yellow	树叶黄了。(Shùyè huáng le.) — The leaves have turned yellow.	他穿了一件黄衣服。(Tā chuānle yí jiàn huáng yīfu.) — He's wearing yellow. 黄灯要小心。(Huángdēng yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful at the amber light. 秋天的山是黄的。(Qiūtiān de shān shì huáng de.) — The hills are yellow in autumn. 这朵花是黄的。(Zhè duǒ huā shì huáng de.) — This flower is yellow. 黄河很长。(Huáng Hé hěn cháng.) — The Yellow River is long.
3865	HSK 2	黄色	huángsè	yellow (color)	我喜欢黄色的花。(Wǒ xǐhuan huángsè de huā.) — I like yellow flowers.	黄色比较亮。(Huángsè bǐjiào liàng.) — Yellow is brighter. 他买了黄色的车。(Tā mǎile huángsè de chē.) — He bought a yellow car. 黄色的房子在那边。(Huángsè de fángzi zài nàbian.) — The yellow house is over there. 黄色配黑色很清楚。(Huángsè pèi hēisè hěn qīngchu.) — Yellow on black is very clear. 这个黄色不太好看。(Zhège huángsè bú tài hǎokàn.) — This yellow isn't very nice.
3866	HSK 2	蓝	lán	blue	天很蓝。(Tiān hěn lán.) — The sky is very blue.	海水是蓝的。(Hǎishuǐ shì lán de.) — The sea is blue. 她有一双蓝眼睛。(Tā yǒu yì shuāng lán yǎnjing.) — She has blue eyes. 我要蓝的那个。(Wǒ yào lán de nàge.) — I want the blue one. 蓝天白云真美。(Lántiān báiyún zhēn měi.) — Blue sky and white clouds, beautiful. 这件蓝的比较合适。(Zhè jiàn lán de bǐjiào héshì.) — This blue one fits better.
3867	HSK 2	蓝色	lánsè	blue (color)	我喜欢蓝色。(Wǒ xǐhuan lánsè.) — I like blue.	他穿蓝色的裤子。(Tā chuān lánsè de kùzi.) — He's wearing blue trousers. 蓝色让人觉得安静。(Lánsè ràng rén juéde ānjìng.) — Blue feels calming. 蓝色的本子是我的。(Lánsè de běnzi shì wǒ de.) — The blue notebook is mine. 有蓝色的吗？(Yǒu lánsè de ma?) — Do you have it in blue? 蓝色比绿色好看。(Lánsè bǐ lǜsè hǎokàn.) — Blue looks nicer than green.
3868	HSK 2	绿	lǜ	green	春天树都绿了。(Chūntiān shù dōu lǜ le.) — The trees turn green in spring.	绿灯了，可以走。(Lǜdēng le, kěyǐ zǒu.) — Green light, you can go. 这些菜很绿。(Zhèxiē cài hěn lǜ.) — These vegetables are nice and green. 山上一片绿。(Shān shàng yí piàn lǜ.) — The hills are all green. 他喝绿茶。(Tā hē lǜchá.) — He drinks green tea. 绿的比红的便宜。(Lǜ de bǐ hóng de piányi.) — The green one is cheaper than the red.
3869	HSK 2	绿色	lǜsè	green (color)	我喜欢绿色。(Wǒ xǐhuan lǜsè.) — I like green.	绿色的树很多。(Lǜsè de shù hěn duō.) — There are lots of green trees. 她买了绿色的包。(Tā mǎile lǜsè de bāo.) — She bought a green bag. 绿色让人觉得舒服。(Lǜsè ràng rén juéde shūfu.) — Green feels pleasant. 绿色的灯亮了。(Lǜsè de dēng liàng le.) — The green light came on. 这个绿色很好看。(Zhège lǜsè hěn hǎokàn.) — This green is lovely.
3870	HSK 2	颜色	yánsè	color	你喜欢什么颜色？(Nǐ xǐhuan shénme yánsè?) — What colour do you like?	这个颜色很好看。(Zhège yánsè hěn hǎokàn.) — This colour is lovely. 有别的颜色吗？(Yǒu bié de yánsè ma?) — Do you have other colours? 两件衣服颜色相同。(Liǎng jiàn yīfu yánsè xiāngtóng.) — The two outfits are the same colour. 秋天的颜色很美。(Qiūtiān de yánsè hěn měi.) — Autumn colours are beautiful. 这个颜色太亮了。(Zhège yánsè tài liàng le.) — This colour is too bright.

19. Weather & Seasons (天气, 季节 - tiānqì, jìjié)

✏️ Usage: 下 + 雨 / 雪

💡 Grammar Tip: Describing Weather

Weather patterns: Chinese often pairs a noun with a weather state, e.g. 下雨 (xiàyǔ) (lit. "fall rain," to rain) and 下雪 (xiàxuě) (to snow) — weather verbs like 下 (xià) come first, the noun after. Temperature is expressed with 度 (dù): 今天二十度 (jīntiān èrshí dù) ("It's 20 degrees today").

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
3879	HSK 2	春节	Chūnjié	Spring Festival (Chinese New Year)	春节全家在一起。(Chūnjié quánjiā zài yìqǐ.) — The whole family gathers at New Year.	春节要吃饺子。(Chūnjié yào chī jiǎozi.) — We eat dumplings at Spring Festival. 春节放七天假。(Chūnjié fàng qī tiān jià.) — There's a week off for Spring Festival. 春节快乐！(Chūnjié kuàilè!) — Happy New Year! 春节的时候很热闹。(Chūnjié de shíhou hěn rènao.) — Spring Festival is very lively. 今年春节在二月。(Jīnnián Chūnjié zài èr yuè.) — Spring Festival falls in February this year.
3880	HSK 2	春天	chūntiān	spring (season)	春天来了。(Chūntiān lái le.) — Spring has come.	春天的花很漂亮。(Chūntiān de huā hěn piàoliang.) — Spring flowers are lovely. 我最喜欢春天。(Wǒ zuì xǐhuan chūntiān.) — Spring is my favourite season. 春天不冷也不热。(Chūntiān bù lěng yě bú rè.) — Spring is neither cold nor hot. 春天树都绿了。(Chūntiān shù dōu lǜ le.) — The trees turn green in spring. 春天常常下雨。(Chūntiān chángcháng xiàyǔ.) — It often rains in spring.
3881	HSK 2	冬天	dōngtiān	winter	冬天很冷。(Dōngtiān hěn lěng.) — Winter is cold.	冬天常常下雪。(Dōngtiān chángcháng xiàxuě.) — It often snows in winter. 冬天白天比较短。(Dōngtiān báitiān bǐjiào duǎn.) — Days are shorter in winter. 冬天要多穿衣服。(Dōngtiān yào duō chuān yīfu.) — Wear more layers in winter. 北方的冬天很长。(Běifāng de dōngtiān hěn cháng.) — Winters are long in the north. 冬天喜欢喝热茶。(Dōngtiān xǐhuan hē rè chá.) — I like hot tea in winter.
3882	HSK 2	度	dù	degree (temperature etc.)	今天二十度。(Jīntiān èrshí dù.) — It's twenty degrees today.	气温有三十五度。(Qìwēn yǒu sānshíwǔ dù.) — The temperature is thirty-five degrees. 零下五度很冷。(Língxià wǔ dù hěn lěng.) — Minus five is very cold. 水一百度会开。(Shuǐ yìbǎi dù huì kāi.) — Water boils at a hundred degrees. 今天比昨天高两度。(Jīntiān bǐ zuótiān gāo liǎng dù.) — Today is two degrees warmer. 多少度？我看看。(Duōshǎo dù? Wǒ kànkan.) — What's the temperature? Let me check.
3883	HSK 2	多云	duōyún	cloudy	今天多云。(Jīntiān duōyún.) — It's cloudy today.	多云的天气不太热。(Duōyún de tiānqì bú tài rè.) — Cloudy weather isn't too hot. 明天多云转晴。(Míngtiān duōyún zhuǎn qíng.) — Tomorrow: cloudy turning clear. 多云但是没下雨。(Duōyún dànshì méi xiàyǔ.) — Cloudy, but no rain. 早上多云，下午晴。(Zǎoshang duōyún, xiàwǔ qíng.) — Cloudy in the morning, sunny in the afternoon. 多云的天也可以出去。(Duōyún de tiān yě kěyǐ chūqù.) — You can still go out on a cloudy day.
3884	HSK 2	过年	guònián	to celebrate the New Year	我们回家过年。(Wǒmen huí jiā guònián.) — We go home for New Year.	过年很热闹。(Guònián hěn rènao.) — New Year is lively. 过年要给孩子红包。(Guònián yào gěi háizi hóngbāo.) — Children get red envelopes at New Year. 你在哪儿过年？(Nǐ zài nǎr guònián?) — Where are you spending New Year? 过年以后再上班。(Guònián yǐhòu zài shàngbān.) — Work starts again after New Year. 过年的菜特别多。(Guònián de cài tèbié duō.) — There's a huge amount of food at New Year.
3885	HSK 2	凉	liáng	cool; cold	茶凉了。(Chá liáng le.) — The tea has gone cold.	早上有点凉。(Zǎoshang yǒudiǎn liáng.) — It's a bit chilly in the morning. 把水放凉再喝。(Bǎ shuǐ fàngliáng zài hē.) — Let the water cool before drinking. 秋天的风很凉。(Qiūtiān de fēng hěn liáng.) — The autumn wind is cool. 菜凉了，热一下吧。(Cài liáng le, rè yíxià ba.) — The food's cold, warm it up. 树下比较凉。(Shù xià bǐjiào liáng.) — It's cooler under the tree.
3886	HSK 2	零下	língxià	below zero	今天零下三度。(Jīntiān língxià sān dù.) — It's minus three today.	零下的天气要小心。(Língxià de tiānqì yào xiǎoxīn.) — Be careful in sub-zero weather. 北方冬天常常零下。(Běifāng dōngtiān chángcháng língxià.) — Northern winters are often below zero. 零下十度，水会结冰。(Língxià shí dù, shuǐ huì jiébīng.) — At minus ten, water freezes. 昨天零下，今天暖和了。(Zuótiān língxià, jīntiān nuǎnhuo le.) — Below zero yesterday, warmer today. 零下的时候别出去。(Língxià de shíhou bié chūqù.) — Don't go out when it's below freezing.
3887	HSK 2	气温	qìwēn	air temperature	今天气温很高。(Jīntiān qìwēn hěn gāo.) — The temperature is high today.	气温降了五度。(Qìwēn jiàngle wǔ dù.) — The temperature dropped five degrees. 明天气温三十度。(Míngtiān qìwēn sānshí dù.) — Tomorrow's temperature is thirty degrees. 早晚气温比较低。(Zǎowǎn qìwēn bǐjiào dī.) — Temperatures are lower morning and night. 气温越来越高了。(Qìwēn yuèláiyuè gāo le.) — The temperature keeps rising. 看看今天的气温。(Kànkan jīntiān de qìwēn.) — Let's check today's temperature.
3888	HSK 2	晴	qíng	sunny; clear (weather)	今天天晴。(Jīntiān tiān qíng.) — It's clear today.	雨停了，天晴了。(Yǔ tíng le, tiān qíng le.) — The rain stopped and it cleared up. 晴的时候可以爬山。(Qíng de shíhou kěyǐ páshān.) — We can hike when it's clear. 明天晴，没有雨。(Míngtiān qíng, méiyǒu yǔ.) — Tomorrow is clear, no rain. 晴天的天空很蓝。(Qíngtiān de tiānkōng hěn lán.) — The sky is very blue when it's clear. 一直晴了三天。(Yìzhí qíngle sān tiān.) — It's been clear for three days.
3889	HSK 2	晴天	qíngtiān	sunny day	今天是晴天。(Jīntiān shì qíngtiān.) — Today is a fine day.	晴天最适合出去玩。(Qíngtiān zuì shìhé chūqù wán.) — Fine days are best for going out. 连着三个晴天。(Liánzhe sān gè qíngtiān.) — Three fine days in a row. 晴天的时候很热。(Qíngtiān de shíhou hěn rè.) — It's hot when the weather is clear. 希望明天是晴天。(Xīwàng míngtiān shì qíngtiān.) — I hope tomorrow is fine. 晴天比阴天舒服。(Qíngtiān bǐ yīntiān shūfu.) — Clear days feel nicer than overcast ones.
3890	HSK 2	秋天	qiūtiān	autumn; fall	秋天很凉快。(Qiūtiān hěn liángkuai.) — Autumn is pleasantly cool.	秋天树叶黄了。(Qiūtiān shùyè huáng le.) — Leaves turn yellow in autumn. 我喜欢秋天的天气。(Wǒ xǐhuan qiūtiān de tiānqì.) — I like autumn weather. 秋天是收获的季节。(Qiūtiān shì shōuhuò de jìjié.) — Autumn is the harvest season. 秋天不长，很快就冬天了。(Qiūtiān bù cháng, hěn kuài jiù dōngtiān le.) — Autumn is short, winter comes fast. 秋天出去走走最好。(Qiūtiān chūqù zǒuzou zuì hǎo.) — Autumn is the best time for a walk.
3891	HSK 2	温度	wēndù	temperature	今天的温度不高。(Jīntiān de wēndù bù gāo.) — Today's temperature isn't high.	温度降下来了。(Wēndù jiàng xiàlái le.) — The temperature has come down. 房间的温度刚好。(Fángjiān de wēndù gānghǎo.) — The room temperature is just right. 水的温度太高了。(Shuǐ de wēndù tài gāo le.) — The water is too hot. 温度和气温差不多。(Wēndù hé qìwēn chàbuduō.) — Temperature and air temperature are much the same. 请看一下温度。(Qǐng kàn yíxià wēndù.) — Please check the temperature.
3892	HSK 2	下雪	xiàxuě	to snow	外面下雪了。(Wàimiàn xiàxuě le.) — It's snowing outside.	北方冬天常下雪。(Běifāng dōngtiān cháng xiàxuě.) — It often snows in northern winters. 下雪的时候很安静。(Xiàxuě de shíhou hěn ānjìng.) — It's quiet when it snows. 下雪路滑，要小心。(Xiàxuě lù huá, yào xiǎoxīn.) — Snow makes roads slippery, be careful. 昨天下了一夜雪。(Zuótiān xiàle yí yè xuě.) — It snowed all night. 孩子喜欢下雪天。(Háizi xǐhuan xiàxuě tiān.) — Children love snowy days.
3893	HSK 2	夏天	xiàtiān	summer	夏天很热。(Xiàtiān hěn rè.) — Summer is hot.	夏天白天比较长。(Xiàtiān báitiān bǐjiào cháng.) — Days are longer in summer. 夏天喜欢喝凉水。(Xiàtiān xǐhuan hē liángshuǐ.) — I like cold water in summer. 夏天放假去旅游。(Xiàtiān fàngjià qù lǚyóu.) — We travel during the summer holiday. 夏天常常下大雨。(Xiàtiān chángcháng xià dàyǔ.) — Heavy rain is common in summer. 夏天的晚上很舒服。(Xiàtiān de wǎnshang hěn shūfu.) — Summer evenings are pleasant.
3894	HSK 2	阴	yīn	overcast; cloudy	今天天阴。(Jīntiān tiān yīn.) — It's overcast today.	天阴了，可能下雨。(Tiān yīn le, kěnéng xiàyǔ.) — It's clouded over, it may rain. 阴的天气有点冷。(Yīn de tiānqì yǒudiǎn lěng.) — Overcast weather feels a bit cold. 阴了一整天。(Yīnle yì zhěng tiān.) — It was overcast all day. 天阴的时候光线不好。(Tiān yīn de shíhou guāngxiàn bù hǎo.) — The light is poor when it's overcast. 先阴后晴。(Xiān yīn hòu qíng.) — Overcast first, clear later.
3895	HSK 2	阴天	yīntiān	overcast/cloudy day	今天是阴天。(Jīntiān shì yīntiān.) — It's an overcast day.	阴天不用带太阳镜。(Yīntiān búyòng dài tàiyángjìng.) — No need for sunglasses on a cloudy day. 阴天让人有点累。(Yīntiān ràng rén yǒudiǎn lèi.) — Overcast days feel a bit tiring. 连着几个阴天了。(Liánzhe jǐ gè yīntiān le.) — It's been overcast for several days. 阴天也可以出去走走。(Yīntiān yě kěyǐ chūqù zǒuzou.) — You can still go for a walk on a grey day. 阴天以后常常下雨。(Yīntiān yǐhòu chángcháng xiàyǔ.) — Rain often follows an overcast day.

20. Sports & Body (体育, 身体 - tǐyù, shēntǐ)

✏️ Usage: 打 / 踢 + Sport

💡 Grammar Tip: Sports and Body Parts

Playing sports: Ball sports typically use 打 (dǎ) for sports played with the hands (打篮球 (dǎ lánqiú) basketball) and 踢 (tī) for sports played with the feet (踢足球 (tī zúqiú) soccer). Body parts commonly pair with 疼 (téng) to describe pain: 头疼 (tóuténg) ("headache," lit. "head hurts").

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
3931	HSK 2	背	bèi	back (of the body); to carry on the back; to recite	我的背有点疼。(Wǒ de bèi yǒudiǎn téng.) — My back aches a bit.	他背着一个大包。(Tā bēizhe yí gè dà bāo.) — He's carrying a big bag on his back. 请背一下这首诗。(Qǐng bèi yíxià zhè shǒu shī.) — Please recite this poem from memory. 我要背二十个生词。(Wǒ yào bèi èrshí gè shēngcí.) — I have twenty new words to memorise. 坐久了背会疼。(Zuò jiǔle bèi huì téng.) — Sitting long makes your back hurt. 他背对着我。(Tā bèi duìzhe wǒ.) — His back is turned to me.
3932	HSK 2	点头	diǎntóu	to nod	他点了点头。(Tā diǎnle diǎn tóu.) — He nodded.	点头表示同意。(Diǎntóu biǎoshì tóngyì.) — Nodding means agreement. 她只是点头不说话。(Tā zhǐ shì diǎntóu bù shuōhuà.) — She just nodded without speaking. 老师点头让我坐下。(Lǎoshī diǎntóu ràng wǒ zuòxià.) — The teacher nodded for me to sit. 听懂了就点头。(Tīngdǒngle jiù diǎntóu.) — Nod if you understand. 他点头笑了笑。(Tā diǎntóu xiàole xiào.) — He nodded and smiled.
3933	HSK 2	队	duì	team	我们排队等着。(Wǒmen páiduì děngzhe.) — We're queueing up.	他在足球队。(Tā zài zúqiú duì.) — He's on the football team. 请排队上车。(Qǐng páiduì shàngchē.) — Please queue to board. 两个队打得很好。(Liǎng gè duì dǎ de hěn hǎo.) — Both teams played well. 我们队赢了。(Wǒmen duì yíng le.) — Our team won. 队前面还有很多人。(Duì qiánmiàn hái yǒu hěn duō rén.) — There are still many people ahead in the queue.
3934	HSK 2	队长	duìzhǎng	team captain	他是我们的队长。(Tā shì wǒmen de duìzhǎng.) — He's our team captain.	队长带大家练习。(Duìzhǎng dài dàjiā liànxí.) — The captain leads the practice. 新队长很年轻。(Xīn duìzhǎng hěn niánqīng.) — The new captain is young. 队长要多帮助队员。(Duìzhǎng yào duō bāngzhù duìyuán.) — A captain should help the team. 大家选他当队长。(Dàjiā xuǎn tā dāng duìzhǎng.) — Everyone chose him as captain. 队长跑得最快。(Duìzhǎng pǎo de zuì kuài.) — The captain runs the fastest.
3935	HSK 2	个子	gèzi	height; stature	他个子很高。(Tā gèzi hěn gāo.) — He's very tall.	我个子不太高。(Wǒ gèzi bú tài gāo.) — I'm not very tall. 她的个子跟我一样。(Tā de gèzi gēn wǒ yíyàng.) — She's the same height as me. 个子高打篮球有用。(Gèzi gāo dǎ lánqiú yǒuyòng.) — Being tall helps in basketball. 弟弟的个子长高了。(Dìdi de gèzi zhǎnggāo le.) — My brother has grown taller. 个子小也可以跑得快。(Gèzi xiǎo yě kěyǐ pǎo de kuài.) — Short people can run fast too.
3936	HSK 2	加油	jiāyóu	to refuel; go for it!	加油！你能行。(Jiāyóu! Nǐ néng xíng.) — Come on, you can do it!	大家给他加油。(Dàjiā gěi tā jiāyóu.) — Everyone is cheering him on. 考试加油！(Kǎoshì jiāyóu!) — Good luck with the exam! 车要去加油了。(Chē yào qù jiāyóu le.) — The car needs refuelling. 再加油就成功了。(Zài jiāyóu jiù chénggōng le.) — A bit more effort and you'll make it. 我们一起加油吧。(Wǒmen yìqǐ jiāyóu ba.) — Let's give it our best together.
3937	HSK 2	脚	jiǎo	foot	我的脚有点疼。(Wǒ de jiǎo yǒudiǎn téng.) — My foot hurts a bit.	走了一天，脚很累。(Zǒule yì tiān, jiǎo hěn lèi.) — After a day's walking my feet are tired. 这双鞋我的脚穿不下。(Zhè shuāng xié wǒ de jiǎo chuān bu xià.) — These shoes don't fit my feet. 他用脚踢球。(Tā yòng jiǎo tī qiú.) — He kicks the ball with his foot. 冬天脚很容易冷。(Dōngtiān jiǎo hěn róngyì lěng.) — Feet get cold easily in winter. 小心脚下。(Xiǎoxīn jiǎo xià.) — Mind your step.
3938	HSK 2	举手	jǔshǒu	to raise one's hand	有问题请举手。(Yǒu wèntí qǐng jǔshǒu.) — Raise your hand if you have a question.	他举手回答问题。(Tā jǔshǒu huídá wèntí.) — He raised his hand to answer. 同意的人举手。(Tóngyì de rén jǔshǒu.) — Those in favour, raise your hands. 没有人举手。(Méiyǒu rén jǔshǒu.) — Nobody raised a hand. 她举手举得很快。(Tā jǔshǒu jǔ de hěn kuài.) — She put her hand up quickly. 上课要举手说话。(Shàngkè yào jǔshǒu shuōhuà.) — Raise your hand before speaking in class.
3939	HSK 2	篮球	lánqiú	basketball	我喜欢打篮球。(Wǒ xǐhuan dǎ lánqiú.) — I like playing basketball.	他篮球打得很好。(Tā lánqiú dǎ de hěn hǎo.) — He plays basketball well. 下午有篮球比赛。(Xiàwǔ yǒu lánqiú bǐsài.) — There's a basketball match this afternoon. 打篮球个子高有用。(Dǎ lánqiú gèzi gāo yǒuyòng.) — Height helps in basketball. 我们去打篮球吧。(Wǒmen qù dǎ lánqiú ba.) — Let's go play basketball. 篮球在球场上。(Lánqiú zài qiúchǎng shàng.) — The basketball is on the court.
3940	HSK 2	脸	liǎn	face	她的脸红了。(Tā de liǎn hóng le.) — Her face went red.	早上要洗脸。(Zǎoshang yào xǐliǎn.) — Wash your face in the morning. 他的脸色不太好。(Tā de liǎnsè bú tài hǎo.) — He doesn't look well. 孩子的脸很可爱。(Háizi de liǎn hěn kě'ài.) — The child has a sweet face. 我记得他的脸。(Wǒ jìde tā de liǎn.) — I remember his face. 风大，脸有点疼。(Fēng dà, liǎn yǒudiǎn téng.) — The wind is strong, my face stings.
3941	HSK 2	爬山	páshān	to climb a mountain; hiking	周末我们去爬山。(Zhōumò wǒmen qù páshān.) — We're going hiking at the weekend.	爬山很累但很开心。(Páshān hěn lèi dàn hěn kāixīn.) — Hiking is tiring but fun. 他喜欢爬山。(Tā xǐhuan páshān.) — He likes climbing mountains. 爬山要穿好鞋。(Páshān yào chuān hǎo xié.) — Wear good shoes for hiking. 爬山的人很多。(Páshān de rén hěn duō.) — There are lots of hikers. 下雨天不能爬山。(Xiàyǔ tiān bù néng páshān.) — You can't hike in the rain.
3942	HSK 2	排球	páiqiú	volleyball	她会打排球。(Tā huì dǎ páiqiú.) — She can play volleyball.	排球比赛在体育场。(Páiqiú bǐsài zài tǐyùchǎng.) — The volleyball match is at the stadium. 我们班的排球队很好。(Wǒmen bān de páiqiú duì hěn hǎo.) — Our class volleyball team is good. 打排球要六个人。(Dǎ páiqiú yào liù gè rén.) — Volleyball needs six players. 排球比篮球轻。(Páiqiú bǐ lánqiú qīng.) — A volleyball is lighter than a basketball. 放学后打排球。(Fàngxué hòu dǎ páiqiú.) — We play volleyball after school.
3943	HSK 2	球场	qiúchǎng	sports field; court	球场上有很多人。(Qiúchǎng shàng yǒu hěn duō rén.) — There are lots of people on the pitch.	学校的球场很大。(Xuéxiào de qiúchǎng hěn dà.) — The school's pitch is large. 我们在球场见。(Wǒmen zài qiúchǎng jiàn.) — See you at the pitch. 球场旁边有座位。(Qiúchǎng pángbiān yǒu zuòwèi.) — There are seats beside the pitch. 下雨球场不能用。(Xiàyǔ qiúchǎng bù néng yòng.) — The pitch can't be used in the rain. 新球场明天开。(Xīn qiúchǎng míngtiān kāi.) — The new pitch opens tomorrow.
3944	HSK 2	球队	qiúduì	sports team	他在学校的球队。(Tā zài xuéxiào de qiúduì.) — He's on the school team.	我们球队赢了。(Wǒmen qiúduì yíng le.) — Our team won. 球队每天都练习。(Qiúduì měitiān dōu liànxí.) — The team practises every day. 这个球队很有名。(Zhège qiúduì hěn yǒumíng.) — This team is famous. 球队来了两个新人。(Qiúduì láile liǎng gè xīnrén.) — Two new players joined the team. 你支持哪个球队？(Nǐ zhīchí nǎge qiúduì?) — Which team do you support?
3945	HSK 2	球鞋	qiúxié	sneakers	我买了一双球鞋。(Wǒ mǎile yì shuāng qiúxié.) — I bought a pair of trainers.	这双球鞋很舒服。(Zhè shuāng qiúxié hěn shūfu.) — These trainers are comfortable. 打球要穿球鞋。(Dǎqiú yào chuān qiúxié.) — Wear trainers to play ball. 他的球鞋是白色的。(Tā de qiúxié shì báisè de.) — His trainers are white. 球鞋脏了要洗。(Qiúxié zāng le yào xǐ.) — The trainers are dirty, wash them. 这双球鞋有点贵。(Zhè shuāng qiúxié yǒudiǎn guì.) — These trainers are a bit pricey.
3946	HSK 2	全身	quánshēn	the whole body	他全身都湿了。(Tā quánshēn dōu shī le.) — He's soaked through.	运动以后全身疼。(Yùndòng yǐhòu quánshēn téng.) — My whole body aches after exercise. 全身上下都很干净。(Quánshēn shàngxià dōu hěn gānjìng.) — He's clean from head to toe. 天冷，全身都冷。(Tiān lěng, quánshēn dōu lěng.) — It's cold, I'm cold all over. 洗完澡全身舒服。(Xǐwán zǎo quánshēn shūfu.) — My whole body feels good after a shower. 医生检查了全身。(Yīshēng jiǎnchále quánshēn.) — The doctor examined him all over.
3947	HSK 2	疼	téng	painful; sore	我的头很疼。(Wǒ de tóu hěn téng.) — My head hurts.	哪里疼？告诉医生。(Nǎlǐ téng? Gàosu yīshēng.) — Where does it hurt? Tell the doctor. 牙疼得睡不着。(Yá téng de shuì bu zháo.) — My tooth hurts too much to sleep. 走多了脚会疼。(Zǒu duōle jiǎo huì téng.) — Your feet hurt if you walk a lot. 吃了药就不疼了。(Chīle yào jiù bù téng le.) — The pain went after the medicine. 妈妈很疼孩子。(Māma hěn téng háizi.) — The mother dotes on her child.
3948	HSK 2	体育	tǐyù	physical education; sports	我喜欢上体育课。(Wǒ xǐhuan shàng tǐyù kè.) — I like PE lessons.	体育对身体好。(Tǐyù duì shēntǐ hǎo.) — Sport is good for the body. 今天下午有体育课。(Jīntiān xiàwǔ yǒu tǐyù kè.) — There's PE this afternoon. 他喜欢看体育新闻。(Tā xǐhuan kàn tǐyù xīnwén.) — He likes watching sports news. 学校的体育活动很多。(Xuéxiào de tǐyù huódòng hěn duō.) — The school has plenty of sports. 体育老师很热情。(Tǐyù lǎoshī hěn rèqíng.) — The PE teacher is very warm.
3949	HSK 2	体育场	tǐyùchǎng	stadium	比赛在体育场举行。(Bǐsài zài tǐyùchǎng jǔxíng.) — The match is held at the stadium.	体育场很大。(Tǐyùchǎng hěn dà.) — The stadium is big. 我们去体育场跑步。(Wǒmen qù tǐyùchǎng pǎobù.) — We go running at the stadium. 体育场坐满了人。(Tǐyùchǎng zuòmǎnle rén.) — The stadium is packed. 新体育场在学校北边。(Xīn tǐyùchǎng zài xuéxiào běibian.) — The new stadium is north of the school. 体育场门口见。(Tǐyùchǎng ménkǒu jiàn.) — See you at the stadium entrance.
3950	HSK 2	头	tóu	head	我头有点疼。(Wǒ tóu yǒudiǎn téng.) — My head aches a bit.	他点了点头。(Tā diǎnle diǎn tóu.) — He nodded his head. 从头开始学吧。(Cóng tóu kāishǐ xué ba.) — Let's learn it from the start. 她低着头写字。(Tā dīzhe tóu xiězì.) — She writes with her head down. 这是第一头。(Zhè shì dì yī tóu.) — This is the front end. 抬头看看天空。(Táitóu kànkan tiānkōng.) — Look up at the sky.
3951	HSK 2	头发	tóufa	hair (on the head)	她的头发很长。(Tā de tóufa hěn cháng.) — Her hair is long.	我要去理头发。(Wǒ yào qù lǐ tóufa.) — I'm going for a haircut. 他的头发是黑的。(Tā de tóufa shì hēi de.) — His hair is black. 洗完头发要吹干。(Xǐwán tóufa yào chuīgān.) — Dry your hair after washing. 爷爷的头发白了。(Yéye de tóufa bái le.) — Grandpa's hair has gone white. 头发太长该剪了。(Tóufa tài cháng gāi jiǎn le.) — My hair's too long, time for a cut.
3952	HSK 2	腿	tuǐ	leg	我的腿很累。(Wǒ de tuǐ hěn lèi.) — My legs are tired.	他的腿受伤了。(Tā de tuǐ shòushāng le.) — He hurt his leg. 坐久了腿会麻。(Zuò jiǔle tuǐ huì má.) — Your legs go numb if you sit too long. 她的腿很长。(Tā de tuǐ hěn cháng.) — She has long legs. 跑步以后腿有点疼。(Pǎobù yǐhòu tuǐ yǒudiǎn téng.) — My legs ache a bit after running. 桌子有四条腿。(Zhuōzi yǒu sì tiáo tuǐ.) — The table has four legs.
3953	HSK 2	网球	wǎngqiú	tennis	他会打网球。(Tā huì dǎ wǎngqiú.) — He can play tennis.	我们周末打网球。(Wǒmen zhōumò dǎ wǎngqiú.) — We play tennis at weekends. 网球比赛很好看。(Wǎngqiú bǐsài hěn hǎokàn.) — Tennis matches are fun to watch. 打网球只要两个人。(Dǎ wǎngqiú zhǐyào liǎng gè rén.) — Tennis only needs two people. 她的网球打得不错。(Tā de wǎngqiú dǎ de búcuò.) — She plays tennis quite well. 网球场在学校后面。(Wǎngqiúchǎng zài xuéxiào hòumiàn.) — The tennis court is behind the school.
3954	HSK 2	眼	yǎn	eye	他眼里有泪。(Tā yǎn lǐ yǒu lèi.) — There are tears in his eyes.	看了他一眼。(Kànle tā yì yǎn.) — I glanced at him. 我的眼有点累。(Wǒ de yǎn yǒudiǎn lèi.) — My eyes are a little tired. 一眼就认出来了。(Yì yǎn jiù rèn chūlái le.) — I recognised him at a glance. 闭上眼休息一下。(Bìshàng yǎn xiūxi yíxià.) — Close your eyes and rest. 他眼都不眨。(Tā yǎn dōu bù zhǎ.) — He didn't even blink.
3955	HSK 2	眼睛	yǎnjing	eye(s)	她的眼睛很亮。(Tā de yǎnjing hěn liàng.) — Her eyes are bright.	我的眼睛有点疼。(Wǒ de yǎnjing yǒudiǎn téng.) — My eyes hurt a bit. 看手机对眼睛不好。(Kàn shǒujī duì yǎnjing bù hǎo.) — Phones are bad for your eyes. 请闭上眼睛。(Qǐng bìshàng yǎnjing.) — Please close your eyes. 他有一双蓝眼睛。(Tā yǒu yì shuāng lán yǎnjing.) — He has blue eyes. 眼睛累了就休息。(Yǎnjing lèile jiù xiūxi.) — Rest when your eyes get tired.
3956	HSK 2	嘴	zuǐ	mouth	他的嘴很小。(Tā de zuǐ hěn xiǎo.) — He has a small mouth.	请张开嘴。(Qǐng zhāngkāi zuǐ.) — Please open your mouth. 吃完饭要擦嘴。(Chīwán fàn yào cā zuǐ.) — Wipe your mouth after eating. 他嘴上说不去。(Tā zuǐ shàng shuō bú qù.) — He says he won't go. 孩子的嘴很甜。(Háizi de zuǐ hěn tián.) — The child says sweet things. 别用嘴，用筷子。(Bié yòng zuǐ, yòng kuàizi.) — Don't use your mouth, use chopsticks.

21. Work & Business (工作, 商务 - gōngzuò, shāngwù)

✏️ Usage: 当 + Job Title

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About Jobs & Workplaces

Job titles: Many workplace titles are formed with a role + 长 (zhǎng, "head/chief"): 市长 (shìzhǎng) (mayor), 院长 (yuànzhǎng) (dean), 组长 (zǔzhǎng) (group leader). 当 (dāng) means "to work as/serve as" a role: 当经理 (dāng jīnglǐ) ("to work as a manager").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

4085 HSK 2 打工 dǎgōng to work a part-time/temp job
他在饭馆打工。(Tā zài fànguǎn dǎgōng.) — He works part-time at a restaurant.
学生周末去打工。(Xuéshēng zhōumò qù dǎgōng.) — Students take weekend jobs.
打工可以赚点钱。(Dǎgōng kěyǐ zhuàn diǎn qián.) — Part-time work earns a bit of money.
她一边上学一边打工。(Tā yìbiān shàngxué yìbiān dǎgōng.) — She studies and works at the same time.
打工很累但有用。(Dǎgōng hěn lèi dàn yǒuyòng.) — Part-time work is tiring but useful.
暑假我要去打工。(Shǔjià wǒ yào qù dǎgōng.) — I'm getting a job over the summer.

4086 HSK 2 单位 dānwèi work unit; organization
他在哪个单位工作？(Tā zài nǎge dānwèi gōngzuò?) — Which organisation does he work for?
我们单位有五十个人。(Wǒmen dānwèi yǒu wǔshí gè rén.) — Our workplace has fifty people.
单位离家很近。(Dānwèi lí jiā hěn jìn.) — My workplace is close to home.
单位下午开会。(Dānwèi xiàwǔ kāihuì.) — There's a meeting at work this afternoon.
换了一个新单位。(Huànle yí gè xīn dānwèi.) — He moved to a new workplace.
米是长度的单位。(Mǐ shì chángdù de dānwèi.) — The metre is a unit of length.

4087 HSK 2 当 dāng to serve as; to work as
他想当老师。(Tā xiǎng dāng lǎoshī.) — He wants to be a teacher.
她当了三年队长。(Tā dāngle sān nián duìzhǎng.) — She was captain for three years.
当学生的时候很快乐。(Dāng xuéshēng de shíhou hěn kuàilè.) — Being a student was a happy time.
我来当组长吧。(Wǒ lái dāng zǔzhǎng ba.) — Let me be the group leader.
当时我不在家。(Dāngshí wǒ bú zài jiā.) — I wasn't home at the time.
他当过一次考生。(Tā dāngguò yí cì kǎoshēng.) — He sat the exam once as a candidate.

4088 HSK 2 服务 fúwù service; to serve
这里的服务很好。(Zhèlǐ de fúwù hěn hǎo.) — The service here is good.
他为大家服务。(Tā wèi dàjiā fúwù.) — He serves everyone.
服务员很热情。(Fúwùyuán hěn rèqíng.) — The server is very friendly.
这家店服务不太好。(Zhè jiā diàn fúwù bú tài hǎo.) — The service at this shop isn't great.
需要什么服务？(Xūyào shénme fúwù?) — What service do you need?
服务台在一楼。(Fúwùtái zài yī lóu.) — The service desk is on the ground floor.

4089 HSK 2 干活儿 gànhuór to work; to do manual work
他在地里干活儿。(Tā zài dì lǐ gànhuór.) — He's working in the fields.
干活儿很累。(Gànhuór hěn lèi.) — Manual work is tiring.
大家一起干活儿。(Dàjiā yìqǐ gànhuór.) — Everyone works together.
他干活儿很认真。(Tā gànhuór hěn rènzhēn.) — He works conscientiously.
干完活儿再休息。(Gànwán huór zài xiūxi.) — Rest after the work is done.
早上六点就去干活儿。(Zǎoshang liù diǎn jiù qù gànhuór.) — He starts work at six in the morning.

4090 HSK 2 经理 jīnglǐ manager
他是我们的经理。(Tā shì wǒmen de jīnglǐ.) — He's our manager.
经理在开会。(Jīnglǐ zài kāihuì.) — The manager is in a meeting.
我想见一下经理。(Wǒ xiǎng jiàn yíxià jīnglǐ.) — I'd like to see the manager.
新经理很年轻。(Xīn jīnglǐ hěn niánqīng.) — The new manager is young.
经理对大家很热情。(Jīnglǐ duì dàjiā hěn rèqíng.) — The manager is warm with everyone.
她当上了经理。(Tā dāngshàngle jīnglǐ.) — She's been made manager.

4091 HSK 2 商人 shāngrén merchant; businessperson
他是个商人。(Tā shì gè shāngrén.) — He's a businessman.
商人要会算钱。(Shāngrén yào huì suàn qián.) — A trader has to be good with money.
这里的商人很多。(Zhèlǐ de shāngrén hěn duō.) — There are many traders here.
他父亲是商人。(Tā fùqīn shì shāngrén.) — His father is a businessman.
商人常常出差。(Shāngrén chángcháng chūchāi.) — Businesspeople travel a lot.
做商人不容易。(Zuò shāngrén bù róngyì.) — Being in business isn't easy.

4092 HSK 2 实习 shíxí internship; to intern
他在医院实习。(Tā zài yīyuàn shíxí.) — He's interning at a hospital.
实习了三个月。(Shíxíle sān gè yuè.) — The placement lasted three months.
实习可以学到很多。(Shíxí kěyǐ xuédào hěn duō.) — You learn a lot from an internship.
暑假我要去实习。(Shǔjià wǒ yào qù shíxí.) — I'm doing a placement this summer.
实习生每天很忙。(Shíxíshēng měitiān hěn máng.) — Interns are busy every day.
实习以后就工作了。(Shíxí yǐhòu jiù gōngzuò le.) — He started work after the internship.

4093 HSK 2 市长 shìzhǎng mayor
他是这个城市的市长。(Tā shì zhège chéngshì de shìzhǎng.) — He's the mayor of this city.
市长今天来学校了。(Shìzhǎng jīntiān lái xuéxiào le.) — The mayor visited the school today.
新市长很年轻。(Xīn shìzhǎng hěn niánqīng.) — The new mayor is young.
市长说了几句话。(Shìzhǎng shuōle jǐ jù huà.) — The mayor said a few words.
大家选他当市长。(Dàjiā xuǎn tā dāng shìzhǎng.) — People elected him mayor.
市长办公室在二楼。(Shìzhǎng bàngōngshì zài èr lóu.) — The mayor's office is on the first floor.

4094 HSK 2 收入 shōurù income
他的收入不高。(Tā de shōurù bù gāo.) — His income isn't high.
每月的收入够用。(Měi yuè de shōurù gòu yòng.) — The monthly income is enough.
收入比去年多了。(Shōurù bǐ qùnián duō le.) — Income is up on last year.
这份工作收入不错。(Zhè fèn gōngzuò shōurù búcuò.) — This job pays quite well.
一家人的收入不多。(Yì jiā rén de shōurù bù duō.) — The family's income is small.
收入高不等于快乐。(Shōurù gāo bù děngyú kuàilè.) — A high income doesn't mean happiness.

4095 HSK 2 西医 xīyī Western medicine
他学的是西医。(Tā xué de shì Xīyī.) — He studies Western medicine.
西医看病比较快。(Xīyī kànbìng bǐjiào kuài.) — Western medicine treats you faster.
西医和中医都有用。(Xīyī hé Zhōngyī dōu yǒuyòng.) — Both Western and Chinese medicine help.
这家医院是西医。(Zhè jiā yīyuàn shì Xīyī.) — This hospital practises Western medicine.
西医给我开了药。(Xīyī gěi wǒ kāile yào.) — The doctor prescribed me medicine.
他相信西医。(Tā xiāngxìn Xīyī.) — He trusts Western medicine.

4096 HSK 2 信用卡 xìnyòngkǎ credit card
我用信用卡付钱。(Wǒ yòng xìnyòngkǎ fùqián.) — I pay by credit card.
这里能用信用卡吗？(Zhèlǐ néng yòng xìnyòngkǎ ma?) — Do you take credit cards here?
信用卡放在钱包里。(Xìnyòngkǎ fàng zài qiánbāo lǐ.) — The credit card is in my wallet.
他的信用卡丢了。(Tā de xìnyòngkǎ diū le.) — He lost his credit card.
用信用卡很方便。(Yòng xìnyòngkǎ hěn fāngbiàn.) — Credit cards are convenient.
信用卡要小心用。(Xìnyòngkǎ yào xiǎoxīn yòng.) — Use a credit card carefully.

4097 HSK 2 休假 xiūjià to take a vacation
他下星期休假。(Tā xià xīngqī xiūjià.) — He's on leave next week.
我想休假去旅游。(Wǒ xiǎng xiūjià qù lǚyóu.) — I'd like to take leave and travel.
休假回来精神好。(Xiūjià huílái jīngshen hǎo.) — You come back from leave refreshed.
今年还没休假。(Jīnnián hái méi xiūjià.) — I haven't taken leave this year.
休假的时候不看邮件。(Xiūjià de shíhou bú kàn yóujiàn.) — I don't check email on leave.
经理批准了我的休假。(Jīnglǐ pīzhǔnle wǒ de xiūjià.) — The manager approved my leave.

4098 HSK 2 银行卡 yínhángkǎ bank card
我的银行卡在包里。(Wǒ de yínhángkǎ zài bāo lǐ.) — My bank card is in my bag.
请带上银行卡。(Qǐng dàishàng yínhángkǎ.) — Please bring your bank card.
银行卡不能借给别人。(Yínhángkǎ bù néng jiè gěi biérén.) — Don't lend your bank card to others.
他去银行办了张卡。(Tā qù yínháng bànle zhāng kǎ.) — He got a card at the bank.
银行卡丢了要打电话。(Yínhángkǎ diū le yào dǎ diànhuà.) — Call the bank if you lose your card.
用银行卡取钱很方便。(Yòng yínhángkǎ qǔqián hěn fāngbiàn.) — Withdrawing with a bank card is easy.

4099 HSK 2 院长 yuànzhǎng dean; head of an institute
他是医院的院长。(Tā shì yīyuàn de yuànzhǎng.) — He's the hospital director.
院长今天开会。(Yuànzhǎng jīntiān kāihuì.) — The director has a meeting today.
新院长很有经验。(Xīn yuànzhǎng hěn yǒu jīngyàn.) — The new director is experienced.
院长办公室在三楼。(Yuànzhǎng bàngōngshì zài sān lóu.) — The director's office is on the second floor.
学生想见院长。(Xuéshēng xiǎng jiàn yuànzhǎng.) — The students want to see the dean.
院长说了几句话。(Yuànzhǎng shuōle jǐ jù huà.) — The director said a few words.

4100 HSK 2 中医 zhōngyī traditional Chinese medicine
他喜欢看中医。(Tā xǐhuan kàn Zhōngyī.) — He prefers Chinese medicine.
中医要把脉。(Zhōngyī yào bǎmài.) — Chinese medicine takes your pulse.
中医的历史很长。(Zhōngyī de lìshǐ hěn cháng.) — Chinese medicine has a long history.
中医开的药很苦。(Zhōngyī kāi de yào hěn kǔ.) — Chinese medicine tastes bitter.
中医和西医不一样。(Zhōngyī hé Xīyī bù yíyàng.) — Chinese and Western medicine differ.
她学了五年中医。(Tā xuéle wǔ nián Zhōngyī.) — She studied Chinese medicine for five years.

No.	Level	Chinese	Pinyin	English	Example	Examples
4085	HSK 2	打工	dǎgōng	to work a part-time/temp job	他在饭馆打工。(Tā zài fànguǎn dǎgōng.) — He works part-time at a restaurant.	学生周末去打工。(Xuéshēng zhōumò qù dǎgōng.) — Students take weekend jobs. 打工可以赚点钱。(Dǎgōng kěyǐ zhuàn diǎn qián.) — Part-time work earns a bit of money. 她一边上学一边打工。(Tā yìbiān shàngxué yìbiān dǎgōng.) — She studies and works at the same time. 打工很累但有用。(Dǎgōng hěn lèi dàn yǒuyòng.) — Part-time work is tiring but useful. 暑假我要去打工。(Shǔjià wǒ yào qù dǎgōng.) — I'm getting a job over the summer.
4086	HSK 2	单位	dānwèi	work unit; organization	他在哪个单位工作？(Tā zài nǎge dānwèi gōngzuò?) — Which organisation does he work for?	我们单位有五十个人。(Wǒmen dānwèi yǒu wǔshí gè rén.) — Our workplace has fifty people. 单位离家很近。(Dānwèi lí jiā hěn jìn.) — My workplace is close to home. 单位下午开会。(Dānwèi xiàwǔ kāihuì.) — There's a meeting at work this afternoon. 换了一个新单位。(Huànle yí gè xīn dānwèi.) — He moved to a new workplace. 米是长度的单位。(Mǐ shì chángdù de dānwèi.) — The metre is a unit of length.
4087	HSK 2	当	dāng	to serve as; to work as	他想当老师。(Tā xiǎng dāng lǎoshī.) — He wants to be a teacher.	她当了三年队长。(Tā dāngle sān nián duìzhǎng.) — She was captain for three years. 当学生的时候很快乐。(Dāng xuéshēng de shíhou hěn kuàilè.) — Being a student was a happy time. 我来当组长吧。(Wǒ lái dāng zǔzhǎng ba.) — Let me be the group leader. 当时我不在家。(Dāngshí wǒ bú zài jiā.) — I wasn't home at the time. 他当过一次考生。(Tā dāngguò yí cì kǎoshēng.) — He sat the exam once as a candidate.
4088	HSK 2	服务	fúwù	service; to serve	这里的服务很好。(Zhèlǐ de fúwù hěn hǎo.) — The service here is good.	他为大家服务。(Tā wèi dàjiā fúwù.) — He serves everyone. 服务员很热情。(Fúwùyuán hěn rèqíng.) — The server is very friendly. 这家店服务不太好。(Zhè jiā diàn fúwù bú tài hǎo.) — The service at this shop isn't great. 需要什么服务？(Xūyào shénme fúwù?) — What service do you need? 服务台在一楼。(Fúwùtái zài yī lóu.) — The service desk is on the ground floor.
4089	HSK 2	干活儿	gànhuór	to work; to do manual work	他在地里干活儿。(Tā zài dì lǐ gànhuór.) — He's working in the fields.	干活儿很累。(Gànhuór hěn lèi.) — Manual work is tiring. 大家一起干活儿。(Dàjiā yìqǐ gànhuór.) — Everyone works together. 他干活儿很认真。(Tā gànhuór hěn rènzhēn.) — He works conscientiously. 干完活儿再休息。(Gànwán huór zài xiūxi.) — Rest after the work is done. 早上六点就去干活儿。(Zǎoshang liù diǎn jiù qù gànhuór.) — He starts work at six in the morning.
4090	HSK 2	经理	jīnglǐ	manager	他是我们的经理。(Tā shì wǒmen de jīnglǐ.) — He's our manager.	经理在开会。(Jīnglǐ zài kāihuì.) — The manager is in a meeting. 我想见一下经理。(Wǒ xiǎng jiàn yíxià jīnglǐ.) — I'd like to see the manager. 新经理很年轻。(Xīn jīnglǐ hěn niánqīng.) — The new manager is young. 经理对大家很热情。(Jīnglǐ duì dàjiā hěn rèqíng.) — The manager is warm with everyone. 她当上了经理。(Tā dāngshàngle jīnglǐ.) — She's been made manager.
4091	HSK 2	商人	shāngrén	merchant; businessperson	他是个商人。(Tā shì gè shāngrén.) — He's a businessman.	商人要会算钱。(Shāngrén yào huì suàn qián.) — A trader has to be good with money. 这里的商人很多。(Zhèlǐ de shāngrén hěn duō.) — There are many traders here. 他父亲是商人。(Tā fùqīn shì shāngrén.) — His father is a businessman. 商人常常出差。(Shāngrén chángcháng chūchāi.) — Businesspeople travel a lot. 做商人不容易。(Zuò shāngrén bù róngyì.) — Being in business isn't easy.
4092	HSK 2	实习	shíxí	internship; to intern	他在医院实习。(Tā zài yīyuàn shíxí.) — He's interning at a hospital.	实习了三个月。(Shíxíle sān gè yuè.) — The placement lasted three months. 实习可以学到很多。(Shíxí kěyǐ xuédào hěn duō.) — You learn a lot from an internship. 暑假我要去实习。(Shǔjià wǒ yào qù shíxí.) — I'm doing a placement this summer. 实习生每天很忙。(Shíxíshēng měitiān hěn máng.) — Interns are busy every day. 实习以后就工作了。(Shíxí yǐhòu jiù gōngzuò le.) — He started work after the internship.
4093	HSK 2	市长	shìzhǎng	mayor	他是这个城市的市长。(Tā shì zhège chéngshì de shìzhǎng.) — He's the mayor of this city.	市长今天来学校了。(Shìzhǎng jīntiān lái xuéxiào le.) — The mayor visited the school today. 新市长很年轻。(Xīn shìzhǎng hěn niánqīng.) — The new mayor is young. 市长说了几句话。(Shìzhǎng shuōle jǐ jù huà.) — The mayor said a few words. 大家选他当市长。(Dàjiā xuǎn tā dāng shìzhǎng.) — People elected him mayor. 市长办公室在二楼。(Shìzhǎng bàngōngshì zài èr lóu.) — The mayor's office is on the first floor.
4094	HSK 2	收入	shōurù	income	他的收入不高。(Tā de shōurù bù gāo.) — His income isn't high.	每月的收入够用。(Měi yuè de shōurù gòu yòng.) — The monthly income is enough. 收入比去年多了。(Shōurù bǐ qùnián duō le.) — Income is up on last year. 这份工作收入不错。(Zhè fèn gōngzuò shōurù búcuò.) — This job pays quite well. 一家人的收入不多。(Yì jiā rén de shōurù bù duō.) — The family's income is small. 收入高不等于快乐。(Shōurù gāo bù děngyú kuàilè.) — A high income doesn't mean happiness.
4095	HSK 2	西医	xīyī	Western medicine	他学的是西医。(Tā xué de shì Xīyī.) — He studies Western medicine.	西医看病比较快。(Xīyī kànbìng bǐjiào kuài.) — Western medicine treats you faster. 西医和中医都有用。(Xīyī hé Zhōngyī dōu yǒuyòng.) — Both Western and Chinese medicine help. 这家医院是西医。(Zhè jiā yīyuàn shì Xīyī.) — This hospital practises Western medicine. 西医给我开了药。(Xīyī gěi wǒ kāile yào.) — The doctor prescribed me medicine. 他相信西医。(Tā xiāngxìn Xīyī.) — He trusts Western medicine.
4096	HSK 2	信用卡	xìnyòngkǎ	credit card	我用信用卡付钱。(Wǒ yòng xìnyòngkǎ fùqián.) — I pay by credit card.	这里能用信用卡吗？(Zhèlǐ néng yòng xìnyòngkǎ ma?) — Do you take credit cards here? 信用卡放在钱包里。(Xìnyòngkǎ fàng zài qiánbāo lǐ.) — The credit card is in my wallet. 他的信用卡丢了。(Tā de xìnyòngkǎ diū le.) — He lost his credit card. 用信用卡很方便。(Yòng xìnyòngkǎ hěn fāngbiàn.) — Credit cards are convenient. 信用卡要小心用。(Xìnyòngkǎ yào xiǎoxīn yòng.) — Use a credit card carefully.
4097	HSK 2	休假	xiūjià	to take a vacation	他下星期休假。(Tā xià xīngqī xiūjià.) — He's on leave next week.	我想休假去旅游。(Wǒ xiǎng xiūjià qù lǚyóu.) — I'd like to take leave and travel. 休假回来精神好。(Xiūjià huílái jīngshen hǎo.) — You come back from leave refreshed. 今年还没休假。(Jīnnián hái méi xiūjià.) — I haven't taken leave this year. 休假的时候不看邮件。(Xiūjià de shíhou bú kàn yóujiàn.) — I don't check email on leave. 经理批准了我的休假。(Jīnglǐ pīzhǔnle wǒ de xiūjià.) — The manager approved my leave.
4098	HSK 2	银行卡	yínhángkǎ	bank card	我的银行卡在包里。(Wǒ de yínhángkǎ zài bāo lǐ.) — My bank card is in my bag.	请带上银行卡。(Qǐng dàishàng yínhángkǎ.) — Please bring your bank card. 银行卡不能借给别人。(Yínhángkǎ bù néng jiè gěi biérén.) — Don't lend your bank card to others. 他去银行办了张卡。(Tā qù yínháng bànle zhāng kǎ.) — He got a card at the bank. 银行卡丢了要打电话。(Yínhángkǎ diū le yào dǎ diànhuà.) — Call the bank if you lose your card. 用银行卡取钱很方便。(Yòng yínhángkǎ qǔqián hěn fāngbiàn.) — Withdrawing with a bank card is easy.
4099	HSK 2	院长	yuànzhǎng	dean; head of an institute	他是医院的院长。(Tā shì yīyuàn de yuànzhǎng.) — He's the hospital director.	院长今天开会。(Yuànzhǎng jīntiān kāihuì.) — The director has a meeting today. 新院长很有经验。(Xīn yuànzhǎng hěn yǒu jīngyàn.) — The new director is experienced. 院长办公室在三楼。(Yuànzhǎng bàngōngshì zài sān lóu.) — The director's office is on the second floor. 学生想见院长。(Xuéshēng xiǎng jiàn yuànzhǎng.) — The students want to see the dean. 院长说了几句话。(Yuànzhǎng shuōle jǐ jù huà.) — The director said a few words.
4100	HSK 2	中医	zhōngyī	traditional Chinese medicine	他喜欢看中医。(Tā xǐhuan kàn Zhōngyī.) — He prefers Chinese medicine.	中医要把脉。(Zhōngyī yào bǎmài.) — Chinese medicine takes your pulse. 中医的历史很长。(Zhōngyī de lìshǐ hěn cháng.) — Chinese medicine has a long history. 中医开的药很苦。(Zhōngyī kāi de yào hěn kǔ.) — Chinese medicine tastes bitter. 中医和西医不一样。(Zhōngyī hé Xīyī bù yíyàng.) — Chinese and Western medicine differ. 她学了五年中医。(Tā xuéle wǔ nián Zhōngyī.) — She studied Chinese medicine for five years.

22. Business & Economy (商业, 经济 - shāngyè, jīngjì)

✏️ Usage: Noun + 经济

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About Business & Money

发展 vs 发达: 发展 (fāzhǎn) is the verb/noun "to develop / development," while 发达 (fādá) is an adjective meaning "developed" (e.g. 发达国家 (fādá guójiā) - developed country). Compound economy terms frequently combine with 经济 (jīngjì): 市场经济 (shìchǎng jīngjì) (market economy), 经济发展 (jīngjì fāzhǎn) (economic development).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

23. Emotions & Character (情感, 性格 - qínggǎn, xìnggé)

✏️ Usage: 感到 / 觉得 + Emotion

💡 Grammar Tip: Expressing Feelings & Personality

感到/觉得 + emotion: Use 感到 (gǎndào) or 觉得 (juéde) before an emotion word to say how you feel: 感到紧张 (gǎndào jǐnzhāng) ("to feel nervous"). Character traits often pair with 性格 (xìnggé): 性格开朗 (xìnggé kāilǎng) ("outgoing personality").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

24. Society, Culture & Media (社会, 文化, 媒体 - shèhuì, wénhuà, méitǐ)

✏️ Usage: Noun + 台 / 会

💡 Grammar Tip: Discussing Culture & the Media

Media compounds: Many media nouns share the pattern [thing] + 台 (tái, "station") or [medium] + 会 (huì, "event"): 电视台 (diànshìtái) (TV station), 演唱会 (yǎnchànghuì) (concert). 文化 vs 文明: 文化 (wénhuà) = culture (customs, arts); 文明 (wénmíng) = civilization / civilized.

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

25. Nature & Environment (自然, 环境 - zìrán, huánjìng)

✏️ Usage: 环境 / 环保 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Nature, Science & the Environment

环境 vs 环保: 环境 (huánjìng) is the neutral noun "environment," while 环保 (huánbǎo) (short for 环境保护 (huánjìng bǎohù)) specifically means "environmental protection" and is often used as an adjective: 环保产品 (huánbǎo chǎnpǐn) ("eco-friendly product").

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

26. Health & Medicine (健康, 医疗 - jiànkāng, yīliáo)

✏️ Usage: 治 / 治疗 + Illness

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About Health Care

治 vs 治疗: 治 (zhì) is the bare verb "to cure/govern," while 治疗 (zhìliáo) is the fuller, more formal verb/noun "to treat (medically) / treatment." Body & medicine compounds often combine a body part or ailment with 科 (kē) (department): 内科 (nèikē) (internal medicine department).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

27. Politics, Law & Government (政治, 法律, 政府 - zhèngzhì, fǎlǜ, zhèngfǔ)

✏️ Usage: 法 + Noun

💡 Grammar Tip: Discussing Government & Society

Formal register: This vocabulary set is common in news broadcasts, official documents, and essays rather than everyday conversation. 法 as a building block: 法 (fǎ, "law") combines widely: 法律 (fǎlǜ) (law), 法官 (fǎguān) (judge), 法院 (fǎyuàn) (court).

No. Level Listen Chinese Pinyin English Example Examples

HSK Learning is a free, single-page reference for Mandarin Chinese vocabulary, covering every word from HSK 1 to HSK 6 across 27 themed chapters. Each entry carries its characters, pinyin, English meaning and six example sentences with audio. You can search the whole list, filter by level, jump straight to a chapter, switch between light, dark and paper themes, and use flashcard mode to hide the answers — either for the whole table or one word at a time.

Official HSK syllabus

Vocabulary follows the HSK 3.0 syllabus (2021)

Vocabulary lists: HSK 1 · HSK 2 · HSK 3 · HSK 4 · HSK 5 · HSK 6

Version 4.43

Chinese Mandarin - HSK LearningMore examples coming soon

1. Pronouns (代词 - dàicí) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Personal, Demonstrative, & Interrogative Pronouns

2. Numerals (数词 - shùcí) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Sequential Values, Big Figures & Mathematical Nuance

3. Measure Words (量词 - liàngcí) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Classifiers as Structural Anchors

4. Nouns: Time & Calendar (时间, 日期 - shíjiān, rìqī) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Time Order & Placement

5. Nouns: People, Family & Occupations (人物, 家庭, 职业 - rénwù, jiātíng, zhíyè) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Close Relationships & Possessives

6. Nouns: Places & Directions (地点, 方位 - dìdiǎn, fāngwèi) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Location Phrases with 在

7. Nouns: More Directions & Locations (方位, 位置 - fāngwèi, wèizhi) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Modifying Directions

8. Nouns: Daily Objects, Clothes, Food & Nature (日常用品, 衣服, 食物, 自然 - rìcháng yòngpǐn, yīfu, shíwù, zìrán) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Modifying Nouns

9. Nouns: Media, Transport & Nature (媒体, 交通, 自然 - méitǐ, jiāotōng, zìrán) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Simple Sentence Structure

10. Nouns: Nature & Abstract Terms (自然, 抽象词汇 - zìrán, chōuxiàng cíhuì) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Abstract Modifiers

11. Verbs: Daily Action & Movement (动词 - dòngcí) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: No Conjugation!

12. Verbs: Communication & Learning (交流, 学习 - jiāoliú, xuéxí) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Verbs & Objects

13. Verbs: Daily Life & Activities (日常生活, 活动 - rìcháng shēnghuó, huódòng) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Modals & Separable Verbs

14. Adjectives (形容词 - xíngróngcí) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Predicative Adjectives & 很

15. Adverbs & Particles (副词, 助词 - fùcí, zhùcí) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Modifying Words & Sentence Moods

16. Conjunctions & Prepositions (连词, 介词 - liáncí, jiècí) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Formatting Sentences & Logic

17. Nouns: School & Education (学校, 教育 - xuéxiào, jiàoyù) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About School Life

18. Colors (颜色 - yánsè) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Naming Colors

19. Weather & Seasons (天气, 季节 - tiānqì, jìjié) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Describing Weather

20. Sports & Body (体育, 身体 - tǐyù, shēntǐ) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Sports and Body Parts

21. Work & Business (工作, 商务 - gōngzuò, shāngwù) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About Jobs & Workplaces

22. Business & Economy (商业, 经济 - shāngyè, jīngjì) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About Business & Money

23. Emotions & Character (情感, 性格 - qínggǎn, xìnggé) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Expressing Feelings & Personality

24. Society, Culture & Media (社会, 文化, 媒体 - shèhuì, wénhuà, méitǐ) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Discussing Culture & the Media

25. Nature & Environment (自然, 环境 - zìrán, huánjìng) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Nature, Science & the Environment

26. Health & Medicine (健康, 医疗 - jiànkāng, yīliáo) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Talking About Health Care

27. Politics, Law & Government (政治, 法律, 政府 - zhèngzhì, fǎlǜ, zhèngfǔ) Hide/Show

💡 Grammar Tip: Discussing Government & Society